imalanik/BUTCube
1
0
Fork 0
Code Issues Pull Requests Projects Releases Wiki Activity

Camera_driver: initialize project and libraries

Browse Source
This commit is contained in:
Petr Malanik
2022-08-15 18:21:50 +02:00
parent 4da5aefb5a
commit 34b9eaafc2
1280 changed files with 1099270 additions and 0 deletions
Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files

764
resources/Camera_driver/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,764 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32l4xx_hal.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief HAL module driver.
* This is the common part of the HAL initialization
*
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
The common HAL driver contains a set of generic and common APIs that can be
used by the PPP peripheral drivers and the user to start using the HAL.
[..]
The HAL contains two APIs' categories:
(+) Common HAL APIs
(+) Services HAL APIs
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup HAL HAL
* @brief HAL module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* @brief STM32L4xx HAL Driver version number
*/
#define STM32L4XX_HAL_VERSION_MAIN (0x01U) /*!< [31:24] main version */
#define STM32L4XX_HAL_VERSION_SUB1 (0x0DU) /*!< [23:16] sub1 version */
#define STM32L4XX_HAL_VERSION_SUB2 (0x03U) /*!< [15:8] sub2 version */
#define STM32L4XX_HAL_VERSION_RC (0x00U) /*!< [7:0] release candidate */
#define STM32L4XX_HAL_VERSION ((STM32L4XX_HAL_VERSION_MAIN << 24U)\
|(STM32L4XX_HAL_VERSION_SUB1 << 16U)\
|(STM32L4XX_HAL_VERSION_SUB2 << 8U)\
|(STM32L4XX_HAL_VERSION_RC))
#if defined(VREFBUF)
#define VREFBUF_TIMEOUT_VALUE 10U /* 10 ms (to be confirmed) */
#endif /* VREFBUF */
/* ------------ SYSCFG registers bit address in the alias region ------------ */
#define SYSCFG_OFFSET (SYSCFG_BASE - PERIPH_BASE)
/* --- MEMRMP Register ---*/
/* Alias word address of FB_MODE bit */
#define MEMRMP_OFFSET SYSCFG_OFFSET
#define FB_MODE_BitNumber 8U
#define FB_MODE_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (MEMRMP_OFFSET * 32U) + (FB_MODE_BitNumber * 4U))
/* --- SCSR Register ---*/
/* Alias word address of SRAM2ER bit */
#define SCSR_OFFSET (SYSCFG_OFFSET + 0x18U)
#define BRER_BitNumber 0U
#define SCSR_SRAM2ER_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (SCSR_OFFSET * 32U) + (BRER_BitNumber * 4U))
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported variables --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Variables HAL Exported Variables
* @{
*/
__IO uint32_t uwTick;
uint32_t uwTickPrio = (1UL << __NVIC_PRIO_BITS); /* Invalid priority */
HAL_TickFreqTypeDef uwTickFreq = HAL_TICK_FREQ_DEFAULT; /* 1KHz */
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Functions HAL Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization Functions
* @brief Initialization and de-initialization functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Initialize the Flash interface, the NVIC allocation and initial time base
clock configuration.
(+) De-initialize common part of the HAL.
(+) Configure the time base source to have 1ms time base with a dedicated
Tick interrupt priority.
(++) SysTick timer is used by default as source of time base, but user
can eventually implement his proper time base source (a general purpose
timer for example or other time source), keeping in mind that Time base
duration should be kept 1ms since PPP_TIMEOUT_VALUEs are defined and
handled in milliseconds basis.
(++) Time base configuration function (HAL_InitTick ()) is called automatically
at the beginning of the program after reset by HAL_Init() or at any time
when clock is configured, by HAL_RCC_ClockConfig().
(++) Source of time base is configured to generate interrupts at regular
time intervals. Care must be taken if HAL_Delay() is called from a
peripheral ISR process, the Tick interrupt line must have higher priority
(numerically lower) than the peripheral interrupt. Otherwise the caller
ISR process will be blocked.
(++) functions affecting time base configurations are declared as __weak
to make override possible in case of other implementations in user file.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Configure the Flash prefetch, the Instruction and Data caches,
* the time base source, NVIC and any required global low level hardware
* by calling the HAL_MspInit() callback function to be optionally defined in user file
* stm32l4xx_hal_msp.c.
*
* @note HAL_Init() function is called at the beginning of program after reset and before
* the clock configuration.
*
* @note In the default implementation the System Timer (Systick) is used as source of time base.
* The Systick configuration is based on MSI clock, as MSI is the clock
* used after a system Reset and the NVIC configuration is set to Priority group 4.
* Once done, time base tick starts incrementing: the tick variable counter is incremented
* each 1ms in the SysTick_Handler() interrupt handler.
*
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_Init(void)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
/* Configure Flash prefetch, Instruction cache, Data cache */
/* Default configuration at reset is: */
/* - Prefetch disabled */
/* - Instruction cache enabled */
/* - Data cache enabled */
#if (INSTRUCTION_CACHE_ENABLE == 0)
__HAL_FLASH_INSTRUCTION_CACHE_DISABLE();
#endif /* INSTRUCTION_CACHE_ENABLE */
#if (DATA_CACHE_ENABLE == 0)
__HAL_FLASH_DATA_CACHE_DISABLE();
#endif /* DATA_CACHE_ENABLE */
#if (PREFETCH_ENABLE != 0)
__HAL_FLASH_PREFETCH_BUFFER_ENABLE();
#endif /* PREFETCH_ENABLE */
/* Set Interrupt Group Priority */
HAL_NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping(NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_4);
/* Use SysTick as time base source and configure 1ms tick (default clock after Reset is MSI) */
if (HAL_InitTick(TICK_INT_PRIORITY) != HAL_OK)
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
else
{
/* Init the low level hardware */
HAL_MspInit();
}
/* Return function status */
return status;
}
/**
* @brief De-initialize common part of the HAL and stop the source of time base.
* @note This function is optional.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DeInit(void)
{
/* Reset of all peripherals */
__HAL_RCC_APB1_FORCE_RESET();
__HAL_RCC_APB1_RELEASE_RESET();
__HAL_RCC_APB2_FORCE_RESET();
__HAL_RCC_APB2_RELEASE_RESET();
__HAL_RCC_AHB1_FORCE_RESET();
__HAL_RCC_AHB1_RELEASE_RESET();
__HAL_RCC_AHB2_FORCE_RESET();
__HAL_RCC_AHB2_RELEASE_RESET();
__HAL_RCC_AHB3_FORCE_RESET();
__HAL_RCC_AHB3_RELEASE_RESET();
/* De-Init the low level hardware */
HAL_MspDeInit();
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Initialize the MSP.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_MspInit(void)
{
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief DeInitialize the MSP.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_MspDeInit(void)
{
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief This function configures the source of the time base:
* The time source is configured to have 1ms time base with a dedicated
* Tick interrupt priority.
* @note This function is called automatically at the beginning of program after
* reset by HAL_Init() or at any time when clock is reconfigured by HAL_RCC_ClockConfig().
* @note In the default implementation, SysTick timer is the source of time base.
* It is used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals.
* Care must be taken if HAL_Delay() is called from a peripheral ISR process,
* The SysTick interrupt must have higher priority (numerically lower)
* than the peripheral interrupt. Otherwise the caller ISR process will be blocked.
* The function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
* implementation in user file.
* @param TickPriority Tick interrupt priority.
* @retval HAL status
*/
__weak HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_InitTick(uint32_t TickPriority)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
/* Check uwTickFreq for MisraC 2012 (even if uwTickFreq is a enum type that doesn't take the value zero)*/
if ((uint32_t)uwTickFreq != 0U)
{
/*Configure the SysTick to have interrupt in 1ms time basis*/
if (HAL_SYSTICK_Config(SystemCoreClock / (1000U / (uint32_t)uwTickFreq)) == 0U)
{
/* Configure the SysTick IRQ priority */
if (TickPriority < (1UL << __NVIC_PRIO_BITS))
{
HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(SysTick_IRQn, TickPriority, 0U);
uwTickPrio = TickPriority;
}
else
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
}
else
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
}
else
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Return function status */
return status;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Functions_Group2 HAL Control functions
* @brief HAL Control functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### HAL Control functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Provide a tick value in millisecond
(+) Provide a blocking delay in millisecond
(+) Suspend the time base source interrupt
(+) Resume the time base source interrupt
(+) Get the HAL API driver version
(+) Get the device identifier
(+) Get the device revision identifier
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief This function is called to increment a global variable "uwTick"
* used as application time base.
* @note In the default implementation, this variable is incremented each 1ms
* in SysTick ISR.
* @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
* implementations in user file.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_IncTick(void)
{
uwTick += (uint32_t)uwTickFreq;
}
/**
* @brief Provide a tick value in millisecond.
* @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
* implementations in user file.
* @retval tick value
*/
__weak uint32_t HAL_GetTick(void)
{
return uwTick;
}
/**
* @brief This function returns a tick priority.
* @retval tick priority
*/
uint32_t HAL_GetTickPrio(void)
{
return uwTickPrio;
}
/**
* @brief Set new tick Freq.
* @param Freq tick frequency
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SetTickFreq(HAL_TickFreqTypeDef Freq)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
HAL_TickFreqTypeDef prevTickFreq;
if (uwTickFreq != Freq)
{
/* Back up uwTickFreq frequency */
prevTickFreq = uwTickFreq;
/* Update uwTickFreq global variable used by HAL_InitTick() */
uwTickFreq = Freq;
/* Apply the new tick Freq */
status = HAL_InitTick(uwTickPrio);
if (status != HAL_OK)
{
/* Restore previous tick frequency */
uwTickFreq = prevTickFreq;
}
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Return tick frequency.
* @retval tick period in Hz
*/
HAL_TickFreqTypeDef HAL_GetTickFreq(void)
{
return uwTickFreq;
}
/**
* @brief This function provides minimum delay (in milliseconds) based
* on variable incremented.
* @note In the default implementation , SysTick timer is the source of time base.
* It is used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals where uwTick
* is incremented.
* @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
* implementations in user file.
* @param Delay specifies the delay time length, in milliseconds.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_Delay(uint32_t Delay)
{
uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
uint32_t wait = Delay;
/* Add a period to guaranty minimum wait */
if (wait < HAL_MAX_DELAY)
{
wait += (uint32_t)uwTickFreq;
}
while ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) < wait)
{
}
}
/**
* @brief Suspend Tick increment.
* @note In the default implementation , SysTick timer is the source of time base. It is
* used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals. Once HAL_SuspendTick()
* is called, the SysTick interrupt will be disabled and so Tick increment
* is suspended.
* @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
* implementations in user file.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_SuspendTick(void)
{
/* Disable SysTick Interrupt */
SysTick->CTRL &= ~SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Msk;
}
/**
* @brief Resume Tick increment.
* @note In the default implementation , SysTick timer is the source of time base. It is
* used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals. Once HAL_ResumeTick()
* is called, the SysTick interrupt will be enabled and so Tick increment
* is resumed.
* @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
* implementations in user file.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_ResumeTick(void)
{
/* Enable SysTick Interrupt */
SysTick->CTRL |= SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Msk;
}
/**
* @brief Return the HAL revision.
* @retval version : 0xXYZR (8bits for each decimal, R for RC)
*/
uint32_t HAL_GetHalVersion(void)
{
return STM32L4XX_HAL_VERSION;
}
/**
* @brief Return the device revision identifier.
* @retval Device revision identifier
*/
uint32_t HAL_GetREVID(void)
{
return((DBGMCU->IDCODE & DBGMCU_IDCODE_REV_ID) >> 16);
}
/**
* @brief Return the device identifier.
* @retval Device identifier
*/
uint32_t HAL_GetDEVID(void)
{
return(DBGMCU->IDCODE & DBGMCU_IDCODE_DEV_ID);
}
/**
* @brief Return the first word of the unique device identifier (UID based on 96 bits)
* @retval Device identifier
*/
uint32_t HAL_GetUIDw0(void)
{
return(READ_REG(*((uint32_t *)UID_BASE)));
}
/**
* @brief Return the second word of the unique device identifier (UID based on 96 bits)
* @retval Device identifier
*/
uint32_t HAL_GetUIDw1(void)
{
return(READ_REG(*((uint32_t *)(UID_BASE + 4U))));
}
/**
* @brief Return the third word of the unique device identifier (UID based on 96 bits)
* @retval Device identifier
*/
uint32_t HAL_GetUIDw2(void)
{
return(READ_REG(*((uint32_t *)(UID_BASE + 8U))));
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Functions_Group3 HAL Debug functions
* @brief HAL Debug functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### HAL Debug functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Enable/Disable Debug module during SLEEP mode
(+) Enable/Disable Debug module during STOP0/STOP1/STOP2 modes
(+) Enable/Disable Debug module during STANDBY mode
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Enable the Debug Module during SLEEP mode.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGSleepMode(void)
{
SET_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_SLEEP);
}
/**
* @brief Disable the Debug Module during SLEEP mode.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGSleepMode(void)
{
CLEAR_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_SLEEP);
}
/**
* @brief Enable the Debug Module during STOP0/STOP1/STOP2 modes.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGStopMode(void)
{
SET_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STOP);
}
/**
* @brief Disable the Debug Module during STOP0/STOP1/STOP2 modes.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGStopMode(void)
{
CLEAR_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STOP);
}
/**
* @brief Enable the Debug Module during STANDBY mode.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGStandbyMode(void)
{
SET_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STANDBY);
}
/**
* @brief Disable the Debug Module during STANDBY mode.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGStandbyMode(void)
{
CLEAR_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STANDBY);
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Functions_Group4 HAL SYSCFG configuration functions
* @brief HAL SYSCFG configuration functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### HAL SYSCFG configuration functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Start a hardware SRAM2 erase operation
(+) Enable/Disable the Internal FLASH Bank Swapping
(+) Configure the Voltage reference buffer
(+) Enable/Disable the Voltage reference buffer
(+) Enable/Disable the I/O analog switch voltage booster
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Start a hardware SRAM2 erase operation.
* @note As long as SRAM2 is not erased the SRAM2ER bit will be set.
* This bit is automatically reset at the end of the SRAM2 erase operation.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_SYSCFG_SRAM2Erase(void)
{
/* unlock the write protection of the SRAM2ER bit */
SYSCFG->SKR = 0xCA;
SYSCFG->SKR = 0x53;
/* Starts a hardware SRAM2 erase operation*/
*(__IO uint32_t *) SCSR_SRAM2ER_BB = 0x00000001UL;
}
/**
* @brief Enable the Internal FLASH Bank Swapping.
*
* @note This function can be used only for STM32L4xx devices.
*
* @note Flash Bank2 mapped at 0x08000000 (and aliased @0x00000000)
* and Flash Bank1 mapped at 0x08100000 (and aliased at 0x00100000)
*
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_SYSCFG_EnableMemorySwappingBank(void)
{
*(__IO uint32_t *)FB_MODE_BB = 0x00000001UL;
}
/**
* @brief Disable the Internal FLASH Bank Swapping.
*
* @note This function can be used only for STM32L4xx devices.
*
* @note The default state : Flash Bank1 mapped at 0x08000000 (and aliased @0x0000 0000)
* and Flash Bank2 mapped at 0x08100000 (and aliased at 0x00100000)
*
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_SYSCFG_DisableMemorySwappingBank(void)
{
*(__IO uint32_t *)FB_MODE_BB = 0x00000000UL;
}
#if defined(VREFBUF)
/**
* @brief Configure the internal voltage reference buffer voltage scale.
* @param VoltageScaling specifies the output voltage to achieve
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg SYSCFG_VREFBUF_VOLTAGE_SCALE0: VREF_OUT1 around 2.048 V.
* This requires VDDA equal to or higher than 2.4 V.
* @arg SYSCFG_VREFBUF_VOLTAGE_SCALE1: VREF_OUT2 around 2.5 V.
* This requires VDDA equal to or higher than 2.8 V.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_SYSCFG_VREFBUF_VoltageScalingConfig(uint32_t VoltageScaling)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_SYSCFG_VREFBUF_VOLTAGE_SCALE(VoltageScaling));
MODIFY_REG(VREFBUF->CSR, VREFBUF_CSR_VRS, VoltageScaling);
}
/**
* @brief Configure the internal voltage reference buffer high impedance mode.
* @param Mode specifies the high impedance mode
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg SYSCFG_VREFBUF_HIGH_IMPEDANCE_DISABLE: VREF+ pin is internally connect to VREFINT output.
* @arg SYSCFG_VREFBUF_HIGH_IMPEDANCE_ENABLE: VREF+ pin is high impedance.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_SYSCFG_VREFBUF_HighImpedanceConfig(uint32_t Mode)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_SYSCFG_VREFBUF_HIGH_IMPEDANCE(Mode));
MODIFY_REG(VREFBUF->CSR, VREFBUF_CSR_HIZ, Mode);
}
/**
* @brief Tune the Internal Voltage Reference buffer (VREFBUF).
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_SYSCFG_VREFBUF_TrimmingConfig(uint32_t TrimmingValue)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_SYSCFG_VREFBUF_TRIMMING(TrimmingValue));
MODIFY_REG(VREFBUF->CCR, VREFBUF_CCR_TRIM, TrimmingValue);
}
/**
* @brief Enable the Internal Voltage Reference buffer (VREFBUF).
* @retval HAL_OK/HAL_TIMEOUT
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SYSCFG_EnableVREFBUF(void)
{
uint32_t tickstart;
SET_BIT(VREFBUF->CSR, VREFBUF_CSR_ENVR);
/* Get Start Tick*/
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
/* Wait for VRR bit */
while(READ_BIT(VREFBUF->CSR, VREFBUF_CSR_VRR) == 0U)
{
if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > VREFBUF_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
{
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
}
}
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Disable the Internal Voltage Reference buffer (VREFBUF).
*
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_SYSCFG_DisableVREFBUF(void)
{
CLEAR_BIT(VREFBUF->CSR, VREFBUF_CSR_ENVR);
}
#endif /* VREFBUF */
/**
* @brief Enable the I/O analog switch voltage booster
*
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_SYSCFG_EnableIOAnalogSwitchBooster(void)
{
SET_BIT(SYSCFG->CFGR1, SYSCFG_CFGR1_BOOSTEN);
}
/**
* @brief Disable the I/O analog switch voltage booster
*
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_SYSCFG_DisableIOAnalogSwitchBooster(void)
{
CLEAR_BIT(SYSCFG->CFGR1, SYSCFG_CFGR1_BOOSTEN);
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/

3666
resources/Camera_driver/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_adc.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

2364
resources/Camera_driver/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_adc_ex.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

2429
resources/Camera_driver/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_can.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1047
resources/Camera_driver/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_comp.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

517
resources/Camera_driver/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_cortex.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,517 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32l4xx_hal_cortex.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief CORTEX HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the CORTEX:
* + Initialization and Configuration functions
* + Peripheral Control functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
*** How to configure Interrupts using CORTEX HAL driver ***
===========================================================
[..]
This section provides functions allowing to configure the NVIC interrupts (IRQ).
The Cortex-M4 exceptions are managed by CMSIS functions.
(#) Configure the NVIC Priority Grouping using HAL_NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping() function.
(#) Configure the priority of the selected IRQ Channels using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority().
(#) Enable the selected IRQ Channels using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ().
-@- When the NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_0 is selected, IRQ pre-emption is no more possible.
The pending IRQ priority will be managed only by the sub priority.
-@- IRQ priority order (sorted by highest to lowest priority):
(+@) Lowest pre-emption priority
(+@) Lowest sub priority
(+@) Lowest hardware priority (IRQ number)
[..]
*** How to configure SysTick using CORTEX HAL driver ***
========================================================
[..]
Setup SysTick Timer for time base.
(+) The HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function calls the SysTick_Config() function which
is a CMSIS function that:
(++) Configures the SysTick Reload register with value passed as function parameter.
(++) Configures the SysTick IRQ priority to the lowest value (0x0F).
(++) Resets the SysTick Counter register.
(++) Configures the SysTick Counter clock source to be Core Clock Source (HCLK).
(++) Enables the SysTick Interrupt.
(++) Starts the SysTick Counter.
(+) You can change the SysTick Clock source to be HCLK_Div8 by calling the macro
__HAL_CORTEX_SYSTICKCLK_CONFIG(SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK_DIV8) just after the
HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function call. The __HAL_CORTEX_SYSTICKCLK_CONFIG() macro is defined
inside the stm32l4xx_hal_cortex.h file.
(+) You can change the SysTick IRQ priority by calling the
HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(SysTick_IRQn,...) function just after the HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function
call. The HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() call the NVIC_SetPriority() function which is a CMSIS function.
(+) To adjust the SysTick time base, use the following formula:
Reload Value = SysTick Counter Clock (Hz) x Desired Time base (s)
(++) Reload Value is the parameter to be passed for HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function
(++) Reload Value should not exceed 0xFFFFFF
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
The table below gives the allowed values of the pre-emption priority and subpriority according
to the Priority Grouping configuration performed by HAL_NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping() function.
==========================================================================================================================
NVIC_PriorityGroup | NVIC_IRQChannelPreemptionPriority | NVIC_IRQChannelSubPriority | Description
==========================================================================================================================
NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_0 | 0 | 0-15 | 0 bit for pre-emption priority
| | | 4 bits for subpriority
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_1 | 0-1 | 0-7 | 1 bit for pre-emption priority
| | | 3 bits for subpriority
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_2 | 0-3 | 0-3 | 2 bits for pre-emption priority
| | | 2 bits for subpriority
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_3 | 0-7 | 0-1 | 3 bits for pre-emption priority
| | | 1 bit for subpriority
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_4 | 0-15 | 0 | 4 bits for pre-emption priority
| | | 0 bit for subpriority
==========================================================================================================================
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file in
* the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup CORTEX
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_CORTEX_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup CORTEX_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup CORTEX_Exported_Functions_Group1
* @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### Initialization and Configuration functions #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This section provides the CORTEX HAL driver functions allowing to configure Interrupts
SysTick functionalities
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Set the priority grouping field (pre-emption priority and subpriority)
* using the required unlock sequence.
* @param PriorityGroup: The priority grouping bits length.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_0: 0 bit for pre-emption priority,
* 4 bits for subpriority
* @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_1: 1 bit for pre-emption priority,
* 3 bits for subpriority
* @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_2: 2 bits for pre-emption priority,
* 2 bits for subpriority
* @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_3: 3 bits for pre-emption priority,
* 1 bit for subpriority
* @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_4: 4 bits for pre-emption priority,
* 0 bit for subpriority
* @note When the NVIC_PriorityGroup_0 is selected, IRQ pre-emption is no more possible.
* The pending IRQ priority will be managed only by the subpriority.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping(uint32_t PriorityGroup)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_NVIC_PRIORITY_GROUP(PriorityGroup));
/* Set the PRIGROUP[10:8] bits according to the PriorityGroup parameter value */
NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping(PriorityGroup);
}
/**
* @brief Set the priority of an interrupt.
* @param IRQn: External interrupt number.
* This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
* (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32l4xxxx.h))
* @param PreemptPriority: The pre-emption priority for the IRQn channel.
* This parameter can be a value between 0 and 15
* A lower priority value indicates a higher priority
* @param SubPriority: the subpriority level for the IRQ channel.
* This parameter can be a value between 0 and 15
* A lower priority value indicates a higher priority.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn, uint32_t PreemptPriority, uint32_t SubPriority)
{
uint32_t prioritygroup = 0x00;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_NVIC_SUB_PRIORITY(SubPriority));
assert_param(IS_NVIC_PREEMPTION_PRIORITY(PreemptPriority));
prioritygroup = NVIC_GetPriorityGrouping();
NVIC_SetPriority(IRQn, NVIC_EncodePriority(prioritygroup, PreemptPriority, SubPriority));
}
/**
* @brief Enable a device specific interrupt in the NVIC interrupt controller.
* @note To configure interrupts priority correctly, the NVIC_PriorityGroupConfig()
* function should be called before.
* @param IRQn External interrupt number.
* This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
* (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32l4xxxx.h))
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
/* Enable interrupt */
NVIC_EnableIRQ(IRQn);
}
/**
* @brief Disable a device specific interrupt in the NVIC interrupt controller.
* @param IRQn External interrupt number.
* This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
* (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32l4xxxx.h))
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_NVIC_DisableIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
/* Disable interrupt */
NVIC_DisableIRQ(IRQn);
}
/**
* @brief Initiate a system reset request to reset the MCU.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_NVIC_SystemReset(void)
{
/* System Reset */
NVIC_SystemReset();
}
/**
* @brief Initialize the System Timer with interrupt enabled and start the System Tick Timer (SysTick):
* Counter is in free running mode to generate periodic interrupts.
* @param TicksNumb: Specifies the ticks Number of ticks between two interrupts.
* @retval status: - 0 Function succeeded.
* - 1 Function failed.
*/
uint32_t HAL_SYSTICK_Config(uint32_t TicksNumb)
{
return SysTick_Config(TicksNumb);
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup CORTEX_Exported_Functions_Group2
* @brief Cortex control functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### Peripheral Control functions #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the CORTEX
(NVIC, SYSTICK, MPU) functionalities.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Get the priority grouping field from the NVIC Interrupt Controller.
* @retval Priority grouping field (SCB->AIRCR [10:8] PRIGROUP field)
*/
uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetPriorityGrouping(void)
{
/* Get the PRIGROUP[10:8] field value */
return NVIC_GetPriorityGrouping();
}
/**
* @brief Get the priority of an interrupt.
* @param IRQn: External interrupt number.
* This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
* (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32l4xxxx.h))
* @param PriorityGroup: the priority grouping bits length.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_0: 0 bit for pre-emption priority,
* 4 bits for subpriority
* @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_1: 1 bit for pre-emption priority,
* 3 bits for subpriority
* @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_2: 2 bits for pre-emption priority,
* 2 bits for subpriority
* @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_3: 3 bits for pre-emption priority,
* 1 bit for subpriority
* @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_4: 4 bits for pre-emption priority,
* 0 bit for subpriority
* @param pPreemptPriority: Pointer on the Preemptive priority value (starting from 0).
* @param pSubPriority: Pointer on the Subpriority value (starting from 0).
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_NVIC_GetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn, uint32_t PriorityGroup, uint32_t *pPreemptPriority, uint32_t *pSubPriority)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_NVIC_PRIORITY_GROUP(PriorityGroup));
/* Get priority for Cortex-M system or device specific interrupts */
NVIC_DecodePriority(NVIC_GetPriority(IRQn), PriorityGroup, pPreemptPriority, pSubPriority);
}
/**
* @brief Set Pending bit of an external interrupt.
* @param IRQn External interrupt number
* This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
* (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32l4xxxx.h))
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_NVIC_SetPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
/* Set interrupt pending */
NVIC_SetPendingIRQ(IRQn);
}
/**
* @brief Get Pending Interrupt (read the pending register in the NVIC
* and return the pending bit for the specified interrupt).
* @param IRQn External interrupt number.
* This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
* (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32l4xxxx.h))
* @retval status: - 0 Interrupt status is not pending.
* - 1 Interrupt status is pending.
*/
uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
/* Return 1 if pending else 0 */
return NVIC_GetPendingIRQ(IRQn);
}
/**
* @brief Clear the pending bit of an external interrupt.
* @param IRQn External interrupt number.
* This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
* (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32l4xxxx.h))
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
/* Clear pending interrupt */
NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ(IRQn);
}
/**
* @brief Get active interrupt (read the active register in NVIC and return the active bit).
* @param IRQn External interrupt number
* This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
* (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32l4xxxx.h))
* @retval status: - 0 Interrupt status is not pending.
* - 1 Interrupt status is pending.
*/
uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetActive(IRQn_Type IRQn)
{
/* Return 1 if active else 0 */
return NVIC_GetActive(IRQn);
}
/**
* @brief Configure the SysTick clock source.
* @param CLKSource: specifies the SysTick clock source.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK_DIV8: AHB clock divided by 8 selected as SysTick clock source.
* @arg SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK: AHB clock selected as SysTick clock source.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_SYSTICK_CLKSourceConfig(uint32_t CLKSource)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_SYSTICK_CLK_SOURCE(CLKSource));
if (CLKSource == SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK)
{
SysTick->CTRL |= SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK;
}
else
{
SysTick->CTRL &= ~SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK;
}
}
/**
* @brief Handle SYSTICK interrupt request.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_SYSTICK_IRQHandler(void)
{
HAL_SYSTICK_Callback();
}
/**
* @brief SYSTICK callback.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_SYSTICK_Callback(void)
{
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_SYSTICK_Callback could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
#if (__MPU_PRESENT == 1)
/**
* @brief Enable the MPU.
* @param MPU_Control: Specifies the control mode of the MPU during hard fault,
* NMI, FAULTMASK and privileged accessto the default memory
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg MPU_HFNMI_PRIVDEF_NONE
* @arg MPU_HARDFAULT_NMI
* @arg MPU_PRIVILEGED_DEFAULT
* @arg MPU_HFNMI_PRIVDEF
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_MPU_Enable(uint32_t MPU_Control)
{
/* Enable the MPU */
MPU->CTRL = (MPU_Control | MPU_CTRL_ENABLE_Msk);
/* Ensure MPU setting take effects */
__DSB();
__ISB();
}
/**
* @brief Disable the MPU.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_MPU_Disable(void)
{
/* Make sure outstanding transfers are done */
__DMB();
/* Disable the MPU and clear the control register*/
MPU->CTRL = 0;
}
/**
* @brief Initialize and configure the Region and the memory to be protected.
* @param MPU_Init: Pointer to a MPU_Region_InitTypeDef structure that contains
* the initialization and configuration information.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_MPU_ConfigRegion(MPU_Region_InitTypeDef *MPU_Init)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_MPU_REGION_NUMBER(MPU_Init->Number));
assert_param(IS_MPU_REGION_ENABLE(MPU_Init->Enable));
/* Set the Region number */
MPU->RNR = MPU_Init->Number;
if ((MPU_Init->Enable) != RESET)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_MPU_INSTRUCTION_ACCESS(MPU_Init->DisableExec));
assert_param(IS_MPU_REGION_PERMISSION_ATTRIBUTE(MPU_Init->AccessPermission));
assert_param(IS_MPU_TEX_LEVEL(MPU_Init->TypeExtField));
assert_param(IS_MPU_ACCESS_SHAREABLE(MPU_Init->IsShareable));
assert_param(IS_MPU_ACCESS_CACHEABLE(MPU_Init->IsCacheable));
assert_param(IS_MPU_ACCESS_BUFFERABLE(MPU_Init->IsBufferable));
assert_param(IS_MPU_SUB_REGION_DISABLE(MPU_Init->SubRegionDisable));
assert_param(IS_MPU_REGION_SIZE(MPU_Init->Size));
MPU->RBAR = MPU_Init->BaseAddress;
MPU->RASR = ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->DisableExec << MPU_RASR_XN_Pos) |
((uint32_t)MPU_Init->AccessPermission << MPU_RASR_AP_Pos) |
((uint32_t)MPU_Init->TypeExtField << MPU_RASR_TEX_Pos) |
((uint32_t)MPU_Init->IsShareable << MPU_RASR_S_Pos) |
((uint32_t)MPU_Init->IsCacheable << MPU_RASR_C_Pos) |
((uint32_t)MPU_Init->IsBufferable << MPU_RASR_B_Pos) |
((uint32_t)MPU_Init->SubRegionDisable << MPU_RASR_SRD_Pos) |
((uint32_t)MPU_Init->Size << MPU_RASR_SIZE_Pos) |
((uint32_t)MPU_Init->Enable << MPU_RASR_ENABLE_Pos);
}
else
{
MPU->RBAR = 0x00;
MPU->RASR = 0x00;
}
}
#endif /* __MPU_PRESENT */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_CORTEX_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/

516
resources/Camera_driver/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_crc.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,516 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32l4xx_hal_crc.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief CRC HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) peripheral:
* + Initialization and de-initialization functions
* + Peripheral Control functions
* + Peripheral State functions
*
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### How to use this driver #####
===============================================================================
[..]
(+) Enable CRC AHB clock using __HAL_RCC_CRC_CLK_ENABLE();
(+) Initialize CRC calculator
(++) specify generating polynomial (peripheral default or non-default one)
(++) specify initialization value (peripheral default or non-default one)
(++) specify input data format
(++) specify input or output data inversion mode if any
(+) Use HAL_CRC_Accumulate() function to compute the CRC value of the
input data buffer starting with the previously computed CRC as
initialization value
(+) Use HAL_CRC_Calculate() function to compute the CRC value of the
input data buffer starting with the defined initialization value
(default or non-default) to initiate CRC calculation
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup CRC CRC
* @brief CRC HAL module driver.
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_CRC_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup CRC_Private_Functions CRC Private Functions
* @{
*/
static uint32_t CRC_Handle_8(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint8_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength);
static uint32_t CRC_Handle_16(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint16_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength);
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup CRC_Exported_Functions CRC Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup CRC_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
* @brief Initialization and Configuration functions.
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Initialize the CRC according to the specified parameters
in the CRC_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle
(+) DeInitialize the CRC peripheral
(+) Initialize the CRC MSP (MCU Specific Package)
(+) DeInitialize the CRC MSP
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Initialize the CRC according to the specified
* parameters in the CRC_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle.
* @param hcrc CRC handle
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRC_Init(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc)
{
/* Check the CRC handle allocation */
if (hcrc == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_CRC_ALL_INSTANCE(hcrc->Instance));
if (hcrc->State == HAL_CRC_STATE_RESET)
{
/* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
hcrc->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
/* Init the low level hardware */
HAL_CRC_MspInit(hcrc);
}
hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY;
/* check whether or not non-default generating polynomial has been
* picked up by user */
assert_param(IS_DEFAULT_POLYNOMIAL(hcrc->Init.DefaultPolynomialUse));
if (hcrc->Init.DefaultPolynomialUse == DEFAULT_POLYNOMIAL_ENABLE)
{
/* initialize peripheral with default generating polynomial */
WRITE_REG(hcrc->Instance->POL, DEFAULT_CRC32_POLY);
MODIFY_REG(hcrc->Instance->CR, CRC_CR_POLYSIZE, CRC_POLYLENGTH_32B);
}
else
{
/* initialize CRC peripheral with generating polynomial defined by user */
if (HAL_CRCEx_Polynomial_Set(hcrc, hcrc->Init.GeneratingPolynomial, hcrc->Init.CRCLength) != HAL_OK)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
}
/* check whether or not non-default CRC initial value has been
* picked up by user */
assert_param(IS_DEFAULT_INIT_VALUE(hcrc->Init.DefaultInitValueUse));
if (hcrc->Init.DefaultInitValueUse == DEFAULT_INIT_VALUE_ENABLE)
{
WRITE_REG(hcrc->Instance->INIT, DEFAULT_CRC_INITVALUE);
}
else
{
WRITE_REG(hcrc->Instance->INIT, hcrc->Init.InitValue);
}
/* set input data inversion mode */
assert_param(IS_CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_MODE(hcrc->Init.InputDataInversionMode));
MODIFY_REG(hcrc->Instance->CR, CRC_CR_REV_IN, hcrc->Init.InputDataInversionMode);
/* set output data inversion mode */
assert_param(IS_CRC_OUTPUTDATA_INVERSION_MODE(hcrc->Init.OutputDataInversionMode));
MODIFY_REG(hcrc->Instance->CR, CRC_CR_REV_OUT, hcrc->Init.OutputDataInversionMode);
/* makes sure the input data format (bytes, halfwords or words stream)
* is properly specified by user */
assert_param(IS_CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT(hcrc->InputDataFormat));
/* Change CRC peripheral state */
hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_READY;
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief DeInitialize the CRC peripheral.
* @param hcrc CRC handle
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRC_DeInit(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc)
{
/* Check the CRC handle allocation */
if (hcrc == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_CRC_ALL_INSTANCE(hcrc->Instance));
/* Check the CRC peripheral state */
if (hcrc->State == HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY)
{
return HAL_BUSY;
}
/* Change CRC peripheral state */
hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY;
/* Reset CRC calculation unit */
__HAL_CRC_DR_RESET(hcrc);
/* Reset IDR register content */
CLEAR_BIT(hcrc->Instance->IDR, CRC_IDR_IDR);
/* DeInit the low level hardware */
HAL_CRC_MspDeInit(hcrc);
/* Change CRC peripheral state */
hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_RESET;
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hcrc);
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Initializes the CRC MSP.
* @param hcrc CRC handle
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_CRC_MspInit(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hcrc);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_CRC_MspInit can be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief DeInitialize the CRC MSP.
* @param hcrc CRC handle
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_CRC_MspDeInit(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hcrc);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_CRC_MspDeInit can be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CRC_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions
* @brief management functions.
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Peripheral Control functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) compute the 7, 8, 16 or 32-bit CRC value of an 8, 16 or 32-bit data buffer
using combination of the previous CRC value and the new one.
[..] or
(+) compute the 7, 8, 16 or 32-bit CRC value of an 8, 16 or 32-bit data buffer
independently of the previous CRC value.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Compute the 7, 8, 16 or 32-bit CRC value of an 8, 16 or 32-bit data buffer
* starting with the previously computed CRC as initialization value.
* @param hcrc CRC handle
* @param pBuffer pointer to the input data buffer, exact input data format is
* provided by hcrc->InputDataFormat.
* @param BufferLength input data buffer length (number of bytes if pBuffer
* type is * uint8_t, number of half-words if pBuffer type is * uint16_t,
* number of words if pBuffer type is * uint32_t).
* @note By default, the API expects a uint32_t pointer as input buffer parameter.
* Input buffer pointers with other types simply need to be cast in uint32_t
* and the API will internally adjust its input data processing based on the
* handle field hcrc->InputDataFormat.
* @retval uint32_t CRC (returned value LSBs for CRC shorter than 32 bits)
*/
uint32_t HAL_CRC_Accumulate(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint32_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength)
{
uint32_t index; /* CRC input data buffer index */
uint32_t temp = 0U; /* CRC output (read from hcrc->Instance->DR register) */
/* Change CRC peripheral state */
hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY;
switch (hcrc->InputDataFormat)
{
case CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_WORDS:
/* Enter Data to the CRC calculator */
for (index = 0U; index < BufferLength; index++)
{
hcrc->Instance->DR = pBuffer[index];
}
temp = hcrc->Instance->DR;
break;
case CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_BYTES:
temp = CRC_Handle_8(hcrc, (uint8_t *)pBuffer, BufferLength);
break;
case CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_HALFWORDS:
temp = CRC_Handle_16(hcrc, (uint16_t *)(void *)pBuffer, BufferLength); /* Derogation MisraC2012 R.11.5 */
break;
default:
break;
}
/* Change CRC peripheral state */
hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_READY;
/* Return the CRC computed value */
return temp;
}
/**
* @brief Compute the 7, 8, 16 or 32-bit CRC value of an 8, 16 or 32-bit data buffer
* starting with hcrc->Instance->INIT as initialization value.
* @param hcrc CRC handle
* @param pBuffer pointer to the input data buffer, exact input data format is
* provided by hcrc->InputDataFormat.
* @param BufferLength input data buffer length (number of bytes if pBuffer
* type is * uint8_t, number of half-words if pBuffer type is * uint16_t,
* number of words if pBuffer type is * uint32_t).
* @note By default, the API expects a uint32_t pointer as input buffer parameter.
* Input buffer pointers with other types simply need to be cast in uint32_t
* and the API will internally adjust its input data processing based on the
* handle field hcrc->InputDataFormat.
* @retval uint32_t CRC (returned value LSBs for CRC shorter than 32 bits)
*/
uint32_t HAL_CRC_Calculate(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint32_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength)
{
uint32_t index; /* CRC input data buffer index */
uint32_t temp = 0U; /* CRC output (read from hcrc->Instance->DR register) */
/* Change CRC peripheral state */
hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY;
/* Reset CRC Calculation Unit (hcrc->Instance->INIT is
* written in hcrc->Instance->DR) */
__HAL_CRC_DR_RESET(hcrc);
switch (hcrc->InputDataFormat)
{
case CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_WORDS:
/* Enter 32-bit input data to the CRC calculator */
for (index = 0U; index < BufferLength; index++)
{
hcrc->Instance->DR = pBuffer[index];
}
temp = hcrc->Instance->DR;
break;
case CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_BYTES:
/* Specific 8-bit input data handling */
temp = CRC_Handle_8(hcrc, (uint8_t *)pBuffer, BufferLength);
break;
case CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_HALFWORDS:
/* Specific 16-bit input data handling */
temp = CRC_Handle_16(hcrc, (uint16_t *)(void *)pBuffer, BufferLength); /* Derogation MisraC2012 R.11.5 */
break;
default:
break;
}
/* Change CRC peripheral state */
hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_READY;
/* Return the CRC computed value */
return temp;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CRC_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State functions
* @brief Peripheral State functions.
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Peripheral State functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Return the CRC handle state.
* @param hcrc CRC handle
* @retval HAL state
*/
HAL_CRC_StateTypeDef HAL_CRC_GetState(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc)
{
/* Return CRC handle state */
return hcrc->State;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup CRC_Private_Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Enter 8-bit input data to the CRC calculator.
* Specific data handling to optimize processing time.
* @param hcrc CRC handle
* @param pBuffer pointer to the input data buffer
* @param BufferLength input data buffer length
* @retval uint32_t CRC (returned value LSBs for CRC shorter than 32 bits)
*/
static uint32_t CRC_Handle_8(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint8_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength)
{
uint32_t i; /* input data buffer index */
uint16_t data;
__IO uint16_t *pReg;
/* Processing time optimization: 4 bytes are entered in a row with a single word write,
* last bytes must be carefully fed to the CRC calculator to ensure a correct type
* handling by the peripheral */
for (i = 0U; i < (BufferLength / 4U); i++)
{
hcrc->Instance->DR = ((uint32_t)pBuffer[4U * i] << 24U) | \
((uint32_t)pBuffer[(4U * i) + 1U] << 16U) | \
((uint32_t)pBuffer[(4U * i) + 2U] << 8U) | \
(uint32_t)pBuffer[(4U * i) + 3U];
}
/* last bytes specific handling */
if ((BufferLength % 4U) != 0U)
{
if ((BufferLength % 4U) == 1U)
{
*(__IO uint8_t *)(__IO void *)(&hcrc->Instance->DR) = pBuffer[4U * i]; /* Derogation MisraC2012 R.11.5 */
}
if ((BufferLength % 4U) == 2U)
{
data = ((uint16_t)(pBuffer[4U * i]) << 8U) | (uint16_t)pBuffer[(4U * i) + 1U];
pReg = (__IO uint16_t *)(__IO void *)(&hcrc->Instance->DR); /* Derogation MisraC2012 R.11.5 */
*pReg = data;
}
if ((BufferLength % 4U) == 3U)
{
data = ((uint16_t)(pBuffer[4U * i]) << 8U) | (uint16_t)pBuffer[(4U * i) + 1U];
pReg = (__IO uint16_t *)(__IO void *)(&hcrc->Instance->DR); /* Derogation MisraC2012 R.11.5 */
*pReg = data;
*(__IO uint8_t *)(__IO void *)(&hcrc->Instance->DR) = pBuffer[(4U * i) + 2U]; /* Derogation MisraC2012 R.11.5 */
}
}
/* Return the CRC computed value */
return hcrc->Instance->DR;
}
/**
* @brief Enter 16-bit input data to the CRC calculator.
* Specific data handling to optimize processing time.
* @param hcrc CRC handle
* @param pBuffer pointer to the input data buffer
* @param BufferLength input data buffer length
* @retval uint32_t CRC (returned value LSBs for CRC shorter than 32 bits)
*/
static uint32_t CRC_Handle_16(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint16_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength)
{
uint32_t i; /* input data buffer index */
__IO uint16_t *pReg;
/* Processing time optimization: 2 HalfWords are entered in a row with a single word write,
* in case of odd length, last HalfWord must be carefully fed to the CRC calculator to ensure
* a correct type handling by the peripheral */
for (i = 0U; i < (BufferLength / 2U); i++)
{
hcrc->Instance->DR = ((uint32_t)pBuffer[2U * i] << 16U) | (uint32_t)pBuffer[(2U * i) + 1U];
}
if ((BufferLength % 2U) != 0U)
{
pReg = (__IO uint16_t *)(__IO void *)(&hcrc->Instance->DR); /* Derogation MisraC2012 R.11.5 */
*pReg = pBuffer[2U * i];
}
/* Return the CRC computed value */
return hcrc->Instance->DR;
}
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_CRC_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/

223
resources/Camera_driver/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_crc_ex.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,223 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32l4xx_hal_crc_ex.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief Extended CRC HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the extended
* functionalities of the CRC peripheral.
*
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
@verbatim
================================================================================
##### How to use this driver #####
================================================================================
[..]
(+) Set user-defined generating polynomial through HAL_CRCEx_Polynomial_Set()
(+) Configure Input or Output data inversion
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup CRCEx CRCEx
* @brief CRC Extended HAL module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_CRC_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup CRCEx_Exported_Functions CRC Extended Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup CRCEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extended Initialization/de-initialization functions
* @brief Extended Initialization and Configuration functions.
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Extended configuration functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Configure the generating polynomial
(+) Configure the input data inversion
(+) Configure the output data inversion
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Initialize the CRC polynomial if different from default one.
* @param hcrc CRC handle
* @param Pol CRC generating polynomial (7, 8, 16 or 32-bit long).
* This parameter is written in normal representation, e.g.
* @arg for a polynomial of degree 7, X^7 + X^6 + X^5 + X^2 + 1 is written 0x65
* @arg for a polynomial of degree 16, X^16 + X^12 + X^5 + 1 is written 0x1021
* @param PolyLength CRC polynomial length.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref CRC_POLYLENGTH_7B 7-bit long CRC (generating polynomial of degree 7)
* @arg @ref CRC_POLYLENGTH_8B 8-bit long CRC (generating polynomial of degree 8)
* @arg @ref CRC_POLYLENGTH_16B 16-bit long CRC (generating polynomial of degree 16)
* @arg @ref CRC_POLYLENGTH_32B 32-bit long CRC (generating polynomial of degree 32)
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRCEx_Polynomial_Set(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint32_t Pol, uint32_t PolyLength)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
uint32_t msb = 31U; /* polynomial degree is 32 at most, so msb is initialized to max value */
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_CRC_POL_LENGTH(PolyLength));
/* check polynomial definition vs polynomial size:
* polynomial length must be aligned with polynomial
* definition. HAL_ERROR is reported if Pol degree is
* larger than that indicated by PolyLength.
* Look for MSB position: msb will contain the degree of
* the second to the largest polynomial member. E.g., for
* X^7 + X^6 + X^5 + X^2 + 1, msb = 6. */
while ((msb-- > 0U) && ((Pol & ((uint32_t)(0x1U) << (msb & 0x1FU))) == 0U))
{
}
switch (PolyLength)
{
case CRC_POLYLENGTH_7B:
if (msb >= HAL_CRC_LENGTH_7B)
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
break;
case CRC_POLYLENGTH_8B:
if (msb >= HAL_CRC_LENGTH_8B)
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
break;
case CRC_POLYLENGTH_16B:
if (msb >= HAL_CRC_LENGTH_16B)
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
break;
case CRC_POLYLENGTH_32B:
/* no polynomial definition vs. polynomial length issue possible */
break;
default:
status = HAL_ERROR;
break;
}
if (status == HAL_OK)
{
/* set generating polynomial */
WRITE_REG(hcrc->Instance->POL, Pol);
/* set generating polynomial size */
MODIFY_REG(hcrc->Instance->CR, CRC_CR_POLYSIZE, PolyLength);
}
/* Return function status */
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Set the Reverse Input data mode.
* @param hcrc CRC handle
* @param InputReverseMode Input Data inversion mode.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_NONE no change in bit order (default value)
* @arg @ref CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_BYTE Byte-wise bit reversal
* @arg @ref CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_HALFWORD HalfWord-wise bit reversal
* @arg @ref CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_WORD Word-wise bit reversal
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRCEx_Input_Data_Reverse(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint32_t InputReverseMode)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_MODE(InputReverseMode));
/* Change CRC peripheral state */
hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY;
/* set input data inversion mode */
MODIFY_REG(hcrc->Instance->CR, CRC_CR_REV_IN, InputReverseMode);
/* Change CRC peripheral state */
hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_READY;
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Set the Reverse Output data mode.
* @param hcrc CRC handle
* @param OutputReverseMode Output Data inversion mode.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref CRC_OUTPUTDATA_INVERSION_DISABLE no CRC inversion (default value)
* @arg @ref CRC_OUTPUTDATA_INVERSION_ENABLE bit-level inversion (e.g. for a 8-bit CRC: 0xB5 becomes 0xAD)
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRCEx_Output_Data_Reverse(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint32_t OutputReverseMode)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_CRC_OUTPUTDATA_INVERSION_MODE(OutputReverseMode));
/* Change CRC peripheral state */
hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY;
/* set output data inversion mode */
MODIFY_REG(hcrc->Instance->CR, CRC_CR_REV_OUT, OutputReverseMode);
/* Change CRC peripheral state */
hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_READY;
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_CRC_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/

1734
resources/Camera_driver/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_cryp.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

3245
resources/Camera_driver/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_cryp_ex.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1760
resources/Camera_driver/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_dac.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

658
resources/Camera_driver/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_dac_ex.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,658 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32l4xx_hal_dac_ex.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief DAC HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the extended
* functionalities of the DAC peripheral.
*
*
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
*** Dual mode IO operation ***
==============================
(+) When Dual mode is enabled (i.e. DAC Channel1 and Channel2 are used simultaneously) :
Use HAL_DACEx_DualGetValue() to get digital data to be converted and use
HAL_DACEx_DualSetValue() to set digital value to converted simultaneously in
Channel 1 and Channel 2.
*** Signal generation operation ***
===================================
(+) Use HAL_DACEx_TriangleWaveGenerate() to generate Triangle signal.
(+) Use HAL_DACEx_NoiseWaveGenerate() to generate Noise signal.
(+) HAL_DACEx_SelfCalibrate to calibrate one DAC channel.
(+) HAL_DACEx_SetUserTrimming to set user trimming value.
(+) HAL_DACEx_GetTrimOffset to retrieve trimming value (factory setting
after reset, user setting if HAL_DACEx_SetUserTrimming have been used
at least one time after reset).
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED
#if defined(DAC1)
/** @defgroup DACEx DACEx
* @brief DAC Extended HAL module driver
* @{
*/
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup DACEx_Exported_Functions DACEx Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup DACEx_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
* @brief Extended IO operation functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### Extended features functions #####
==============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Start conversion.
(+) Stop conversion.
(+) Start conversion and enable DMA transfer.
(+) Stop conversion and disable DMA transfer.
(+) Get result of conversion.
(+) Get result of dual mode conversion.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Enable or disable the selected DAC channel wave generation.
* @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
* @param Channel The selected DAC channel.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
* @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected
* @param Amplitude Select max triangle amplitude.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_1: Select max triangle amplitude of 1
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_3: Select max triangle amplitude of 3
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_7: Select max triangle amplitude of 7
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_15: Select max triangle amplitude of 15
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_31: Select max triangle amplitude of 31
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_63: Select max triangle amplitude of 63
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_127: Select max triangle amplitude of 127
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_255: Select max triangle amplitude of 255
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_511: Select max triangle amplitude of 511
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_1023: Select max triangle amplitude of 1023
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_2047: Select max triangle amplitude of 2047
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_4095: Select max triangle amplitude of 4095
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DACEx_TriangleWaveGenerate(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t Amplitude)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
assert_param(IS_DAC_LFSR_UNMASK_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE(Amplitude));
/* Process locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hdac);
/* Change DAC state */
hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY;
/* Enable the triangle wave generation for the selected DAC channel */
MODIFY_REG(hdac->Instance->CR, ((DAC_CR_WAVE1) | (DAC_CR_MAMP1)) << (Channel & 0x10UL), (DAC_CR_WAVE1_1 | Amplitude) << (Channel & 0x10UL));
/* Change DAC state */
hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdac);
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Enable or disable the selected DAC channel wave generation.
* @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
* @param Channel The selected DAC channel.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
* @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected
* @param Amplitude Unmask DAC channel LFSR for noise wave generation.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BIT0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit0 for noise wave generation
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS1_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[1:0] for noise wave generation
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS2_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[2:0] for noise wave generation
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS3_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[3:0] for noise wave generation
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS4_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[4:0] for noise wave generation
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS5_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[5:0] for noise wave generation
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS6_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[6:0] for noise wave generation
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS7_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[7:0] for noise wave generation
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS8_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[8:0] for noise wave generation
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS9_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[9:0] for noise wave generation
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS10_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[10:0] for noise wave generation
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS11_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[11:0] for noise wave generation
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DACEx_NoiseWaveGenerate(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t Amplitude)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
assert_param(IS_DAC_LFSR_UNMASK_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE(Amplitude));
/* Process locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hdac);
/* Change DAC state */
hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY;
/* Enable the noise wave generation for the selected DAC channel */
MODIFY_REG(hdac->Instance->CR, ((DAC_CR_WAVE1) | (DAC_CR_MAMP1)) << (Channel & 0x10UL), (DAC_CR_WAVE1_0 | Amplitude) << (Channel & 0x10UL));
/* Change DAC state */
hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdac);
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
#if defined (STM32L431xx) || defined (STM32L432xx) || defined (STM32L433xx) || defined (STM32L442xx) || defined (STM32L443xx) || \
defined (STM32L471xx) || defined (STM32L475xx) || defined (STM32L476xx) || defined (STM32L485xx) || defined (STM32L486xx) || defined (STM32L496xx) || defined (STM32L4A6xx) || \
defined (STM32L4P5xx) || defined (STM32L4Q5xx) || \
defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined(STM32L4S9xx)
/**
* @brief Set the specified data holding register value for dual DAC channel.
* @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
* @param Alignment Specifies the data alignment for dual channel DAC.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* DAC_ALIGN_8B_R: 8bit right data alignment selected
* DAC_ALIGN_12B_L: 12bit left data alignment selected
* DAC_ALIGN_12B_R: 12bit right data alignment selected
* @param Data1 Data for DAC Channel1 to be loaded in the selected data holding register.
* @param Data2 Data for DAC Channel2 to be loaded in the selected data holding register.
* @note In dual mode, a unique register access is required to write in both
* DAC channels at the same time.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DACEx_DualSetValue(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac, uint32_t Alignment, uint32_t Data1, uint32_t Data2)
{
uint32_t data;
uint32_t tmp;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DAC_ALIGN(Alignment));
assert_param(IS_DAC_DATA(Data1));
assert_param(IS_DAC_DATA(Data2));
/* Calculate and set dual DAC data holding register value */
if (Alignment == DAC_ALIGN_8B_R)
{
data = ((uint32_t)Data2 << 8U) | Data1;
}
else
{
data = ((uint32_t)Data2 << 16U) | Data1;
}
tmp = (uint32_t)hdac->Instance;
tmp += DAC_DHR12RD_ALIGNMENT(Alignment);
/* Set the dual DAC selected data holding register */
*(__IO uint32_t *)tmp = data;
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Conversion complete callback in non-blocking mode for Channel2.
* @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_DACEx_ConvCpltCallbackCh2(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hdac);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_DACEx_ConvCpltCallbackCh2 could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief Conversion half DMA transfer callback in non-blocking mode for Channel2.
* @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_DACEx_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hdac);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_DACEx_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2 could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief Error DAC callback for Channel2.
* @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_DACEx_ErrorCallbackCh2(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hdac);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_DACEx_ErrorCallbackCh2 could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief DMA underrun DAC callback for Channel2.
* @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_DACEx_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh2(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hdac);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_DACEx_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh2 could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
#endif /* STM32L431xx STM32L432xx STM32L433xx STM32L442xx STM32L443xx */
/* STM32L471xx STM32L475xx STM32L476xx STM32L485xx STM32L486xx STM32L496xx STM32L4A6xx */
/* STM32L4P5xx STM32L4Q5xx */
/* STM32L4R5xx STM32L4R7xx STM32L4R9xx STM32L4S5xx STM32L4S7xx STM32L4S9xx */
/**
* @brief Run the self calibration of one DAC channel.
* @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
* @param sConfig DAC channel configuration structure.
* @param Channel The selected DAC channel.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
* @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected
* @retval Updates DAC_TrimmingValue. , DAC_UserTrimming set to DAC_UserTrimming
* @retval HAL status
* @note Calibration runs about 7 ms.
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DACEx_SelfCalibrate(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac, DAC_ChannelConfTypeDef *sConfig, uint32_t Channel)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
__IO uint32_t tmp;
uint32_t trimmingvalue;
uint32_t delta;
/* store/restore channel configuration structure purpose */
uint32_t oldmodeconfiguration;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
/* Check the DAC handle allocation */
/* Check if DAC running */
if (hdac == NULL)
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
else if (hdac->State == HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY)
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
else
{
/* Process locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hdac);
/* Store configuration */
oldmodeconfiguration = (hdac->Instance->MCR & (DAC_MCR_MODE1 << (Channel & 0x10UL)));
/* Disable the selected DAC channel */
CLEAR_BIT((hdac->Instance->CR), (DAC_CR_EN1 << (Channel & 0x10UL)));
/* Set mode in MCR for calibration */
MODIFY_REG(hdac->Instance->MCR, (DAC_MCR_MODE1 << (Channel & 0x10UL)), 0U);
/* Set DAC Channel1 DHR register to the middle value */
tmp = (uint32_t)hdac->Instance;
#if defined (STM32L431xx) || defined (STM32L432xx) || defined (STM32L433xx) || defined (STM32L442xx) || defined (STM32L443xx) || \
defined (STM32L471xx) || defined (STM32L475xx) || defined (STM32L476xx) || defined (STM32L485xx) || defined (STM32L486xx) || defined (STM32L496xx) || defined (STM32L4A6xx) || \
defined (STM32L4P5xx) || defined (STM32L4Q5xx) || \
defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined(STM32L4S9xx)
if(Channel == DAC_CHANNEL_1)
{
tmp += DAC_DHR12R1_ALIGNMENT(DAC_ALIGN_12B_R);
}
else
{
tmp += DAC_DHR12R2_ALIGNMENT(DAC_ALIGN_12B_R);
}
#endif /* STM32L431xx STM32L432xx STM32L433xx STM32L442xx STM32L443xx */
/* STM32L471xx STM32L475xx STM32L476xx STM32L485xx STM32L486xx STM32L496xx STM32L4A6xx */
/* STM32L4P5xx STM32L4Q5xx */
/* STM32L4R5xx STM32L4R7xx STM32L4R9xx STM32L4S5xx STM32L4S7xx STM32L4S9xx */
#if defined (STM32L451xx) || defined (STM32L452xx) || defined (STM32L462xx)
tmp += DAC_DHR12R1_ALIGNMENT(DAC_ALIGN_12B_R);
#endif /* STM32L451xx STM32L452xx STM32L462xx */
*(__IO uint32_t *) tmp = 0x0800U;
/* Enable the selected DAC channel calibration */
/* i.e. set DAC_CR_CENx bit */
SET_BIT((hdac->Instance->CR), (DAC_CR_CEN1 << (Channel & 0x10UL)));
/* Init trimming counter */
/* Medium value */
trimmingvalue = 16U;
delta = 8U;
while (delta != 0U)
{
/* Set candidate trimming */
MODIFY_REG(hdac->Instance->CCR, (DAC_CCR_OTRIM1 << (Channel & 0x10UL)), (trimmingvalue << (Channel & 0x10UL)));
/* tOFFTRIMmax delay x ms as per datasheet (electrical characteristics */
/* i.e. minimum time needed between two calibration steps */
HAL_Delay(1);
if ((hdac->Instance->SR & (DAC_SR_CAL_FLAG1 << (Channel & 0x10UL))) == (DAC_SR_CAL_FLAG1 << (Channel & 0x10UL)))
{
/* DAC_SR_CAL_FLAGx is HIGH try higher trimming */
trimmingvalue -= delta;
}
else
{
/* DAC_SR_CAL_FLAGx is LOW try lower trimming */
trimmingvalue += delta;
}
delta >>= 1U;
}
/* Still need to check if right calibration is current value or one step below */
/* Indeed the first value that causes the DAC_SR_CAL_FLAGx bit to change from 0 to 1 */
/* Set candidate trimming */
MODIFY_REG(hdac->Instance->CCR, (DAC_CCR_OTRIM1 << (Channel & 0x10UL)), (trimmingvalue << (Channel & 0x10UL)));
/* tOFFTRIMmax delay x ms as per datasheet (electrical characteristics */
/* i.e. minimum time needed between two calibration steps */
HAL_Delay(1U);
if ((hdac->Instance->SR & (DAC_SR_CAL_FLAG1 << (Channel & 0x10UL))) == 0UL)
{
/* OPAMP_CSR_OUTCAL is actually one value more */
trimmingvalue++;
/* Set right trimming */
MODIFY_REG(hdac->Instance->CCR, (DAC_CCR_OTRIM1 << (Channel & 0x10UL)), (trimmingvalue << (Channel & 0x10UL)));
}
/* Disable the selected DAC channel calibration */
/* i.e. clear DAC_CR_CENx bit */
CLEAR_BIT((hdac->Instance->CR), (DAC_CR_CEN1 << (Channel & 0x10UL)));
sConfig->DAC_TrimmingValue = trimmingvalue;
sConfig->DAC_UserTrimming = DAC_TRIMMING_USER;
/* Restore configuration */
MODIFY_REG(hdac->Instance->MCR, (DAC_MCR_MODE1 << (Channel & 0x10UL)), oldmodeconfiguration);
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdac);
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Set the trimming mode and trimming value (user trimming mode applied).
* @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
* @param sConfig DAC configuration structure updated with new DAC trimming value.
* @param Channel The selected DAC channel.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
* @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected
* @param NewTrimmingValue DAC new trimming value
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DACEx_SetUserTrimming(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac, DAC_ChannelConfTypeDef *sConfig, uint32_t Channel,
uint32_t NewTrimmingValue)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
assert_param(IS_DAC_NEWTRIMMINGVALUE(NewTrimmingValue));
/* Check the DAC handle allocation */
if (hdac == NULL)
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
else
{
/* Process locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hdac);
/* Set new trimming */
MODIFY_REG(hdac->Instance->CCR, (DAC_CCR_OTRIM1 << (Channel & 0x10UL)), (NewTrimmingValue << (Channel & 0x10UL)));
/* Update trimming mode */
sConfig->DAC_UserTrimming = DAC_TRIMMING_USER;
sConfig->DAC_TrimmingValue = NewTrimmingValue;
/* Process unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdac);
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Return the DAC trimming value.
* @param hdac DAC handle
* @param Channel The selected DAC channel.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
* @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected
* @retval Trimming value : range: 0->31
*
*/
uint32_t HAL_DACEx_GetTrimOffset(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac, uint32_t Channel)
{
/* Check the parameter */
assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
/* Retrieve trimming */
return ((hdac->Instance->CCR & (DAC_CCR_OTRIM1 << (Channel & 0x10UL))) >> (Channel & 0x10UL));
}
/**
* @}
*/
#if defined (STM32L431xx) || defined (STM32L432xx) || defined (STM32L433xx) || defined (STM32L442xx) || defined (STM32L443xx) || \
defined (STM32L471xx) || defined (STM32L475xx) || defined (STM32L476xx) || defined (STM32L485xx) || defined (STM32L486xx) || defined (STM32L496xx) || defined (STM32L4A6xx) || \
defined (STM32L4P5xx) || defined (STM32L4Q5xx) || \
defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined(STM32L4S9xx)
/** @defgroup DACEx_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control functions
* @brief Extended Peripheral Control functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### Peripheral Control functions #####
==============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Set the specified data holding register value for DAC channel.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Return the last data output value of the selected DAC channel.
* @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
* @retval The selected DAC channel data output value.
*/
uint32_t HAL_DACEx_DualGetValue(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac)
{
uint32_t tmp = 0U;
tmp |= hdac->Instance->DOR1;
tmp |= hdac->Instance->DOR2 << 16U;
/* Returns the DAC channel data output register value */
return tmp;
}
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* STM32L431xx STM32L432xx STM32L433xx STM32L442xx STM32L443xx */
/* STM32L471xx STM32L475xx STM32L476xx STM32L485xx STM32L486xx STM32L496xx STM32L4A6xx */
/* STM32L4P5xx STM32L4Q5xx */
/* STM32L4R5xx STM32L4R7xx STM32L4R9xx STM32L4S5xx STM32L4S7xx STM32L4S9xx */
/**
* @}
*/
#if defined (STM32L431xx) || defined (STM32L432xx) || defined (STM32L433xx) || defined (STM32L442xx) || defined (STM32L443xx) || \
defined (STM32L471xx) || defined (STM32L475xx) || defined (STM32L476xx) || defined (STM32L485xx) || defined (STM32L486xx) || defined (STM32L496xx) || defined (STM32L4A6xx) || \
defined (STM32L4P5xx) || defined (STM32L4Q5xx) || \
defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined(STM32L4S9xx)
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup DACEx_Private_Functions DACEx private functions
* @brief Extended private functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief DMA conversion complete callback.
* @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
* @retval None
*/
void DAC_DMAConvCpltCh2(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
{
DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac = (DAC_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent;
#if (USE_HAL_DAC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
hdac->ConvCpltCallbackCh2(hdac);
#else
HAL_DACEx_ConvCpltCallbackCh2(hdac);
#endif /* USE_HAL_DAC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
}
/**
* @brief DMA half transfer complete callback.
* @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
* @retval None
*/
void DAC_DMAHalfConvCpltCh2(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
{
DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac = (DAC_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent;
/* Conversion complete callback */
#if (USE_HAL_DAC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
hdac->ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2(hdac);
#else
HAL_DACEx_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2(hdac);
#endif /* USE_HAL_DAC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
}
/**
* @brief DMA error callback.
* @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
* @retval None
*/
void DAC_DMAErrorCh2(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
{
DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac = (DAC_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent;
/* Set DAC error code to DMA error */
hdac->ErrorCode |= HAL_DAC_ERROR_DMA;
#if (USE_HAL_DAC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
hdac->ErrorCallbackCh2(hdac);
#else
HAL_DACEx_ErrorCallbackCh2(hdac);
#endif /* USE_HAL_DAC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
}
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* STM32L431xx STM32L432xx STM32L433xx STM32L442xx STM32L443xx */
/* STM32L471xx STM32L475xx STM32L476xx STM32L485xx STM32L486xx STM32L496xx STM32L4A6xx */
/* STM32L4P5xx STM32L4Q5xx */
/* STM32L4R5xx STM32L4R7xx STM32L4R9xx STM32L4S5xx STM32L4S7xx STM32L4S9xx */
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* DAC1 */
#endif /* HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/

1532
resources/Camera_driver/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_dcmi.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

3576
resources/Camera_driver/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_dfsdm.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

133
resources/Camera_driver/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_dfsdm_ex.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32l4xx_hal_dfsdm_ex.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief DFSDM Extended HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionality of the DFSDM Peripheral Controller:
* + Set and get pulses skipping on channel.
*
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_DFSDM_MODULE_ENABLED
#if defined(STM32L4R5xx) || defined(STM32L4R7xx) || defined(STM32L4R9xx) || defined(STM32L4S5xx) || defined(STM32L4S7xx) || defined(STM32L4S9xx) || \
defined(STM32L4P5xx) || defined(STM32L4Q5xx)
/** @defgroup DFSDMEx DFSDMEx
* @brief DFSDM Extended HAL module driver
* @{
*/
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup DFSDMEx_Exported_Functions DFSDM Extended Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup DFSDMEx_Exported_Functions_Group1_Channel Extended channel operation functions
* @brief DFSDM extended channel operation functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Extended channel operation functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Set and get value of pulses skipping on channel
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Set value of pulses skipping.
* @param hdfsdm_channel DFSDM channel handle.
* @param PulsesValue Value of pulses to be skipped.
* This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 0 and Max_Data = 63.
* @retval HAL status.
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DFDSMEx_ChannelSetPulsesSkipping(DFSDM_Channel_HandleTypeDef *hdfsdm_channel, uint32_t PulsesValue)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
/* Check pulses value */
assert_param(IS_DFSDM_CHANNEL_SKIPPING_VALUE(PulsesValue));
/* Check DFSDM channel state */
if (hdfsdm_channel->State == HAL_DFSDM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
{
/* Set new value of pulses skipping */
hdfsdm_channel->Instance->CHDLYR = (PulsesValue & DFSDM_CHDLYR_PLSSKP);
}
else
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Get value of pulses skipping.
* @param hdfsdm_channel DFSDM channel handle.
* @param PulsesValue Value of pulses to be skipped.
* @retval HAL status.
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DFDSMEx_ChannelGetPulsesSkipping(const DFSDM_Channel_HandleTypeDef *hdfsdm_channel, uint32_t *PulsesValue)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
/* Check DFSDM channel state */
if (hdfsdm_channel->State == HAL_DFSDM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)
{
/* Get value of remaining pulses to be skipped */
*PulsesValue = (hdfsdm_channel->Instance->CHDLYR & DFSDM_CHDLYR_PLSSKP);
}
else
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
return status;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* STM32L4R5xx || STM32L4R7xx || STM32L4R9xx || STM32L4S5xx || STM32L4S7xx || STM32L4S9xx || STM32L4P5xx || STM32L4Q5xx */
#endif /* HAL_DFSDM_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/

1174
resources/Camera_driver/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_dma.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

2209
resources/Camera_driver/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_dma2d.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

307
resources/Camera_driver/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_dma_ex.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,307 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32l4xx_hal_dma_ex.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief DMA Extension HAL module driver
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the DMA Extension peripheral:
* + Extended features functions
*
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
The DMA Extension HAL driver can be used as follows:
(+) Configure the DMA_MUX Synchronization Block using HAL_DMAEx_ConfigMuxSync function.
(+) Configure the DMA_MUX Request Generator Block using HAL_DMAEx_ConfigMuxRequestGenerator function.
Functions HAL_DMAEx_EnableMuxRequestGenerator and HAL_DMAEx_DisableMuxRequestGenerator can then be used
to respectively enable/disable the request generator.
(+) To handle the DMAMUX Interrupts, the function HAL_DMAEx_MUX_IRQHandler should be called from
the DMAMUX IRQ handler i.e DMAMUX1_OVR_IRQHandler.
As only one interrupt line is available for all DMAMUX channels and request generators , HAL_DMAEx_MUX_IRQHandler should be
called with, as parameter, the appropriate DMA handle as many as used DMAs in the user project
(exception done if a given DMA is not using the DMAMUX SYNC block neither a request generator)
-@- In Memory-to-Memory transfer mode, Multi (Double) Buffer mode is not allowed.
-@- When Multi (Double) Buffer mode is enabled, the transfer is circular by default.
-@- In Multi (Double) buffer mode, it is possible to update the base address for
the AHB memory port on the fly (DMA_CM0ARx or DMA_CM1ARx) when the channel is enabled.
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
#if defined(DMAMUX1)
/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup DMAEx DMAEx
* @brief DMA Extended HAL module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private Constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup DMAEx_Exported_Functions DMAEx Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup DMAEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 DMAEx Extended features functions
* @brief Extended features functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Extended features functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Configure the DMAMUX Synchronization Block using HAL_DMAEx_ConfigMuxSync function.
(+) Configure the DMAMUX Request Generator Block using HAL_DMAEx_ConfigMuxRequestGenerator function.
Functions HAL_DMAEx_EnableMuxRequestGenerator and HAL_DMAEx_DisableMuxRequestGenerator can then be used
to respectively enable/disable the request generator.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Configure the DMAMUX synchronization parameters for a given DMA channel (instance).
* @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA channel.
* @param pSyncConfig : pointer to HAL_DMA_MuxSyncConfigTypeDef : contains the DMAMUX synchronization parameters
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMAEx_ConfigMuxSync(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, HAL_DMA_MuxSyncConfigTypeDef *pSyncConfig)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_INSTANCE(hdma->Instance));
assert_param(IS_DMAMUX_SYNC_SIGNAL_ID(pSyncConfig->SyncSignalID));
assert_param(IS_DMAMUX_SYNC_POLARITY(pSyncConfig-> SyncPolarity));
assert_param(IS_DMAMUX_SYNC_STATE(pSyncConfig->SyncEnable));
assert_param(IS_DMAMUX_SYNC_EVENT(pSyncConfig->EventEnable));
assert_param(IS_DMAMUX_SYNC_REQUEST_NUMBER(pSyncConfig->RequestNumber));
/*Check if the DMA state is ready */
if(hdma->State == HAL_DMA_STATE_READY)
{
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hdma);
/* Set the new synchronization parameters (and keep the request ID filled during the Init)*/
MODIFY_REG( hdma->DMAmuxChannel->CCR, \
(~DMAMUX_CxCR_DMAREQ_ID) , \
((pSyncConfig->SyncSignalID) << DMAMUX_CxCR_SYNC_ID_Pos) | ((pSyncConfig->RequestNumber - 1U) << DMAMUX_CxCR_NBREQ_Pos) | \
pSyncConfig->SyncPolarity | ((uint32_t)pSyncConfig->SyncEnable << DMAMUX_CxCR_SE_Pos) | \
((uint32_t)pSyncConfig->EventEnable << DMAMUX_CxCR_EGE_Pos));
/* Process UnLocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
return HAL_OK;
}
else
{
/*DMA State not Ready*/
return HAL_ERROR;
}
}
/**
* @brief Configure the DMAMUX request generator block used by the given DMA channel (instance).
* @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA channel.
* @param pRequestGeneratorConfig : pointer to HAL_DMA_MuxRequestGeneratorConfigTypeDef :
* contains the request generator parameters.
*
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMAEx_ConfigMuxRequestGenerator (DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, HAL_DMA_MuxRequestGeneratorConfigTypeDef *pRequestGeneratorConfig)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_INSTANCE(hdma->Instance));
assert_param(IS_DMAMUX_REQUEST_GEN_SIGNAL_ID(pRequestGeneratorConfig->SignalID));
assert_param(IS_DMAMUX_REQUEST_GEN_POLARITY(pRequestGeneratorConfig->Polarity));
assert_param(IS_DMAMUX_REQUEST_GEN_REQUEST_NUMBER(pRequestGeneratorConfig->RequestNumber));
/* check if the DMA state is ready
and DMA is using a DMAMUX request generator block
*/
if((hdma->State == HAL_DMA_STATE_READY) && (hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen != 0U))
{
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hdma);
/* Set the request generator new parameters */
hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen->RGCR = pRequestGeneratorConfig->SignalID | \
((pRequestGeneratorConfig->RequestNumber - 1U) << DMAMUX_RGxCR_GNBREQ_Pos)| \
pRequestGeneratorConfig->Polarity;
/* Process UnLocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
return HAL_OK;
}
else
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
}
/**
* @brief Enable the DMAMUX request generator block used by the given DMA channel (instance).
* @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA channel.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMAEx_EnableMuxRequestGenerator (DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_INSTANCE(hdma->Instance));
/* check if the DMA state is ready
and DMA is using a DMAMUX request generator block
*/
if((hdma->State != HAL_DMA_STATE_RESET) && (hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen != 0))
{
/* Enable the request generator*/
hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen->RGCR |= DMAMUX_RGxCR_GE;
return HAL_OK;
}
else
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
}
/**
* @brief Disable the DMAMUX request generator block used by the given DMA channel (instance).
* @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA channel.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMAEx_DisableMuxRequestGenerator (DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_INSTANCE(hdma->Instance));
/* check if the DMA state is ready
and DMA is using a DMAMUX request generator block
*/
if((hdma->State != HAL_DMA_STATE_RESET) && (hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen != 0))
{
/* Disable the request generator*/
hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen->RGCR &= ~DMAMUX_RGxCR_GE;
return HAL_OK;
}
else
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
}
/**
* @brief Handles DMAMUX interrupt request.
* @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified DMA channel.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_DMAEx_MUX_IRQHandler(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
{
/* Check for DMAMUX Synchronization overrun */
if((hdma->DMAmuxChannelStatus->CSR & hdma->DMAmuxChannelStatusMask) != 0U)
{
/* Disable the synchro overrun interrupt */
hdma->DMAmuxChannel->CCR &= ~DMAMUX_CxCR_SOIE;
/* Clear the DMAMUX synchro overrun flag */
hdma->DMAmuxChannelStatus->CFR = hdma->DMAmuxChannelStatusMask;
/* Update error code */
hdma->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA_ERROR_SYNC;
if(hdma->XferErrorCallback != NULL)
{
/* Transfer error callback */
hdma->XferErrorCallback(hdma);
}
}
if(hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen != 0)
{
/* if using a DMAMUX request generator block Check for DMAMUX request generator overrun */
if((hdma->DMAmuxRequestGenStatus->RGSR & hdma->DMAmuxRequestGenStatusMask) != 0U)
{
/* Disable the request gen overrun interrupt */
hdma->DMAmuxRequestGen->RGCR &= ~DMAMUX_RGxCR_OIE;
/* Clear the DMAMUX request generator overrun flag */
hdma->DMAmuxRequestGenStatus->RGCFR = hdma->DMAmuxRequestGenStatusMask;
/* Update error code */
hdma->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA_ERROR_REQGEN;
if(hdma->XferErrorCallback != NULL)
{
/* Transfer error callback */
hdma->XferErrorCallback(hdma);
}
}
}
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* DMAMUX1 */

3117
resources/Camera_driver/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_dsi.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

632
resources/Camera_driver/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_exti.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,632 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32l4xx_hal_exti.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief EXTI HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the Extended Interrupts and events controller (EXTI) peripheral:
* + Initialization and de-initialization functions
* + IO operation functions
*
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2018 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### EXTI Peripheral features #####
==============================================================================
[..]
(+) Each Exti line can be configured within this driver.
(+) Exti line can be configured in 3 different modes
(++) Interrupt
(++) Event
(++) Both of them
(+) Configurable Exti lines can be configured with 3 different triggers
(++) Rising
(++) Falling
(++) Both of them
(+) When set in interrupt mode, configurable Exti lines have two different
interrupts pending registers which allow to distinguish which transition
occurs:
(++) Rising edge pending interrupt
(++) Falling
(+) Exti lines 0 to 15 are linked to gpio pin number 0 to 15. Gpio port can
be selected through multiplexer.
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
(#) Configure the EXTI line using HAL_EXTI_SetConfigLine().
(++) Choose the interrupt line number by setting "Line" member from
EXTI_ConfigTypeDef structure.
(++) Configure the interrupt and/or event mode using "Mode" member from
EXTI_ConfigTypeDef structure.
(++) For configurable lines, configure rising and/or falling trigger
"Trigger" member from EXTI_ConfigTypeDef structure.
(++) For Exti lines linked to gpio, choose gpio port using "GPIOSel"
member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure.
(#) Get current Exti configuration of a dedicated line using
HAL_EXTI_GetConfigLine().
(++) Provide exiting handle as parameter.
(++) Provide pointer on EXTI_ConfigTypeDef structure as second parameter.
(#) Clear Exti configuration of a dedicated line using HAL_EXTI_GetConfigLine().
(++) Provide exiting handle as parameter.
(#) Register callback to treat Exti interrupts using HAL_EXTI_RegisterCallback().
(++) Provide exiting handle as first parameter.
(++) Provide which callback will be registered using one value from
EXTI_CallbackIDTypeDef.
(++) Provide callback function pointer.
(#) Get interrupt pending bit using HAL_EXTI_GetPending().
(#) Clear interrupt pending bit using HAL_EXTI_GetPending().
(#) Generate software interrupt using HAL_EXTI_GenerateSWI().
@endverbatim
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup EXTI
* @{
*/
/** MISRA C:2012 deviation rule has been granted for following rule:
* Rule-18.1_b - Medium: Array `EXTICR' 1st subscript interval [0,7] may be out
* of bounds [0,3] in following API :
* HAL_EXTI_SetConfigLine
* HAL_EXTI_GetConfigLine
* HAL_EXTI_ClearConfigLine
*/
#ifdef HAL_EXTI_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private defines ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup EXTI_Private_Constants EXTI Private Constants
* @{
*/
#define EXTI_MODE_OFFSET 0x08u /* 0x20: offset between MCU IMR/EMR registers */
#define EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET 0x08u /* 0x20: offset between MCU Rising/Falling configuration registers */
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup EXTI_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup EXTI_Exported_Functions_Group1
* @brief Configuration functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Configuration functions #####
===============================================================================
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Set configuration of a dedicated Exti line.
* @param hexti Exti handle.
* @param pExtiConfig Pointer on EXTI configuration to be set.
* @retval HAL Status.
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_EXTI_SetConfigLine(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, EXTI_ConfigTypeDef *pExtiConfig)
{
__IO uint32_t *regaddr;
uint32_t regval;
uint32_t linepos;
uint32_t maskline;
uint32_t offset;
/* Check null pointer */
if ((hexti == NULL) || (pExtiConfig == NULL))
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Check parameters */
assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(pExtiConfig->Line));
assert_param(IS_EXTI_MODE(pExtiConfig->Mode));
/* Assign line number to handle */
hexti->Line = pExtiConfig->Line;
/* Compute line register offset and line mask */
offset = ((pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_REG_MASK) >> EXTI_REG_SHIFT);
linepos = (pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_PIN_MASK);
maskline = (1uL << linepos);
/* Configure triggers for configurable lines */
if ((pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_CONFIG) != 0x00u)
{
assert_param(IS_EXTI_TRIGGER(pExtiConfig->Trigger));
/* Configure rising trigger */
regaddr = (&EXTI->RTSR1 + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset));
regval = *regaddr;
/* Mask or set line */
if ((pExtiConfig->Trigger & EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING) != 0x00u)
{
regval |= maskline;
}
else
{
regval &= ~maskline;
}
/* Store rising trigger mode */
*regaddr = regval;
/* Configure falling trigger */
regaddr = (&EXTI->FTSR1 + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset));
regval = *regaddr;
/* Mask or set line */
if ((pExtiConfig->Trigger & EXTI_TRIGGER_FALLING) != 0x00u)
{
regval |= maskline;
}
else
{
regval &= ~maskline;
}
/* Store falling trigger mode */
*regaddr = regval;
/* Configure gpio port selection in case of gpio exti line */
if ((pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_GPIO) == EXTI_GPIO)
{
assert_param(IS_EXTI_GPIO_PORT(pExtiConfig->GPIOSel));
assert_param(IS_EXTI_GPIO_PIN(linepos));
regval = SYSCFG->EXTICR[linepos >> 2u];
regval &= ~(SYSCFG_EXTICR1_EXTI0 << (SYSCFG_EXTICR1_EXTI1_Pos * (linepos & 0x03u)));
regval |= (pExtiConfig->GPIOSel << (SYSCFG_EXTICR1_EXTI1_Pos * (linepos & 0x03u)));
SYSCFG->EXTICR[linepos >> 2u] = regval;
}
}
/* Configure interrupt mode : read current mode */
regaddr = (&EXTI->IMR1 + (EXTI_MODE_OFFSET * offset));
regval = *regaddr;
/* Mask or set line */
if ((pExtiConfig->Mode & EXTI_MODE_INTERRUPT) != 0x00u)
{
regval |= maskline;
}
else
{
regval &= ~maskline;
}
/* Store interrupt mode */
*regaddr = regval;
/* The event mode cannot be configured if the line does not support it */
assert_param(((pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_EVENT) == EXTI_EVENT) || ((pExtiConfig->Mode & EXTI_MODE_EVENT) != EXTI_MODE_EVENT));
/* Configure event mode : read current mode */
regaddr = (&EXTI->EMR1 + (EXTI_MODE_OFFSET * offset));
regval = *regaddr;
/* Mask or set line */
if ((pExtiConfig->Mode & EXTI_MODE_EVENT) != 0x00u)
{
regval |= maskline;
}
else
{
regval &= ~maskline;
}
/* Store event mode */
*regaddr = regval;
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Get configuration of a dedicated Exti line.
* @param hexti Exti handle.
* @param pExtiConfig Pointer on structure to store Exti configuration.
* @retval HAL Status.
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_EXTI_GetConfigLine(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, EXTI_ConfigTypeDef *pExtiConfig)
{
__IO uint32_t *regaddr;
uint32_t regval;
uint32_t linepos;
uint32_t maskline;
uint32_t offset;
/* Check null pointer */
if ((hexti == NULL) || (pExtiConfig == NULL))
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Check the parameter */
assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(hexti->Line));
/* Store handle line number to configuration structure */
pExtiConfig->Line = hexti->Line;
/* Compute line register offset and line mask */
offset = ((pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_REG_MASK) >> EXTI_REG_SHIFT);
linepos = (pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_PIN_MASK);
maskline = (1uL << linepos);
/* 1] Get core mode : interrupt */
regaddr = (&EXTI->IMR1 + (EXTI_MODE_OFFSET * offset));
regval = *regaddr;
/* Check if selected line is enable */
if ((regval & maskline) != 0x00u)
{
pExtiConfig->Mode = EXTI_MODE_INTERRUPT;
}
else
{
pExtiConfig->Mode = EXTI_MODE_NONE;
}
/* Get event mode */
regaddr = (&EXTI->EMR1 + (EXTI_MODE_OFFSET * offset));
regval = *regaddr;
/* Check if selected line is enable */
if ((regval & maskline) != 0x00u)
{
pExtiConfig->Mode |= EXTI_MODE_EVENT;
}
/* Get default Trigger and GPIOSel configuration */
pExtiConfig->Trigger = EXTI_TRIGGER_NONE;
pExtiConfig->GPIOSel = 0x00u;
/* 2] Get trigger for configurable lines : rising */
if ((pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_CONFIG) != 0x00u)
{
regaddr = (&EXTI->RTSR1 + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset));
regval = *regaddr;
/* Check if configuration of selected line is enable */
if ((regval & maskline) != 0x00u)
{
pExtiConfig->Trigger = EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING;
}
/* Get falling configuration */
regaddr = (&EXTI->FTSR1 + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset));
regval = *regaddr;
/* Check if configuration of selected line is enable */
if ((regval & maskline) != 0x00u)
{
pExtiConfig->Trigger |= EXTI_TRIGGER_FALLING;
}
/* Get Gpio port selection for gpio lines */
if ((pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_GPIO) == EXTI_GPIO)
{
assert_param(IS_EXTI_GPIO_PIN(linepos));
regval = SYSCFG->EXTICR[linepos >> 2u];
pExtiConfig->GPIOSel = ((regval << (SYSCFG_EXTICR1_EXTI1_Pos * (3uL - (linepos & 0x03u)))) >> 24);
}
}
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Clear whole configuration of a dedicated Exti line.
* @param hexti Exti handle.
* @retval HAL Status.
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_EXTI_ClearConfigLine(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti)
{
__IO uint32_t *regaddr;
uint32_t regval;
uint32_t linepos;
uint32_t maskline;
uint32_t offset;
/* Check null pointer */
if (hexti == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Check the parameter */
assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(hexti->Line));
/* compute line register offset and line mask */
offset = ((hexti->Line & EXTI_REG_MASK) >> EXTI_REG_SHIFT);
linepos = (hexti->Line & EXTI_PIN_MASK);
maskline = (1uL << linepos);
/* 1] Clear interrupt mode */
regaddr = (&EXTI->IMR1 + (EXTI_MODE_OFFSET * offset));
regval = (*regaddr & ~maskline);
*regaddr = regval;
/* 2] Clear event mode */
regaddr = (&EXTI->EMR1 + (EXTI_MODE_OFFSET * offset));
regval = (*regaddr & ~maskline);
*regaddr = regval;
/* 3] Clear triggers in case of configurable lines */
if ((hexti->Line & EXTI_CONFIG) != 0x00u)
{
regaddr = (&EXTI->RTSR1 + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset));
regval = (*regaddr & ~maskline);
*regaddr = regval;
regaddr = (&EXTI->FTSR1 + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset));
regval = (*regaddr & ~maskline);
*regaddr = regval;
/* Get Gpio port selection for gpio lines */
if ((hexti->Line & EXTI_GPIO) == EXTI_GPIO)
{
assert_param(IS_EXTI_GPIO_PIN(linepos));
regval = SYSCFG->EXTICR[linepos >> 2u];
regval &= ~(SYSCFG_EXTICR1_EXTI0 << (SYSCFG_EXTICR1_EXTI1_Pos * (linepos & 0x03u)));
SYSCFG->EXTICR[linepos >> 2u] = regval;
}
}
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Register callback for a dedicated Exti line.
* @param hexti Exti handle.
* @param CallbackID User callback identifier.
* This parameter can be one of @arg @ref EXTI_CallbackIDTypeDef values.
* @param pPendingCbfn function pointer to be stored as callback.
* @retval HAL Status.
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_EXTI_RegisterCallback(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, EXTI_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID, void (*pPendingCbfn)(void))
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
switch (CallbackID)
{
case HAL_EXTI_COMMON_CB_ID:
hexti->PendingCallback = pPendingCbfn;
break;
default:
status = HAL_ERROR;
break;
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Store line number as handle private field.
* @param hexti Exti handle.
* @param ExtiLine Exti line number.
* This parameter can be from 0 to @ref EXTI_LINE_NB.
* @retval HAL Status.
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_EXTI_GetHandle(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, uint32_t ExtiLine)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(ExtiLine));
/* Check null pointer */
if (hexti == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
else
{
/* Store line number as handle private field */
hexti->Line = ExtiLine;
return HAL_OK;
}
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup EXTI_Exported_Functions_Group2
* @brief EXTI IO functions.
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### IO operation functions #####
===============================================================================
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Handle EXTI interrupt request.
* @param hexti Exti handle.
* @retval none.
*/
void HAL_EXTI_IRQHandler(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti)
{
__IO uint32_t *regaddr;
uint32_t regval;
uint32_t maskline;
uint32_t offset;
/* Compute line register offset and line mask */
offset = ((hexti->Line & EXTI_REG_MASK) >> EXTI_REG_SHIFT);
maskline = (1uL << (hexti->Line & EXTI_PIN_MASK));
/* Get pending bit */
regaddr = (&EXTI->PR1 + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset));
regval = (*regaddr & maskline);
if (regval != 0x00u)
{
/* Clear pending bit */
*regaddr = maskline;
/* Call callback */
if (hexti->PendingCallback != NULL)
{
hexti->PendingCallback();
}
}
}
/**
* @brief Get interrupt pending bit of a dedicated line.
* @param hexti Exti handle.
* @param Edge Specify which pending edge as to be checked.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING_FALLING
* This parameter is kept for compatibility with other series.
* @retval 1 if interrupt is pending else 0.
*/
uint32_t HAL_EXTI_GetPending(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, uint32_t Edge)
{
__IO uint32_t *regaddr;
uint32_t regval;
uint32_t linepos;
uint32_t maskline;
uint32_t offset;
/* Check parameters */
assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(hexti->Line));
assert_param(IS_EXTI_CONFIG_LINE(hexti->Line));
assert_param(IS_EXTI_PENDING_EDGE(Edge));
/* Compute line register offset and line mask */
offset = ((hexti->Line & EXTI_REG_MASK) >> EXTI_REG_SHIFT);
linepos = (hexti->Line & EXTI_PIN_MASK);
maskline = (1uL << linepos);
/* Get pending bit */
regaddr = (&EXTI->PR1 + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset));
/* return 1 if bit is set else 0 */
regval = ((*regaddr & maskline) >> linepos);
return regval;
}
/**
* @brief Clear interrupt pending bit of a dedicated line.
* @param hexti Exti handle.
* @param Edge Specify which pending edge as to be clear.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING_FALLING
* This parameter is kept for compatibility with other series.
* @retval None.
*/
void HAL_EXTI_ClearPending(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, uint32_t Edge)
{
__IO uint32_t *regaddr;
uint32_t maskline;
uint32_t offset;
/* Check parameters */
assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(hexti->Line));
assert_param(IS_EXTI_CONFIG_LINE(hexti->Line));
assert_param(IS_EXTI_PENDING_EDGE(Edge));
/* compute line register offset and line mask */
offset = ((hexti->Line & EXTI_REG_MASK) >> EXTI_REG_SHIFT);
maskline = (1uL << (hexti->Line & EXTI_PIN_MASK));
/* Get pending register address */
regaddr = (&EXTI->PR1 + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset));
/* Clear Pending bit */
*regaddr = maskline;
}
/**
* @brief Generate a software interrupt for a dedicated line.
* @param hexti Exti handle.
* @retval None.
*/
void HAL_EXTI_GenerateSWI(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti)
{
__IO uint32_t *regaddr;
uint32_t maskline;
uint32_t offset;
/* Check parameters */
assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(hexti->Line));
assert_param(IS_EXTI_CONFIG_LINE(hexti->Line));
/* compute line register offset and line mask */
offset = ((hexti->Line & EXTI_REG_MASK) >> EXTI_REG_SHIFT);
maskline = (1uL << (hexti->Line & EXTI_PIN_MASK));
regaddr = (&EXTI->SWIER1 + (EXTI_CONFIG_OFFSET * offset));
*regaddr = maskline;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_EXTI_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/

292
resources/Camera_driver/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_firewall.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,292 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32l4xx_hal_firewall.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief FIREWALL HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the Firewall
* Peripheral initialization and enabling.
*
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### How to use this driver #####
===============================================================================
[..]
The FIREWALL HAL driver can be used as follows:
(#) Declare a FIREWALL_InitTypeDef initialization structure.
(#) Resort to HAL_FIREWALL_Config() API to initialize the Firewall
(#) Enable the FIREWALL in calling HAL_FIREWALL_EnableFirewall() API
(#) To ensure that any code executed outside the protected segment closes the
FIREWALL, the user must set the flag FIREWALL_PRE_ARM_SET in calling
__HAL_FIREWALL_PREARM_ENABLE() macro if called within a protected code segment
or
HAL_FIREWALL_EnablePreArmFlag() API if called outside of protected code segment
after HAL_FIREWALL_Config() call.
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup FIREWALL FIREWALL
* @brief HAL FIREWALL module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_FIREWALL_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup FIREWALL_Exported_Functions FIREWALL Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup FIREWALL_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization Functions
* @brief Initialization and Configuration Functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Initialization and Configuration functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This subsection provides the functions allowing to initialize the Firewall.
Initialization is done by HAL_FIREWALL_Config():
(+) Enable the Firewall clock through __HAL_RCC_FIREWALL_CLK_ENABLE() macro.
(+) Set the protected code segment address start and length.
(+) Set the protected non-volatile and/or volatile data segments
address starts and lengths if applicable.
(+) Set the volatile data segment execution and sharing status.
(+) Length must be set to 0 for an unprotected segment.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Initialize the Firewall according to the FIREWALL_InitTypeDef structure parameters.
* @param fw_init: Firewall initialization structure
* @note The API returns HAL_ERROR if the Firewall is already enabled.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FIREWALL_Config(FIREWALL_InitTypeDef * fw_init)
{
/* Check the Firewall initialization structure allocation */
if(fw_init == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Enable Firewall clock */
__HAL_RCC_FIREWALL_CLK_ENABLE();
/* Make sure that Firewall is not enabled already */
if (__HAL_FIREWALL_IS_ENABLED() != RESET)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Check Firewall configuration addresses and lengths when segment is protected */
/* Code segment */
if (fw_init->CodeSegmentLength != 0U)
{
assert_param(IS_FIREWALL_CODE_SEGMENT_ADDRESS(fw_init->CodeSegmentStartAddress));
assert_param(IS_FIREWALL_CODE_SEGMENT_LENGTH(fw_init->CodeSegmentStartAddress, fw_init->CodeSegmentLength));
/* Make sure that NonVDataSegmentLength is properly set to prevent code segment access */
if (fw_init->NonVDataSegmentLength < 0x100U)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
}
/* Non volatile data segment */
if (fw_init->NonVDataSegmentLength != 0U)
{
assert_param(IS_FIREWALL_NONVOLATILEDATA_SEGMENT_ADDRESS(fw_init->NonVDataSegmentStartAddress));
assert_param(IS_FIREWALL_NONVOLATILEDATA_SEGMENT_LENGTH(fw_init->NonVDataSegmentStartAddress, fw_init->NonVDataSegmentLength));
}
/* Volatile data segment */
if (fw_init->VDataSegmentLength != 0U)
{
assert_param(IS_FIREWALL_VOLATILEDATA_SEGMENT_ADDRESS(fw_init->VDataSegmentStartAddress));
assert_param(IS_FIREWALL_VOLATILEDATA_SEGMENT_LENGTH(fw_init->VDataSegmentStartAddress, fw_init->VDataSegmentLength));
}
/* Check Firewall Configuration Register parameters */
assert_param(IS_FIREWALL_VOLATILEDATA_EXECUTE(fw_init->VolatileDataExecution));
assert_param(IS_FIREWALL_VOLATILEDATA_SHARE(fw_init->VolatileDataShared));
/* Configuration */
/* Protected code segment start address configuration */
WRITE_REG(FIREWALL->CSSA, (FW_CSSA_ADD & fw_init->CodeSegmentStartAddress));
/* Protected code segment length configuration */
WRITE_REG(FIREWALL->CSL, (FW_CSL_LENG & fw_init->CodeSegmentLength));
/* Protected non volatile data segment start address configuration */
WRITE_REG(FIREWALL->NVDSSA, (FW_NVDSSA_ADD & fw_init->NonVDataSegmentStartAddress));
/* Protected non volatile data segment length configuration */
WRITE_REG(FIREWALL->NVDSL, (FW_NVDSL_LENG & fw_init->NonVDataSegmentLength));
/* Protected volatile data segment start address configuration */
WRITE_REG(FIREWALL->VDSSA, (FW_VDSSA_ADD & fw_init->VDataSegmentStartAddress));
/* Protected volatile data segment length configuration */
WRITE_REG(FIREWALL->VDSL, (FW_VDSL_LENG & fw_init->VDataSegmentLength));
/* Set Firewall Configuration Register VDE and VDS bits
(volatile data execution and shared configuration) */
MODIFY_REG(FIREWALL->CR, FW_CR_VDS|FW_CR_VDE, fw_init->VolatileDataExecution|fw_init->VolatileDataShared);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Retrieve the Firewall configuration.
* @param fw_config: Firewall configuration, type is same as initialization structure
* @note This API can't be executed inside a code area protected by the Firewall
* when the Firewall is enabled
* @note If NVDSL register is different from 0, that is, if the non volatile data segment
* is defined, this API can't be executed when the Firewall is enabled.
* @note User should resort to __HAL_FIREWALL_GET_PREARM() macro to retrieve FPA bit status
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_FIREWALL_GetConfig(FIREWALL_InitTypeDef * fw_config)
{
/* Enable Firewall clock, in case no Firewall configuration has been carried
out up to this point */
__HAL_RCC_FIREWALL_CLK_ENABLE();
/* Retrieve code segment protection setting */
fw_config->CodeSegmentStartAddress = (READ_REG(FIREWALL->CSSA) & FW_CSSA_ADD);
fw_config->CodeSegmentLength = (READ_REG(FIREWALL->CSL) & FW_CSL_LENG);
/* Retrieve non volatile data segment protection setting */
fw_config->NonVDataSegmentStartAddress = (READ_REG(FIREWALL->NVDSSA) & FW_NVDSSA_ADD);
fw_config->NonVDataSegmentLength = (READ_REG(FIREWALL->NVDSL) & FW_NVDSL_LENG);
/* Retrieve volatile data segment protection setting */
fw_config->VDataSegmentStartAddress = (READ_REG(FIREWALL->VDSSA) & FW_VDSSA_ADD);
fw_config->VDataSegmentLength = (READ_REG(FIREWALL->VDSL) & FW_VDSL_LENG);
/* Retrieve volatile data execution setting */
fw_config->VolatileDataExecution = (READ_REG(FIREWALL->CR) & FW_CR_VDE);
/* Retrieve volatile data shared setting */
fw_config->VolatileDataShared = (READ_REG(FIREWALL->CR) & FW_CR_VDS);
return;
}
/**
* @brief Enable FIREWALL.
* @note Firewall is enabled in clearing FWDIS bit of SYSCFG CFGR1 register.
* Once enabled, the Firewall cannot be disabled by software. Only a
* system reset can set again FWDIS bit.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_FIREWALL_EnableFirewall(void)
{
/* Clears FWDIS bit of SYSCFG CFGR1 register */
CLEAR_BIT(SYSCFG->CFGR1, SYSCFG_CFGR1_FWDIS);
}
/**
* @brief Enable FIREWALL pre arm.
* @note When FPA bit is set, any code executed outside the protected segment
* will close the Firewall.
* @note This API provides the same service as __HAL_FIREWALL_PREARM_ENABLE() macro
* but can't be executed inside a code area protected by the Firewall.
* @note When the Firewall is disabled, user can resort to HAL_FIREWALL_EnablePreArmFlag() API any time.
* @note When the Firewall is enabled and NVDSL register is equal to 0 (that is,
* when the non volatile data segment is not defined),
* ** this API can be executed when the Firewall is closed
* ** when the Firewall is opened, user should resort to
* __HAL_FIREWALL_PREARM_ENABLE() macro instead
* @note When the Firewall is enabled and NVDSL register is different from 0
* (that is, when the non volatile data segment is defined)
* ** FW_CR register can be accessed only when the Firewall is opened:
* user should resort to __HAL_FIREWALL_PREARM_ENABLE() macro instead.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_FIREWALL_EnablePreArmFlag(void)
{
/* Set FPA bit */
SET_BIT(FIREWALL->CR, FW_CR_FPA);
}
/**
* @brief Disable FIREWALL pre arm.
* @note When FPA bit is reset, any code executed outside the protected segment
* when the Firewall is opened will generate a system reset.
* @note This API provides the same service as __HAL_FIREWALL_PREARM_DISABLE() macro
* but can't be executed inside a code area protected by the Firewall.
* @note When the Firewall is disabled, user can resort to HAL_FIREWALL_EnablePreArmFlag() API any time.
* @note When the Firewall is enabled and NVDSL register is equal to 0 (that is,
* when the non volatile data segment is not defined),
* ** this API can be executed when the Firewall is closed
* ** when the Firewall is opened, user should resort to
* __HAL_FIREWALL_PREARM_DISABLE() macro instead
* @note When the Firewall is enabled and NVDSL register is different from 0
* (that is, when the non volatile data segment is defined)
* ** FW_CR register can be accessed only when the Firewall is opened:
* user should resort to __HAL_FIREWALL_PREARM_DISABLE() macro instead.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_FIREWALL_DisablePreArmFlag(void)
{
/* Clear FPA bit */
CLEAR_BIT(FIREWALL->CR, FW_CR_FPA);
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_FIREWALL_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/

764
resources/Camera_driver/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_flash.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,764 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32l4xx_hal_flash.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief FLASH HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the internal FLASH memory:
* + Program operations functions
* + Memory Control functions
* + Peripheral Errors functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### FLASH peripheral features #####
==============================================================================
[..] The Flash memory interface manages CPU AHB I-Code and D-Code accesses
to the Flash memory. It implements the erase and program Flash memory operations
and the read and write protection mechanisms.
[..] The Flash memory interface accelerates code execution with a system of instruction
prefetch and cache lines.
[..] The FLASH main features are:
(+) Flash memory read operations
(+) Flash memory program/erase operations
(+) Read / write protections
(+) Option bytes programming
(+) Prefetch on I-Code
(+) 32 cache lines of 4*64 bits on I-Code
(+) 8 cache lines of 4*64 bits on D-Code
(+) Error code correction (ECC) : Data in flash are 72-bits word
(8 bits added per double word)
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This driver provides functions and macros to configure and program the FLASH
memory of all STM32L4xx devices.
(#) Flash Memory IO Programming functions:
(++) Lock and Unlock the FLASH interface using HAL_FLASH_Unlock() and
HAL_FLASH_Lock() functions
(++) Program functions: double word and fast program (full row programming)
(++) There Two modes of programming :
(+++) Polling mode using HAL_FLASH_Program() function
(+++) Interrupt mode using HAL_FLASH_Program_IT() function
(#) Interrupts and flags management functions :
(++) Handle FLASH interrupts by calling HAL_FLASH_IRQHandler()
(++) Callback functions are called when the flash operations are finished :
HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback() when everything is ok, otherwise
HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback()
(++) Get error flag status by calling HAL_GetError()
(#) Option bytes management functions :
(++) Lock and Unlock the option bytes using HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock() and
HAL_FLASH_OB_Lock() functions
(++) Launch the reload of the option bytes using HAL_FLASH_Launch() function.
In this case, a reset is generated
[..]
In addition to these functions, this driver includes a set of macros allowing
to handle the following operations:
(+) Set the latency
(+) Enable/Disable the prefetch buffer
(+) Enable/Disable the Instruction cache and the Data cache
(+) Reset the Instruction cache and the Data cache
(+) Enable/Disable the Flash power-down during low-power run and sleep modes
(+) Enable/Disable the Flash interrupts
(+) Monitor the Flash flags status
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file in
* the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup FLASH FLASH
* @brief FLASH HAL module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private defines -----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if defined (STM32L4P5xx) || defined (STM32L4Q5xx) || defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined (STM32L4S9xx)
#define FLASH_NB_DOUBLE_WORDS_IN_ROW 64
#else
#define FLASH_NB_DOUBLE_WORDS_IN_ROW 32
#endif
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_Variables FLASH Private Variables
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Variable used for Program/Erase sectors under interruption
*/
FLASH_ProcessTypeDef pFlash = {.Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED, \
.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE, \
.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE, \
.Address = 0U, \
.Bank = FLASH_BANK_1, \
.Page = 0U, \
.NbPagesToErase = 0U, \
.CacheToReactivate = FLASH_CACHE_DISABLED};
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_Functions FLASH Private Functions
* @{
*/
static void FLASH_Program_DoubleWord(uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data);
static void FLASH_Program_Fast(uint32_t Address, uint32_t DataAddress);
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions FLASH Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions_Group1 Programming operation functions
* @brief Programming operation functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Programming operation functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the FLASH
program operations.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Program double word or fast program of a row at a specified address.
* @param TypeProgram Indicate the way to program at a specified address.
* This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASH_Type_Program
* @param Address specifies the address to be programmed.
* @param Data specifies the data to be programmed
* This parameter is the data for the double word program and the address where
* are stored the data for the row fast program
*
* @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Program(uint32_t TypeProgram, uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status;
uint32_t prog_bit = 0;
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(&pFlash);
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM(TypeProgram));
/* Wait for last operation to be completed */
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
if(status == HAL_OK)
{
pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE;
/* Deactivate the data cache if they are activated to avoid data misbehavior */
if(READ_BIT(FLASH->ACR, FLASH_ACR_DCEN) != 0U)
{
/* Disable data cache */
__HAL_FLASH_DATA_CACHE_DISABLE();
pFlash.CacheToReactivate = FLASH_CACHE_DCACHE_ENABLED;
}
else
{
pFlash.CacheToReactivate = FLASH_CACHE_DISABLED;
}
if(TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_DOUBLEWORD)
{
/* Program double-word (64-bit) at a specified address */
FLASH_Program_DoubleWord(Address, Data);
prog_bit = FLASH_CR_PG;
}
else if((TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_FAST) || (TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_FAST_AND_LAST))
{
/* Fast program a 32 row double-word (64-bit) at a specified address */
FLASH_Program_Fast(Address, (uint32_t)Data);
/* If it is the last row, the bit will be cleared at the end of the operation */
if(TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_FAST_AND_LAST)
{
prog_bit = FLASH_CR_FSTPG;
}
}
else
{
/* Nothing to do */
}
/* Wait for last operation to be completed */
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
/* If the program operation is completed, disable the PG or FSTPG Bit */
if (prog_bit != 0U)
{
CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, prog_bit);
}
/* Flush the caches to be sure of the data consistency */
FLASH_FlushCaches();
}
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash);
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Program double word or fast program of a row at a specified address with interrupt enabled.
* @param TypeProgram Indicate the way to program at a specified address.
* This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASH_Type_Program
* @param Address specifies the address to be programmed.
* @param Data specifies the data to be programmed
* This parameter is the data for the double word program and the address where
* are stored the data for the row fast program
*
* @retval HAL Status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Program_IT(uint32_t TypeProgram, uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM(TypeProgram));
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(&pFlash);
pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE;
/* Deactivate the data cache if they are activated to avoid data misbehavior */
if(READ_BIT(FLASH->ACR, FLASH_ACR_DCEN) != 0U)
{
/* Disable data cache */
__HAL_FLASH_DATA_CACHE_DISABLE();
pFlash.CacheToReactivate = FLASH_CACHE_DCACHE_ENABLED;
}
else
{
pFlash.CacheToReactivate = FLASH_CACHE_DISABLED;
}
/* Set internal variables used by the IRQ handler */
if(TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_FAST_AND_LAST)
{
pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_PROGRAM_LAST;
}
else
{
pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_PROGRAM;
}
pFlash.Address = Address;
/* Enable End of Operation and Error interrupts */
__HAL_FLASH_ENABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_EOP | FLASH_IT_OPERR);
if(TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_DOUBLEWORD)
{
/* Program double-word (64-bit) at a specified address */
FLASH_Program_DoubleWord(Address, Data);
}
else if((TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_FAST) || (TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_FAST_AND_LAST))
{
/* Fast program a 32 row double-word (64-bit) at a specified address */
FLASH_Program_Fast(Address, (uint32_t)Data);
}
else
{
/* Nothing to do */
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Handle FLASH interrupt request.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_FLASH_IRQHandler(void)
{
uint32_t tmp_page;
uint32_t error;
FLASH_ProcedureTypeDef procedure;
/* If the operation is completed, disable the PG, PNB, MER1, MER2 and PER Bit */
CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, (FLASH_CR_PG | FLASH_CR_MER1 | FLASH_CR_PER | FLASH_CR_PNB));
#if defined (STM32L471xx) || defined (STM32L475xx) || defined (STM32L476xx) || defined (STM32L485xx) || defined (STM32L486xx) || \
defined (STM32L496xx) || defined (STM32L4A6xx) || \
defined (STM32L4P5xx) || defined (STM32L4Q5xx) || \
defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined (STM32L4S9xx)
CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_MER2);
#endif
/* Disable the FSTPG Bit only if it is the last row programmed */
if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_PROGRAM_LAST)
{
CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_FSTPG);
}
/* Check FLASH operation error flags */
error = (FLASH->SR & FLASH_FLAG_SR_ERRORS);
if (error !=0U)
{
/*Save the error code*/
pFlash.ErrorCode |= error;
/* Clear error programming flags */
__HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(error);
/* Flush the caches to be sure of the data consistency */
FLASH_FlushCaches() ;
/* FLASH error interrupt user callback */
procedure = pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing;
if(procedure == FLASH_PROC_PAGE_ERASE)
{
HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback(pFlash.Page);
}
else if(procedure == FLASH_PROC_MASS_ERASE)
{
HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback(pFlash.Bank);
}
else if((procedure == FLASH_PROC_PROGRAM) ||
(procedure == FLASH_PROC_PROGRAM_LAST))
{
HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback(pFlash.Address);
}
else
{
HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback(0U);
}
/*Stop the procedure ongoing*/
pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE;
}
/* Check FLASH End of Operation flag */
if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP) != 0U)
{
/* Clear FLASH End of Operation pending bit */
__HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP);
if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_PAGE_ERASE)
{
/* Nb of pages to erased can be decreased */
pFlash.NbPagesToErase--;
/* Check if there are still pages to erase*/
if(pFlash.NbPagesToErase != 0U)
{
/* Indicate user which page has been erased*/
HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Page);
/* Increment page number */
pFlash.Page++;
tmp_page = pFlash.Page;
FLASH_PageErase(tmp_page, pFlash.Bank);
}
else
{
/* No more pages to Erase */
/* Reset Address and stop Erase pages procedure */
pFlash.Page = 0xFFFFFFFFU;
pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE;
/* Flush the caches to be sure of the data consistency */
FLASH_FlushCaches() ;
/* FLASH EOP interrupt user callback */
HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Page);
}
}
else
{
/* Flush the caches to be sure of the data consistency */
FLASH_FlushCaches() ;
procedure = pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing;
if(procedure == FLASH_PROC_MASS_ERASE)
{
/* MassErase ended. Return the selected bank */
/* FLASH EOP interrupt user callback */
HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Bank);
}
else if((procedure == FLASH_PROC_PROGRAM) ||
(procedure == FLASH_PROC_PROGRAM_LAST))
{
/* Program ended. Return the selected address */
/* FLASH EOP interrupt user callback */
HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Address);
}
else
{
/* Nothing to do */
}
/*Clear the procedure ongoing*/
pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE;
}
}
if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_NONE)
{
/* Disable End of Operation and Error interrupts */
__HAL_FLASH_DISABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_EOP | FLASH_IT_OPERR);
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash);
}
}
/**
* @brief FLASH end of operation interrupt callback.
* @param ReturnValue The value saved in this parameter depends on the ongoing procedure
* Mass Erase: Bank number which has been requested to erase
* Page Erase: Page which has been erased
* (if 0xFFFFFFFF, it means that all the selected pages have been erased)
* Program: Address which was selected for data program
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(uint32_t ReturnValue)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(ReturnValue);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief FLASH operation error interrupt callback.
* @param ReturnValue The value saved in this parameter depends on the ongoing procedure
* Mass Erase: Bank number which has been requested to erase
* Page Erase: Page number which returned an error
* Program: Address which was selected for data program
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback(uint32_t ReturnValue)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(ReturnValue);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions
* @brief Management functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Peripheral Control functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the FLASH
memory operations.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Unlock the FLASH control register access.
* @retval HAL Status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Unlock(void)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
if(READ_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_LOCK) != 0U)
{
/* Authorize the FLASH Registers access */
WRITE_REG(FLASH->KEYR, FLASH_KEY1);
WRITE_REG(FLASH->KEYR, FLASH_KEY2);
/* Verify Flash is unlocked */
if(READ_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_LOCK) != 0U)
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Lock the FLASH control register access.
* @retval HAL Status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Lock(void)
{
/* Set the LOCK Bit to lock the FLASH Registers access */
SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_LOCK);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Unlock the FLASH Option Bytes Registers access.
* @retval HAL Status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock(void)
{
if(READ_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTLOCK) != 0U)
{
/* Authorizes the Option Byte register programming */
WRITE_REG(FLASH->OPTKEYR, FLASH_OPTKEY1);
WRITE_REG(FLASH->OPTKEYR, FLASH_OPTKEY2);
}
else
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Lock the FLASH Option Bytes Registers access.
* @retval HAL Status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Lock(void)
{
/* Set the OPTLOCK Bit to lock the FLASH Option Byte Registers access */
SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTLOCK);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Launch the option byte loading.
* @retval HAL Status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Launch(void)
{
/* Set the bit to force the option byte reloading */
SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OBL_LAUNCH);
/* Wait for last operation to be completed */
return(FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE));
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State and Errors functions
* @brief Peripheral Errors functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Peripheral Errors functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This subsection permits to get in run-time Errors of the FLASH peripheral.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Get the specific FLASH error flag.
* @retval FLASH_ErrorCode: The returned value can be:
* @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_RD: FLASH Read Protection error flag (PCROP)
* @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PGS: FLASH Programming Sequence error flag
* @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PGP: FLASH Programming Parallelism error flag
* @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PGA: FLASH Programming Alignment error flag
* @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_WRP: FLASH Write protected error flag
* @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_OPERATION: FLASH operation Error flag
* @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE: No error set
* @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_OP: FLASH Operation error
* @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PROG: FLASH Programming error
* @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_WRP: FLASH Write protection error
* @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PGA: FLASH Programming alignment error
* @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_SIZ: FLASH Size error
* @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PGS: FLASH Programming sequence error
* @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_MIS: FLASH Fast programming data miss error
* @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_FAST: FLASH Fast programming error
* @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_RD: FLASH PCROP read error
* @arg HAL_FLASH_ERROR_OPTV: FLASH Option validity error
* @arg FLASH_FLAG_PEMPTY : FLASH Boot from not programmed flash (apply only for STM32L43x/STM32L44x devices)
*/
uint32_t HAL_FLASH_GetError(void)
{
return pFlash.ErrorCode;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup FLASH_Private_Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Wait for a FLASH operation to complete.
* @param Timeout maximum flash operation timeout
* @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(uint32_t Timeout)
{
/* Wait for the FLASH operation to complete by polling on BUSY flag to be reset.
Even if the FLASH operation fails, the BUSY flag will be reset and an error
flag will be set */
uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
uint32_t error;
while(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_BSY))
{
if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
{
if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) >= Timeout)
{
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
}
}
}
error = (FLASH->SR & FLASH_FLAG_SR_ERRORS);
if(error != 0u)
{
/*Save the error code*/
pFlash.ErrorCode |= error;
/* Clear error programming flags */
__HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(error);
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Check FLASH End of Operation flag */
if (__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP))
{
/* Clear FLASH End of Operation pending bit */
__HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP);
}
/* If there is an error flag set */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Program double-word (64-bit) at a specified address.
* @param Address specifies the address to be programmed.
* @param Data specifies the data to be programmed.
* @retval None
*/
static void FLASH_Program_DoubleWord(uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FLASH_PROGRAM_ADDRESS(Address));
/* Set PG bit */
SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_PG);
/* Program first word */
*(__IO uint32_t*)Address = (uint32_t)Data;
/* Barrier to ensure programming is performed in 2 steps, in right order
(independently of compiler optimization behavior) */
__ISB();
/* Program second word */
*(__IO uint32_t*)(Address+4U) = (uint32_t)(Data >> 32);
}
/**
* @brief Fast program a row double-word (64-bit) at a specified address.
* @param Address specifies the address to be programmed.
* @param DataAddress specifies the address where the data are stored.
* @retval None
*/
static void FLASH_Program_Fast(uint32_t Address, uint32_t DataAddress)
{
uint32_t primask_bit;
uint8_t row_index = (2*FLASH_NB_DOUBLE_WORDS_IN_ROW);
__IO uint32_t *dest_addr = (__IO uint32_t*)Address;
__IO uint32_t *src_addr = (__IO uint32_t*)DataAddress;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FLASH_MAIN_MEM_ADDRESS(Address));
/* Set FSTPG bit */
SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_FSTPG);
/* Disable interrupts to avoid any interruption during the loop */
primask_bit = __get_PRIMASK();
__disable_irq();
/* Program the double word of the row */
do
{
*dest_addr = *src_addr;
dest_addr++;
src_addr++;
row_index--;
} while (row_index != 0U);
/* Re-enable the interrupts */
__set_PRIMASK(primask_bit);
}
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/

1316
resources/Camera_driver/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_flash_ex.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

251
resources/Camera_driver/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_flash_ramfunc.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,251 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32l4xx_hal_flash_ramfunc.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief FLASH RAMFUNC driver.
* This file provides a Flash firmware functions which should be
* executed from internal SRAM
* + FLASH HalfPage Programming
* + FLASH Power Down in Run mode
*
* @verbatim
==============================================================================
##### Flash RAM functions #####
==============================================================================
*** ARM Compiler ***
--------------------
[..] RAM functions are defined using the toolchain options.
Functions that are executed in RAM should reside in a separate
source module. Using the 'Options for File' dialog you can simply change
the 'Code / Const' area of a module to a memory space in physical RAM.
Available memory areas are declared in the 'Target' tab of the
Options for Target' dialog.
*** ICCARM Compiler ***
-----------------------
[..] RAM functions are defined using a specific toolchain keyword "__ramfunc".
*** GNU Compiler ***
--------------------
[..] RAM functions are defined using a specific toolchain attribute
"__attribute__((section(".RamFunc")))".
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file in
* the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_RAMFUNC FLASH_RAMFUNC
* @brief FLASH functions executed from RAM
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions -------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_RAMFUNC_Exported_Functions FLASH in RAM function Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_RAMFUNC_Exported_Functions_Group1 Peripheral features functions
* @brief Data transfers functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### ramfunc functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This subsection provides a set of functions that should be executed from RAM.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Enable the Power down in Run Mode
* @note This function should be called and executed from SRAM memory
* @retval HAL status
*/
__RAM_FUNC HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_EnableRunPowerDown(void)
{
/* Enable the Power Down in Run mode*/
__HAL_FLASH_POWER_DOWN_ENABLE();
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Disable the Power down in Run Mode
* @note This function should be called and executed from SRAM memory
* @retval HAL status
*/
__RAM_FUNC HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_DisableRunPowerDown(void)
{
/* Disable the Power Down in Run mode*/
__HAL_FLASH_POWER_DOWN_DISABLE();
return HAL_OK;
}
#if defined (STM32L4P5xx) || defined (STM32L4Q5xx) || defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined (STM32L4S9xx)
/**
* @brief Program the FLASH DBANK User Option Byte.
*
* @note To configure the user option bytes, the option lock bit OPTLOCK must
* be cleared with the call of the HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock() function.
* @note To modify the DBANK option byte, no PCROP region should be defined.
* To deactivate PCROP, user should perform RDP changing
*
* @param DBankConfig The FLASH DBANK User Option Byte value.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg OB_DBANK_128_BITS: Single-bank with 128-bits data
* @arg OB_DBANK_64_BITS: Dual-bank with 64-bits data
*
* @retval HAL status
*/
__RAM_FUNC HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_OB_DBankConfig(uint32_t DBankConfig)
{
uint32_t count, reg;
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR;
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(&pFlash);
/* Check if the PCROP is disabled */
reg = FLASH->PCROP1SR;
if (reg > FLASH->PCROP1ER)
{
reg = FLASH->PCROP2SR;
if (reg > FLASH->PCROP2ER)
{
/* Disable Flash prefetch */
__HAL_FLASH_PREFETCH_BUFFER_DISABLE();
if (READ_BIT(FLASH->ACR, FLASH_ACR_ICEN) != 0U)
{
/* Disable Flash instruction cache */
__HAL_FLASH_INSTRUCTION_CACHE_DISABLE();
/* Flush Flash instruction cache */
__HAL_FLASH_INSTRUCTION_CACHE_RESET();
}
if (READ_BIT(FLASH->ACR, FLASH_ACR_DCEN) != 0U)
{
/* Disable Flash data cache */
__HAL_FLASH_DATA_CACHE_DISABLE();
/* Flush Flash data cache */
__HAL_FLASH_DATA_CACHE_RESET();
}
/* Disable WRP zone 1 of 1st bank if needed */
reg = FLASH->WRP1AR;
if (((reg & FLASH_WRP1AR_WRP1A_STRT) >> FLASH_WRP1AR_WRP1A_STRT_Pos) <=
((reg & FLASH_WRP1AR_WRP1A_END) >> FLASH_WRP1AR_WRP1A_END_Pos))
{
MODIFY_REG(FLASH->WRP1AR, (FLASH_WRP1AR_WRP1A_STRT | FLASH_WRP1AR_WRP1A_END), FLASH_WRP1AR_WRP1A_STRT);
}
/* Disable WRP zone 2 of 1st bank if needed */
reg = FLASH->WRP1BR;
if (((reg & FLASH_WRP1BR_WRP1B_STRT) >> FLASH_WRP1BR_WRP1B_STRT_Pos) <=
((reg & FLASH_WRP1BR_WRP1B_END) >> FLASH_WRP1BR_WRP1B_END_Pos))
{
MODIFY_REG(FLASH->WRP1BR, (FLASH_WRP1BR_WRP1B_STRT | FLASH_WRP1BR_WRP1B_END), FLASH_WRP1BR_WRP1B_STRT);
}
/* Disable WRP zone 1 of 2nd bank if needed */
reg = FLASH->WRP2AR;
if (((reg & FLASH_WRP2AR_WRP2A_STRT) >> FLASH_WRP2AR_WRP2A_STRT_Pos) <=
((reg & FLASH_WRP2AR_WRP2A_END) >> FLASH_WRP2AR_WRP2A_END_Pos))
{
MODIFY_REG(FLASH->WRP2AR, (FLASH_WRP2AR_WRP2A_STRT | FLASH_WRP2AR_WRP2A_END), FLASH_WRP2AR_WRP2A_STRT);
}
/* Disable WRP zone 2 of 2nd bank if needed */
reg = FLASH->WRP2BR;
if (((reg & FLASH_WRP2BR_WRP2B_STRT) >> FLASH_WRP2BR_WRP2B_STRT_Pos) <=
((reg & FLASH_WRP2BR_WRP2B_END) >> FLASH_WRP2BR_WRP2B_END_Pos))
{
MODIFY_REG(FLASH->WRP2BR, (FLASH_WRP2BR_WRP2B_STRT | FLASH_WRP2BR_WRP2B_END), FLASH_WRP2BR_WRP2B_STRT);
}
/* Modify the DBANK user option byte */
MODIFY_REG(FLASH->OPTR, FLASH_OPTR_DBANK, DBankConfig);
/* Set OPTSTRT Bit */
SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTSTRT);
/* Wait for last operation to be completed */
/* 8 is the number of required instruction cycles for the below loop statement (timeout expressed in ms) */
count = FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE * (SystemCoreClock / 8U / 1000U);
do
{
if (count == 0U)
{
break;
}
count--;
} while (__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_BSY) != RESET);
/* If the option byte program operation is completed, disable the OPTSTRT Bit */
CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTSTRT);
/* Set the bit to force the option byte reloading */
SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OBL_LAUNCH);
}
}
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash);
return status;
}
#endif
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/

769
resources/Camera_driver/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_gfxmmu.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,769 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32l4xx_hal_gfxmmu.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the Graphic MMU (GFXMMU) peripheral:
* + Initialization and De-initialization.
* + LUT configuration.
* + Modify physical buffer addresses.
* + Error management.
*
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
*** Initialization ***
======================
[..]
(#) As prerequisite, fill in the HAL_GFXMMU_MspInit() :
(++) Enable GFXMMU clock interface with __HAL_RCC_GFXMMU_CLK_ENABLE().
(++) If interrupts are used, enable and configure GFXMMU global
interrupt with HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() and HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ().
(#) Configure the number of blocks per line, default value, physical
buffer addresses and interrupts using the HAL_GFXMMU_Init() function.
*** LUT configuration ***
=========================
[..]
(#) Use HAL_GFXMMU_DisableLutLines() to deactivate all LUT lines (or a
range of lines).
(#) Use HAL_GFXMMU_ConfigLut() to copy LUT from flash to look up RAM.
(#) Use HAL_GFXMMU_ConfigLutLine() to configure one line of LUT.
*** Modify physical buffer addresses ***
=======================================
[..]
(#) Use HAL_GFXMMU_ModifyBuffers() to modify physical buffer addresses.
*** Error management ***
========================
[..]
(#) If interrupts are used, HAL_GFXMMU_IRQHandler() will be called when
an error occurs. This function will call HAL_GFXMMU_ErrorCallback().
Use HAL_GFXMMU_GetError() to get the error code.
*** De-initialization ***
=========================
[..]
(#) As prerequisite, fill in the HAL_GFXMMU_MspDeInit() :
(++) Disable GFXMMU clock interface with __HAL_RCC_GFXMMU_CLK_ENABLE().
(++) If interrupts has been used, disable GFXMMU global interrupt with
HAL_NVIC_DisableIRQ().
(#) De-initialize GFXMMU using the HAL_GFXMMU_DeInit() function.
*** Callback registration ***
=============================
[..]
The compilation define USE_HAL_GFXMMU_REGISTER_CALLBACKS when set to 1
allows the user to configure dynamically the driver callbacks.
Use functions HAL_GFXMMU_RegisterCallback() to register a user callback.
[..]
Function HAL_GFXMMU_RegisterCallback() allows to register following callbacks:
(+) ErrorCallback : GFXMMU error.
(+) MspInitCallback : GFXMMU MspInit.
(+) MspDeInitCallback : GFXMMU MspDeInit.
[..]
This function takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, the callback ID
and a pointer to the user callback function.
[..]
Use function HAL_GFXMMU_UnRegisterCallback() to reset a callback to the default
weak (surcharged) function.
HAL_GFXMMU_UnRegisterCallback() takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle,
and the callback ID.
[..]
This function allows to reset following callbacks:
(+) ErrorCallback : GFXMMU error.
(+) MspInitCallback : GFXMMU MspInit.
(+) MspDeInitCallback : GFXMMU MspDeInit.
[..]
By default, after the HAL_GFXMMU_Init and if the state is HAL_GFXMMU_STATE_RESET
all callbacks are reset to the corresponding legacy weak (surcharged) functions:
examples HAL_GFXMMU_ErrorCallback().
Exception done for MspInit and MspDeInit callbacks that are respectively
reset to the legacy weak (surcharged) functions in the HAL_GFXMMU_Init
and HAL_GFXMMU_DeInit only when these callbacks are null (not registered beforehand).
If not, MspInit or MspDeInit are not null, the HAL_GFXMMU_Init and HAL_GFXMMU_DeInit
keep and use the user MspInit/MspDeInit callbacks (registered beforehand).
[..]
Callbacks can be registered/unregistered in READY state only.
Exception done for MspInit/MspDeInit callbacks that can be registered/unregistered
in READY or RESET state, thus registered (user) MspInit/DeInit callbacks can be used
during the Init/DeInit.
In that case first register the MspInit/MspDeInit user callbacks
using HAL_GFXMMU_RegisterCallback before calling HAL_GFXMMU_DeInit
or HAL_GFXMMU_Init function.
[..]
When the compilation define USE_HAL_GFXMMU_REGISTER_CALLBACKS is set to 0 or
not defined, the callback registering feature is not available
and weak (surcharged) callbacks are used.
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_GFXMMU_MODULE_ENABLED
#if defined(GFXMMU)
/** @defgroup GFXMMU GFXMMU
* @brief GFXMMU HAL driver module
* @{
*/
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
#define GFXMMU_LUTXL_FVB_OFFSET 8U
#define GFXMMU_LUTXL_LVB_OFFSET 16U
#define GFXMMU_CR_ITS_MASK 0x1FU
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup GFXMMU_Exported_Functions GFXMMU Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup GFXMMU_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
* @brief Initialization and de-initialization functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
==============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Initialize the GFXMMU.
(+) De-initialize the GFXMMU.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Initialize the GFXMMU according to the specified parameters in the
* GFXMMU_InitTypeDef structure and initialize the associated handle.
* @param hgfxmmu GFXMMU handle.
* @retval HAL status.
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_GFXMMU_Init(GFXMMU_HandleTypeDef *hgfxmmu)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
/* Check GFXMMU handle */
if(hgfxmmu == NULL)
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
else
{
/* Check parameters */
assert_param(IS_GFXMMU_ALL_INSTANCE(hgfxmmu->Instance));
assert_param(IS_GFXMMU_BLOCKS_PER_LINE(hgfxmmu->Init.BlocksPerLine));
assert_param(IS_GFXMMU_BUFFER_ADDRESS(hgfxmmu->Init.Buffers.Buf0Address));
assert_param(IS_GFXMMU_BUFFER_ADDRESS(hgfxmmu->Init.Buffers.Buf1Address));
assert_param(IS_GFXMMU_BUFFER_ADDRESS(hgfxmmu->Init.Buffers.Buf2Address));
assert_param(IS_GFXMMU_BUFFER_ADDRESS(hgfxmmu->Init.Buffers.Buf3Address));
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hgfxmmu->Init.Interrupts.Activation));
#if (USE_HAL_GFXMMU_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
/* Reset callback pointers to the weak predefined callbacks */
hgfxmmu->ErrorCallback = HAL_GFXMMU_ErrorCallback;
/* Call GFXMMU MSP init function */
if(hgfxmmu->MspInitCallback == NULL)
{
hgfxmmu->MspInitCallback = HAL_GFXMMU_MspInit;
}
hgfxmmu->MspInitCallback(hgfxmmu);
#else
/* Call GFXMMU MSP init function */
HAL_GFXMMU_MspInit(hgfxmmu);
#endif
/* Configure blocks per line and interrupts parameters on GFXMMU_CR register */
hgfxmmu->Instance->CR &= ~(GFXMMU_CR_B0OIE | GFXMMU_CR_B1OIE | GFXMMU_CR_B2OIE | GFXMMU_CR_B3OIE |
GFXMMU_CR_AMEIE | GFXMMU_CR_192BM);
hgfxmmu->Instance->CR |= (hgfxmmu->Init.BlocksPerLine);
if(hgfxmmu->Init.Interrupts.Activation == ENABLE)
{
assert_param(IS_GFXMMU_INTERRUPTS(hgfxmmu->Init.Interrupts.UsedInterrupts));
hgfxmmu->Instance->CR |= hgfxmmu->Init.Interrupts.UsedInterrupts;
}
/* Configure default value on GFXMMU_DVR register */
hgfxmmu->Instance->DVR = hgfxmmu->Init.DefaultValue;
/* Configure physical buffer addresses on GFXMMU_BxCR registers */
hgfxmmu->Instance->B0CR = hgfxmmu->Init.Buffers.Buf0Address;
hgfxmmu->Instance->B1CR = hgfxmmu->Init.Buffers.Buf1Address;
hgfxmmu->Instance->B2CR = hgfxmmu->Init.Buffers.Buf2Address;
hgfxmmu->Instance->B3CR = hgfxmmu->Init.Buffers.Buf3Address;
/* Reset GFXMMU error code */
hgfxmmu->ErrorCode = GFXMMU_ERROR_NONE;
/* Set GFXMMU to ready state */
hgfxmmu->State = HAL_GFXMMU_STATE_READY;
}
/* Return function status */
return status;
}
/**
* @brief De-initialize the GFXMMU.
* @param hgfxmmu GFXMMU handle.
* @retval HAL status.
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_GFXMMU_DeInit(GFXMMU_HandleTypeDef *hgfxmmu)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
/* Check GFXMMU handle */
if(hgfxmmu == NULL)
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
else
{
/* Check parameters */
assert_param(IS_GFXMMU_ALL_INSTANCE(hgfxmmu->Instance));
/* Disable all interrupts on GFXMMU_CR register */
hgfxmmu->Instance->CR &= ~(GFXMMU_CR_B0OIE | GFXMMU_CR_B1OIE | GFXMMU_CR_B2OIE | GFXMMU_CR_B3OIE |
GFXMMU_CR_AMEIE);
/* Call GFXMMU MSP de-init function */
#if (USE_HAL_GFXMMU_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
if(hgfxmmu->MspDeInitCallback == NULL)
{
hgfxmmu->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_GFXMMU_MspDeInit;
}
hgfxmmu->MspDeInitCallback(hgfxmmu);
#else
HAL_GFXMMU_MspDeInit(hgfxmmu);
#endif
/* Set GFXMMU to reset state */
hgfxmmu->State = HAL_GFXMMU_STATE_RESET;
}
/* Return function status */
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Initialize the GFXMMU MSP.
* @param hgfxmmu GFXMMU handle.
* @retval None.
*/
__weak void HAL_GFXMMU_MspInit(GFXMMU_HandleTypeDef *hgfxmmu)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hgfxmmu);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the function is needed,
the HAL_GFXMMU_MspInit could be implemented in the user file.
*/
}
/**
* @brief De-initialize the GFXMMU MSP.
* @param hgfxmmu GFXMMU handle.
* @retval None.
*/
__weak void HAL_GFXMMU_MspDeInit(GFXMMU_HandleTypeDef *hgfxmmu)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hgfxmmu);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the function is needed,
the HAL_GFXMMU_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file.
*/
}
#if (USE_HAL_GFXMMU_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
/**
* @brief Register a user GFXMMU callback
* to be used instead of the weak predefined callback.
* @param hgfxmmu GFXMMU handle.
* @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be registered.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref HAL_GFXMMU_ERROR_CB_ID error callback ID.
* @arg @ref HAL_GFXMMU_MSPINIT_CB_ID MSP init callback ID.
* @arg @ref HAL_GFXMMU_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID MSP de-init callback ID.
* @param pCallback pointer to the callback function.
* @retval HAL status.
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_GFXMMU_RegisterCallback(GFXMMU_HandleTypeDef *hgfxmmu,
HAL_GFXMMU_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID,
pGFXMMU_CallbackTypeDef pCallback)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
if(pCallback == NULL)
{
/* update the error code */
hgfxmmu->ErrorCode |= GFXMMU_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
/* update return status */
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
else
{
if(HAL_GFXMMU_STATE_READY == hgfxmmu->State)
{
switch (CallbackID)
{
case HAL_GFXMMU_ERROR_CB_ID :
hgfxmmu->ErrorCallback = pCallback;
break;
case HAL_GFXMMU_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
hgfxmmu->MspInitCallback = pCallback;
break;
case HAL_GFXMMU_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
hgfxmmu->MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
break;
default :
/* update the error code */
hgfxmmu->ErrorCode |= GFXMMU_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
/* update return status */
status = HAL_ERROR;
break;
}
}
else if(HAL_GFXMMU_STATE_RESET == hgfxmmu->State)
{
switch (CallbackID)
{
case HAL_GFXMMU_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
hgfxmmu->MspInitCallback = pCallback;
break;
case HAL_GFXMMU_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
hgfxmmu->MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
break;
default :
/* update the error code */
hgfxmmu->ErrorCode |= GFXMMU_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
/* update return status */
status = HAL_ERROR;
break;
}
}
else
{
/* update the error code */
hgfxmmu->ErrorCode |= GFXMMU_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
/* update return status */
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Unregister a user GFXMMU callback.
* GFXMMU callback is redirected to the weak predefined callback.
* @param hgfxmmu GFXMMU handle.
* @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be unregistered.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref HAL_GFXMMU_ERROR_CB_ID error callback ID.
* @arg @ref HAL_GFXMMU_MSPINIT_CB_ID MSP init callback ID.
* @arg @ref HAL_GFXMMU_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID MSP de-init callback ID.
* @retval HAL status.
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_GFXMMU_UnRegisterCallback(GFXMMU_HandleTypeDef *hgfxmmu,
HAL_GFXMMU_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
if(HAL_GFXMMU_STATE_READY == hgfxmmu->State)
{
switch (CallbackID)
{
case HAL_GFXMMU_ERROR_CB_ID :
hgfxmmu->ErrorCallback = HAL_GFXMMU_ErrorCallback;
break;
case HAL_GFXMMU_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
hgfxmmu->MspInitCallback = HAL_GFXMMU_MspInit;
break;
case HAL_GFXMMU_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
hgfxmmu->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_GFXMMU_MspDeInit;
break;
default :
/* update the error code */
hgfxmmu->ErrorCode |= GFXMMU_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
/* update return status */
status = HAL_ERROR;
break;
}
}
else if(HAL_GFXMMU_STATE_RESET == hgfxmmu->State)
{
switch (CallbackID)
{
case HAL_GFXMMU_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
hgfxmmu->MspInitCallback = HAL_GFXMMU_MspInit;
break;
case HAL_GFXMMU_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
hgfxmmu->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_GFXMMU_MspDeInit;
break;
default :
/* update the error code */
hgfxmmu->ErrorCode |= GFXMMU_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
/* update return status */
status = HAL_ERROR;
break;
}
}
else
{
/* update the error code */
hgfxmmu->ErrorCode |= GFXMMU_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
/* update return status */
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
return status;
}
#endif /* USE_HAL_GFXMMU_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup GFXMMU_Exported_Functions_Group2 Operations functions
* @brief GFXMMU operation functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### Operation functions #####
==============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Configure LUT.
(+) Modify physical buffer addresses.
(+) Manage error.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief This function allows to copy LUT from flash to look up RAM.
* @param hgfxmmu GFXMMU handle.
* @param FirstLine First line enabled on LUT.
* This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 0 and Max_Data = 1023.
* @param LinesNumber Number of lines enabled on LUT.
* This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 1 and Max_Data = 1024.
* @param Address Start address of LUT in flash.
* @retval HAL status.
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_GFXMMU_ConfigLut(GFXMMU_HandleTypeDef *hgfxmmu,
uint32_t FirstLine,
uint32_t LinesNumber,
uint32_t Address)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
/* Check parameters */
assert_param(IS_GFXMMU_ALL_INSTANCE(hgfxmmu->Instance));
assert_param(IS_GFXMMU_LUT_LINE(FirstLine));
assert_param(IS_GFXMMU_LUT_LINES_NUMBER(LinesNumber));
/* Check GFXMMU state and coherent parameters */
if((hgfxmmu->State != HAL_GFXMMU_STATE_READY) || ((FirstLine + LinesNumber) > 1024U))
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
else
{
uint32_t current_address, current_line, lutxl_address, lutxh_address;
/* Initialize local variables */
current_address = Address;
current_line = 0U;
lutxl_address = (uint32_t) &(hgfxmmu->Instance->LUT[2U * FirstLine]);
lutxh_address = (uint32_t) &(hgfxmmu->Instance->LUT[(2U * FirstLine) + 1U]);
/* Copy LUT from flash to look up RAM */
while(current_line < LinesNumber)
{
*((uint32_t *)lutxl_address) = *((uint32_t *)current_address);
current_address += 4U;
*((uint32_t *)lutxh_address) = *((uint32_t *)current_address);
current_address += 4U;
lutxl_address += 8U;
lutxh_address += 8U;
current_line++;
}
}
/* Return function status */
return status;
}
/**
* @brief This function allows to disable a range of LUT lines.
* @param hgfxmmu GFXMMU handle.
* @param FirstLine First line to disable on LUT.
* This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 0 and Max_Data = 1023.
* @param LinesNumber Number of lines to disable on LUT.
* This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 1 and Max_Data = 1024.
* @retval HAL status.
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_GFXMMU_DisableLutLines(GFXMMU_HandleTypeDef *hgfxmmu,
uint32_t FirstLine,
uint32_t LinesNumber)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
/* Check parameters */
assert_param(IS_GFXMMU_ALL_INSTANCE(hgfxmmu->Instance));
assert_param(IS_GFXMMU_LUT_LINE(FirstLine));
assert_param(IS_GFXMMU_LUT_LINES_NUMBER(LinesNumber));
/* Check GFXMMU state and coherent parameters */
if((hgfxmmu->State != HAL_GFXMMU_STATE_READY) || ((FirstLine + LinesNumber) > 1024U))
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
else
{
uint32_t current_line, lutxl_address, lutxh_address;
/* Initialize local variables */
current_line = 0U;
lutxl_address = (uint32_t) &(hgfxmmu->Instance->LUT[2U * FirstLine]);
lutxh_address = (uint32_t) &(hgfxmmu->Instance->LUT[(2U * FirstLine) + 1U]);
/* Disable LUT lines */
while(current_line < LinesNumber)
{
*((uint32_t *)lutxl_address) = 0U;
*((uint32_t *)lutxh_address) = 0U;
lutxl_address += 8U;
lutxh_address += 8U;
current_line++;
}
}
/* Return function status */
return status;
}
/**
* @brief This function allows to configure one line of LUT.
* @param hgfxmmu GFXMMU handle.
* @param lutLine LUT line parameters.
* @retval HAL status.
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_GFXMMU_ConfigLutLine(GFXMMU_HandleTypeDef *hgfxmmu, GFXMMU_LutLineTypeDef *lutLine)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
/* Check parameters */
assert_param(IS_GFXMMU_ALL_INSTANCE(hgfxmmu->Instance));
assert_param(IS_GFXMMU_LUT_LINE(lutLine->LineNumber));
assert_param(IS_GFXMMU_LUT_LINE_STATUS(lutLine->LineStatus));
assert_param(IS_GFXMMU_LUT_BLOCK(lutLine->FirstVisibleBlock));
assert_param(IS_GFXMMU_LUT_BLOCK(lutLine->LastVisibleBlock));
assert_param(IS_GFXMMU_LUT_LINE_OFFSET(lutLine->LineOffset));
/* Check GFXMMU state */
if(hgfxmmu->State != HAL_GFXMMU_STATE_READY)
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
else
{
uint32_t lutxl_address, lutxh_address;
/* Initialize local variables */
lutxl_address = (uint32_t) &(hgfxmmu->Instance->LUT[2U * lutLine->LineNumber]);
lutxh_address = (uint32_t) &(hgfxmmu->Instance->LUT[(2U * lutLine->LineNumber) + 1U]);
/* Configure LUT line */
if(lutLine->LineStatus == GFXMMU_LUT_LINE_ENABLE)
{
/* Enable and configure LUT line */
*((uint32_t *)lutxl_address) = (lutLine->LineStatus |
(lutLine->FirstVisibleBlock << GFXMMU_LUTXL_FVB_OFFSET) |
(lutLine->LastVisibleBlock << GFXMMU_LUTXL_LVB_OFFSET));
*((uint32_t *)lutxh_address) = (uint32_t) lutLine->LineOffset;
}
else
{
/* Disable LUT line */
*((uint32_t *)lutxl_address) = 0U;
*((uint32_t *)lutxh_address) = 0U;
}
}
/* Return function status */
return status;
}
/**
* @brief This function allows to modify physical buffer addresses.
* @param hgfxmmu GFXMMU handle.
* @param Buffers Buffers parameters.
* @retval HAL status.
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_GFXMMU_ModifyBuffers(GFXMMU_HandleTypeDef *hgfxmmu, GFXMMU_BuffersTypeDef *Buffers)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
/* Check parameters */
assert_param(IS_GFXMMU_ALL_INSTANCE(hgfxmmu->Instance));
assert_param(IS_GFXMMU_BUFFER_ADDRESS(Buffers->Buf0Address));
assert_param(IS_GFXMMU_BUFFER_ADDRESS(Buffers->Buf1Address));
assert_param(IS_GFXMMU_BUFFER_ADDRESS(Buffers->Buf2Address));
assert_param(IS_GFXMMU_BUFFER_ADDRESS(Buffers->Buf3Address));
/* Check GFXMMU state */
if(hgfxmmu->State != HAL_GFXMMU_STATE_READY)
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
else
{
/* Modify physical buffer addresses on GFXMMU_BxCR registers */
hgfxmmu->Instance->B0CR = Buffers->Buf0Address;
hgfxmmu->Instance->B1CR = Buffers->Buf1Address;
hgfxmmu->Instance->B2CR = Buffers->Buf2Address;
hgfxmmu->Instance->B3CR = Buffers->Buf3Address;
}
/* Return function status */
return status;
}
/**
* @brief This function handles the GFXMMU interrupts.
* @param hgfxmmu GFXMMU handle.
* @retval None.
*/
void HAL_GFXMMU_IRQHandler(GFXMMU_HandleTypeDef *hgfxmmu)
{
uint32_t flags, interrupts, error;
/* Read current flags and interrupts and determine which error occurs */
flags = hgfxmmu->Instance->SR;
interrupts = (hgfxmmu->Instance->CR & GFXMMU_CR_ITS_MASK);
error = (flags & interrupts);
if(error != 0U)
{
/* Clear flags on GFXMMU_FCR register */
hgfxmmu->Instance->FCR = error;
/* Update GFXMMU error code */
hgfxmmu->ErrorCode |= error;
/* Call GFXMMU error callback */
#if (USE_HAL_GFXMMU_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
hgfxmmu->ErrorCallback(hgfxmmu);
#else
HAL_GFXMMU_ErrorCallback(hgfxmmu);
#endif
}
}
/**
* @brief Error callback.
* @param hgfxmmu GFXMMU handle.
* @retval None.
*/
__weak void HAL_GFXMMU_ErrorCallback(GFXMMU_HandleTypeDef *hgfxmmu)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hgfxmmu);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_GFXMMU_ErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file.
*/
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup GFXMMU_Exported_Functions_Group3 State functions
* @brief GFXMMU state functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### State functions #####
==============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Get GFXMMU handle state.
(+) Get GFXMMU error code.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief This function allows to get the current GFXMMU handle state.
* @param hgfxmmu GFXMMU handle.
* @retval GFXMMU state.
*/
HAL_GFXMMU_StateTypeDef HAL_GFXMMU_GetState(GFXMMU_HandleTypeDef *hgfxmmu)
{
/* Return GFXMMU handle state */
return hgfxmmu->State;
}
/**
* @brief This function allows to get the current GFXMMU error code.
* @param hgfxmmu GFXMMU handle.
* @retval GFXMMU error code.
*/
uint32_t HAL_GFXMMU_GetError(GFXMMU_HandleTypeDef *hgfxmmu)
{
uint32_t error_code;
/* Enter in critical section */
__disable_irq();
/* Store and reset GFXMMU error code */
error_code = hgfxmmu->ErrorCode;
hgfxmmu->ErrorCode = GFXMMU_ERROR_NONE;
/* Exit from critical section */
__enable_irq();
/* Return GFXMMU error code */
return error_code;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* End of exported functions -------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* End of private functions --------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* GFXMMU */
#endif /* HAL_GFXMMU_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/

551
resources/Camera_driver/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_gpio.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,551 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32l4xx_hal_gpio.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief GPIO HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the General Purpose Input/Output (GPIO) peripheral:
* + Initialization and de-initialization functions
* + IO operation functions
*
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### GPIO Peripheral features #####
==============================================================================
[..]
(+) Each port bit of the general-purpose I/O (GPIO) ports can be individually
configured by software in several modes:
(++) Input mode
(++) Analog mode
(++) Output mode
(++) Alternate function mode
(++) External interrupt/event lines
(+) During and just after reset, the alternate functions and external interrupt
lines are not active and the I/O ports are configured in input floating mode.
(+) All GPIO pins have weak internal pull-up and pull-down resistors, which can be
activated or not.
(+) In Output or Alternate mode, each IO can be configured on open-drain or push-pull
type and the IO speed can be selected depending on the VDD value.
(+) The microcontroller IO pins are connected to onboard peripherals/modules through a
multiplexer that allows only one peripheral alternate function (AF) connected
to an IO pin at a time. In this way, there can be no conflict between peripherals
sharing the same IO pin.
(+) All ports have external interrupt/event capability. To use external interrupt
lines, the port must be configured in input mode. All available GPIO pins are
connected to the 16 external interrupt/event lines from EXTI0 to EXTI15.
(+) The external interrupt/event controller consists of up to 39 edge detectors
(16 lines are connected to GPIO) for generating event/interrupt requests (each
input line can be independently configured to select the type (interrupt or event)
and the corresponding trigger event (rising or falling or both). Each line can
also be masked independently.
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
(#) Enable the GPIO AHB clock using the following function: __HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE().
(#) Configure the GPIO pin(s) using HAL_GPIO_Init().
(++) Configure the IO mode using "Mode" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure
(++) Activate Pull-up, Pull-down resistor using "Pull" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef
structure.
(++) In case of Output or alternate function mode selection: the speed is
configured through "Speed" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure.
(++) In alternate mode is selection, the alternate function connected to the IO
is configured through "Alternate" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure.
(++) Analog mode is required when a pin is to be used as ADC channel
or DAC output.
(++) In case of external interrupt/event selection the "Mode" member from
GPIO_InitTypeDef structure select the type (interrupt or event) and
the corresponding trigger event (rising or falling or both).
(#) In case of external interrupt/event mode selection, configure NVIC IRQ priority
mapped to the EXTI line using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() and enable it using
HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ().
(#) To get the level of a pin configured in input mode use HAL_GPIO_ReadPin().
(#) To set/reset the level of a pin configured in output mode use
HAL_GPIO_WritePin()/HAL_GPIO_TogglePin().
(#) To lock pin configuration until next reset use HAL_GPIO_LockPin().
(#) During and just after reset, the alternate functions are not
active and the GPIO pins are configured in input floating mode (except JTAG
pins).
(#) The LSE oscillator pins OSC32_IN and OSC32_OUT can be used as general purpose
(PC14 and PC15, respectively) when the LSE oscillator is off. The LSE has
priority over the GPIO function.
(#) The HSE oscillator pins OSC_IN/OSC_OUT can be used as
general purpose PH0 and PH1, respectively, when the HSE oscillator is off.
The HSE has priority over the GPIO function.
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup GPIO GPIO
* @brief GPIO HAL module driver
* @{
*/
/** MISRA C:2012 deviation rule has been granted for following rules:
* Rule-12.2 - Medium: RHS argument is in interval [0,INF] which is out of
* range of the shift operator in following API :
* HAL_GPIO_Init
* HAL_GPIO_DeInit
*/
#ifdef HAL_GPIO_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private defines -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup GPIO_Private_Defines GPIO Private Defines
* @{
*/
#define GPIO_NUMBER (16u)
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Functions GPIO Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization/de-initialization functions
* @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
===============================================================================
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Initialize the GPIOx peripheral according to the specified parameters in the GPIO_Init.
* @param GPIOx where x can be (A..H) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32L4 family
* @param GPIO_Init pointer to a GPIO_InitTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified GPIO peripheral.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_GPIO_Init(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, GPIO_InitTypeDef *GPIO_Init)
{
uint32_t position = 0x00u;
uint32_t iocurrent;
uint32_t temp;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_INSTANCE(GPIOx));
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Init->Pin));
assert_param(IS_GPIO_MODE(GPIO_Init->Mode));
/* Configure the port pins */
while (((GPIO_Init->Pin) >> position) != 0x00u)
{
/* Get current io position */
iocurrent = (GPIO_Init->Pin) & (1uL << position);
if (iocurrent != 0x00u)
{
/*--------------------- GPIO Mode Configuration ------------------------*/
/* In case of Output or Alternate function mode selection */
if (((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_MODE) == MODE_OUTPUT) || ((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_MODE) == MODE_AF))
{
/* Check the Speed parameter */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_SPEED(GPIO_Init->Speed));
/* Configure the IO Speed */
temp = GPIOx->OSPEEDR;
temp &= ~(GPIO_OSPEEDR_OSPEED0 << (position * 2u));
temp |= (GPIO_Init->Speed << (position * 2u));
GPIOx->OSPEEDR = temp;
/* Configure the IO Output Type */
temp = GPIOx->OTYPER;
temp &= ~(GPIO_OTYPER_OT0 << position) ;
temp |= (((GPIO_Init->Mode & OUTPUT_TYPE) >> OUTPUT_TYPE_Pos) << position);
GPIOx->OTYPER = temp;
}
#if defined(STM32L471xx) || defined(STM32L475xx) || defined(STM32L476xx) || defined(STM32L485xx) || defined(STM32L486xx)
/* In case of Analog mode, check if ADC control mode is selected */
if((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_MODE_ANALOG) == GPIO_MODE_ANALOG)
{
/* Configure the IO Output Type */
temp = GPIOx->ASCR;
temp &= ~(GPIO_ASCR_ASC0 << position) ;
temp |= (((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_MODE_ANALOG_ADC_CONTROL) >> 3) << position);
GPIOx->ASCR = temp;
}
#endif /* STM32L471xx || STM32L475xx || STM32L476xx || STM32L485xx || STM32L486xx */
/* Activate the Pull-up or Pull down resistor for the current IO */
if ((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_MODE) != MODE_ANALOG)
{
/* Check the Pull parameter */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PULL(GPIO_Init->Pull));
temp = GPIOx->PUPDR;
temp &= ~(GPIO_PUPDR_PUPD0 << (position * 2U));
temp |= ((GPIO_Init->Pull) << (position * 2U));
GPIOx->PUPDR = temp;
}
/* In case of Alternate function mode selection */
if ((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_MODE) == MODE_AF)
{
/* Check the Alternate function parameters */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_AF_INSTANCE(GPIOx));
assert_param(IS_GPIO_AF(GPIO_Init->Alternate));
/* Configure Alternate function mapped with the current IO */
temp = GPIOx->AFR[position >> 3u];
temp &= ~(0xFu << ((position & 0x07u) * 4u));
temp |= ((GPIO_Init->Alternate) << ((position & 0x07u) * 4u));
GPIOx->AFR[position >> 3u] = temp;
}
/* Configure IO Direction mode (Input, Output, Alternate or Analog) */
temp = GPIOx->MODER;
temp &= ~(GPIO_MODER_MODE0 << (position * 2u));
temp |= ((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_MODE) << (position * 2u));
GPIOx->MODER = temp;
/*--------------------- EXTI Mode Configuration ------------------------*/
/* Configure the External Interrupt or event for the current IO */
if ((GPIO_Init->Mode & EXTI_MODE) != 0x00u)
{
/* Enable SYSCFG Clock */
__HAL_RCC_SYSCFG_CLK_ENABLE();
temp = SYSCFG->EXTICR[position >> 2u];
temp &= ~(0x0FuL << (4u * (position & 0x03u)));
temp |= (GPIO_GET_INDEX(GPIOx) << (4u * (position & 0x03u)));
SYSCFG->EXTICR[position >> 2u] = temp;
/* Clear Rising Falling edge configuration */
temp = EXTI->RTSR1;
temp &= ~(iocurrent);
if ((GPIO_Init->Mode & TRIGGER_RISING) != 0x00u)
{
temp |= iocurrent;
}
EXTI->RTSR1 = temp;
temp = EXTI->FTSR1;
temp &= ~(iocurrent);
if ((GPIO_Init->Mode & TRIGGER_FALLING) != 0x00u)
{
temp |= iocurrent;
}
EXTI->FTSR1 = temp;
/* Clear EXTI line configuration */
temp = EXTI->EMR1;
temp &= ~(iocurrent);
if ((GPIO_Init->Mode & EXTI_EVT) != 0x00u)
{
temp |= iocurrent;
}
EXTI->EMR1 = temp;
temp = EXTI->IMR1;
temp &= ~(iocurrent);
if ((GPIO_Init->Mode & EXTI_IT) != 0x00u)
{
temp |= iocurrent;
}
EXTI->IMR1 = temp;
}
}
position++;
}
}
/**
* @brief De-initialize the GPIOx peripheral registers to their default reset values.
* @param GPIOx where x can be (A..H) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32L4 family
* @param GPIO_Pin specifies the port bit to be written.
* This parameter can be any combination of GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15).
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_GPIO_DeInit(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, uint32_t GPIO_Pin)
{
uint32_t position = 0x00u;
uint32_t iocurrent;
uint32_t tmp;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_INSTANCE(GPIOx));
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
/* Configure the port pins */
while ((GPIO_Pin >> position) != 0x00u)
{
/* Get current io position */
iocurrent = (GPIO_Pin) & (1uL << position);
if (iocurrent != 0x00u)
{
/*------------------------- EXTI Mode Configuration --------------------*/
/* Clear the External Interrupt or Event for the current IO */
tmp = SYSCFG->EXTICR[position >> 2u];
tmp &= (0x0FuL << (4u * (position & 0x03u)));
if (tmp == (GPIO_GET_INDEX(GPIOx) << (4u * (position & 0x03u))))
{
/* Clear EXTI line configuration */
EXTI->IMR1 &= ~(iocurrent);
EXTI->EMR1 &= ~(iocurrent);
/* Clear Rising Falling edge configuration */
EXTI->FTSR1 &= ~(iocurrent);
EXTI->RTSR1 &= ~(iocurrent);
tmp = 0x0FuL << (4u * (position & 0x03u));
SYSCFG->EXTICR[position >> 2u] &= ~tmp;
}
/*------------------------- GPIO Mode Configuration --------------------*/
/* Configure IO in Analog Mode */
GPIOx->MODER |= (GPIO_MODER_MODE0 << (position * 2u));
/* Configure the default Alternate Function in current IO */
GPIOx->AFR[position >> 3u] &= ~(0xFu << ((position & 0x07u) * 4u)) ;
/* Configure the default value for IO Speed */
GPIOx->OSPEEDR &= ~(GPIO_OSPEEDR_OSPEED0 << (position * 2u));
/* Configure the default value IO Output Type */
GPIOx->OTYPER &= ~(GPIO_OTYPER_OT0 << position) ;
/* Deactivate the Pull-up and Pull-down resistor for the current IO */
GPIOx->PUPDR &= ~(GPIO_PUPDR_PUPD0 << (position * 2u));
#if defined(STM32L471xx) || defined(STM32L475xx) || defined(STM32L476xx) || defined(STM32L485xx) || defined(STM32L486xx)
/* Deactivate the Control bit of Analog mode for the current IO */
GPIOx->ASCR &= ~(GPIO_ASCR_ASC0<< position);
#endif /* STM32L471xx || STM32L475xx || STM32L476xx || STM32L485xx || STM32L486xx */
}
position++;
}
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
* @brief GPIO Read, Write, Toggle, Lock and EXTI management functions.
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### IO operation functions #####
===============================================================================
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Read the specified input port pin.
* @param GPIOx where x can be (A..H) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32L4 family
* @param GPIO_Pin specifies the port bit to read.
* This parameter can be any combination of GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15).
* @retval The input port pin value.
*/
GPIO_PinState HAL_GPIO_ReadPin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
{
GPIO_PinState bitstatus;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
if ((GPIOx->IDR & GPIO_Pin) != 0x00u)
{
bitstatus = GPIO_PIN_SET;
}
else
{
bitstatus = GPIO_PIN_RESET;
}
return bitstatus;
}
/**
* @brief Set or clear the selected data port bit.
*
* @note This function uses GPIOx_BSRR and GPIOx_BRR registers to allow atomic read/modify
* accesses. In this way, there is no risk of an IRQ occurring between
* the read and the modify access.
*
* @param GPIOx where x can be (A..H) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32L4 family
* @param GPIO_Pin specifies the port bit to be written.
* This parameter can be any combination of GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15).
* @param PinState specifies the value to be written to the selected bit.
* This parameter can be one of the GPIO_PinState enum values:
* @arg GPIO_PIN_RESET: to clear the port pin
* @arg GPIO_PIN_SET: to set the port pin
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_GPIO_WritePin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin, GPIO_PinState PinState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN_ACTION(PinState));
if(PinState != GPIO_PIN_RESET)
{
GPIOx->BSRR = (uint32_t)GPIO_Pin;
}
else
{
GPIOx->BRR = (uint32_t)GPIO_Pin;
}
}
/**
* @brief Toggle the specified GPIO pin.
* @param GPIOx where x can be (A..H) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32L4 family
* @param GPIO_Pin specifies the pin to be toggled.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_GPIO_TogglePin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
{
uint32_t odr;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
/* get current Output Data Register value */
odr = GPIOx->ODR;
/* Set selected pins that were at low level, and reset ones that were high */
GPIOx->BSRR = ((odr & GPIO_Pin) << GPIO_NUMBER) | (~odr & GPIO_Pin);
}
/**
* @brief Lock GPIO Pins configuration registers.
* @note The locked registers are GPIOx_MODER, GPIOx_OTYPER, GPIOx_OSPEEDR,
* GPIOx_PUPDR, GPIOx_AFRL and GPIOx_AFRH.
* @note The configuration of the locked GPIO pins can no longer be modified
* until the next reset.
* @param GPIOx where x can be (A..H) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32L4 family
* @param GPIO_Pin specifies the port bits to be locked.
* This parameter can be any combination of GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15).
* @retval None
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_GPIO_LockPin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
{
__IO uint32_t tmp = GPIO_LCKR_LCKK;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_LOCK_INSTANCE(GPIOx));
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
/* Apply lock key write sequence */
tmp |= GPIO_Pin;
/* Set LCKx bit(s): LCKK='1' + LCK[15-0] */
GPIOx->LCKR = tmp;
/* Reset LCKx bit(s): LCKK='0' + LCK[15-0] */
GPIOx->LCKR = GPIO_Pin;
/* Set LCKx bit(s): LCKK='1' + LCK[15-0] */
GPIOx->LCKR = tmp;
/* Read LCKK register. This read is mandatory to complete key lock sequence */
tmp = GPIOx->LCKR;
/* Read again in order to confirm lock is active */
if ((GPIOx->LCKR & GPIO_LCKR_LCKK) != 0x00u)
{
return HAL_OK;
}
else
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
}
/**
* @brief Handle EXTI interrupt request.
* @param GPIO_Pin Specifies the port pin connected to corresponding EXTI line.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_GPIO_EXTI_IRQHandler(uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
{
/* EXTI line interrupt detected */
if(__HAL_GPIO_EXTI_GET_IT(GPIO_Pin) != 0x00u)
{
__HAL_GPIO_EXTI_CLEAR_IT(GPIO_Pin);
HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback(GPIO_Pin);
}
}
/**
* @brief EXTI line detection callback.
* @param GPIO_Pin Specifies the port pin connected to corresponding EXTI line.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback(uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(GPIO_Pin);
/* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_GPIO_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/

3485
resources/Camera_driver/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_hash.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1040
resources/Camera_driver/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_hash_ex.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1673
resources/Camera_driver/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_hcd.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

7162
resources/Camera_driver/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_i2c.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

368
resources/Camera_driver/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_i2c_ex.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,368 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32l4xx_hal_i2c_ex.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief I2C Extended HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of I2C Extended peripheral:
* + Filter Mode Functions
* + WakeUp Mode Functions
* + FastModePlus Functions
*
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### I2C peripheral Extended features #####
==============================================================================
[..] Comparing to other previous devices, the I2C interface for STM32L4xx
devices contains the following additional features
(+) Possibility to disable or enable Analog Noise Filter
(+) Use of a configured Digital Noise Filter
(+) Disable or enable wakeup from Stop mode(s)
(+) Disable or enable Fast Mode Plus
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..] This driver provides functions to configure Noise Filter and Wake Up Feature
(#) Configure I2C Analog noise filter using the function HAL_I2CEx_ConfigAnalogFilter()
(#) Configure I2C Digital noise filter using the function HAL_I2CEx_ConfigDigitalFilter()
(#) Configure the enable or disable of I2C Wake Up Mode using the functions :
(++) HAL_I2CEx_EnableWakeUp()
(++) HAL_I2CEx_DisableWakeUp()
(#) Configure the enable or disable of fast mode plus driving capability using the functions :
(++) HAL_I2CEx_EnableFastModePlus()
(++) HAL_I2CEx_DisableFastModePlus()
@endverbatim
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup I2CEx I2CEx
* @brief I2C Extended HAL module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup I2CEx_Exported_Functions I2C Extended Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup I2CEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Filter Mode Functions
* @brief Filter Mode Functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Filter Mode Functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Configure Noise Filters
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Configure I2C Analog noise filter.
* @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified I2Cx peripheral.
* @param AnalogFilter New state of the Analog filter.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2CEx_ConfigAnalogFilter(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t AnalogFilter)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_INSTANCE(hi2c->Instance));
assert_param(IS_I2C_ANALOG_FILTER(AnalogFilter));
if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
{
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY;
/* Disable the selected I2C peripheral */
__HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c);
/* Reset I2Cx ANOFF bit */
hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~(I2C_CR1_ANFOFF);
/* Set analog filter bit*/
hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= AnalogFilter;
__HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c);
hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
return HAL_OK;
}
else
{
return HAL_BUSY;
}
}
/**
* @brief Configure I2C Digital noise filter.
* @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified I2Cx peripheral.
* @param DigitalFilter Coefficient of digital noise filter between Min_Data=0x00 and Max_Data=0x0F.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2CEx_ConfigDigitalFilter(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t DigitalFilter)
{
uint32_t tmpreg;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_INSTANCE(hi2c->Instance));
assert_param(IS_I2C_DIGITAL_FILTER(DigitalFilter));
if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
{
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY;
/* Disable the selected I2C peripheral */
__HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c);
/* Get the old register value */
tmpreg = hi2c->Instance->CR1;
/* Reset I2Cx DNF bits [11:8] */
tmpreg &= ~(I2C_CR1_DNF);
/* Set I2Cx DNF coefficient */
tmpreg |= DigitalFilter << 8U;
/* Store the new register value */
hi2c->Instance->CR1 = tmpreg;
__HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c);
hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
return HAL_OK;
}
else
{
return HAL_BUSY;
}
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup I2CEx_Exported_Functions_Group2 WakeUp Mode Functions
* @brief WakeUp Mode Functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### WakeUp Mode Functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Configure Wake Up Feature
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Enable I2C wakeup from Stop mode(s).
* @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified I2Cx peripheral.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2CEx_EnableWakeUp(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_I2C_WAKEUP_FROMSTOP_INSTANCE(hi2c->Instance));
if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
{
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY;
/* Disable the selected I2C peripheral */
__HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c);
/* Enable wakeup from stop mode */
hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_WUPEN;
__HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c);
hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
return HAL_OK;
}
else
{
return HAL_BUSY;
}
}
/**
* @brief Disable I2C wakeup from Stop mode(s).
* @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified I2Cx peripheral.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2CEx_DisableWakeUp(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_I2C_WAKEUP_FROMSTOP_INSTANCE(hi2c->Instance));
if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
{
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY;
/* Disable the selected I2C peripheral */
__HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c);
/* Enable wakeup from stop mode */
hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~(I2C_CR1_WUPEN);
__HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c);
hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
return HAL_OK;
}
else
{
return HAL_BUSY;
}
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup I2CEx_Exported_Functions_Group3 Fast Mode Plus Functions
* @brief Fast Mode Plus Functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Fast Mode Plus Functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Configure Fast Mode Plus
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Enable the I2C fast mode plus driving capability.
* @param ConfigFastModePlus Selects the pin.
* This parameter can be one of the @ref I2CEx_FastModePlus values
* @note For I2C1, fast mode plus driving capability can be enabled on all selected
* I2C1 pins using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C1 parameter or independently
* on each one of the following pins PB6, PB7, PB8 and PB9.
* @note For remaining I2C1 pins (PA14, PA15...) fast mode plus driving capability
* can be enabled only by using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C1 parameter.
* @note For all I2C2 pins fast mode plus driving capability can be enabled
* only by using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C2 parameter.
* @note For all I2C3 pins fast mode plus driving capability can be enabled
* only by using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C3 parameter.
* @note For all I2C4 pins fast mode plus driving capability can be enabled
* only by using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C4 parameter.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_I2CEx_EnableFastModePlus(uint32_t ConfigFastModePlus)
{
/* Check the parameter */
assert_param(IS_I2C_FASTMODEPLUS(ConfigFastModePlus));
/* Enable SYSCFG clock */
__HAL_RCC_SYSCFG_CLK_ENABLE();
/* Enable fast mode plus driving capability for selected pin */
SET_BIT(SYSCFG->CFGR1, (uint32_t)ConfigFastModePlus);
}
/**
* @brief Disable the I2C fast mode plus driving capability.
* @param ConfigFastModePlus Selects the pin.
* This parameter can be one of the @ref I2CEx_FastModePlus values
* @note For I2C1, fast mode plus driving capability can be disabled on all selected
* I2C1 pins using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C1 parameter or independently
* on each one of the following pins PB6, PB7, PB8 and PB9.
* @note For remaining I2C1 pins (PA14, PA15...) fast mode plus driving capability
* can be disabled only by using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C1 parameter.
* @note For all I2C2 pins fast mode plus driving capability can be disabled
* only by using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C2 parameter.
* @note For all I2C3 pins fast mode plus driving capability can be disabled
* only by using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C3 parameter.
* @note For all I2C4 pins fast mode plus driving capability can be disabled
* only by using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C4 parameter.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_I2CEx_DisableFastModePlus(uint32_t ConfigFastModePlus)
{
/* Check the parameter */
assert_param(IS_I2C_FASTMODEPLUS(ConfigFastModePlus));
/* Enable SYSCFG clock */
__HAL_RCC_SYSCFG_CLK_ENABLE();
/* Disable fast mode plus driving capability for selected pin */
CLEAR_BIT(SYSCFG->CFGR1, (uint32_t)ConfigFastModePlus);
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/

3029
resources/Camera_driver/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_irda.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

282
resources/Camera_driver/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_iwdg.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,282 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32l4xx_hal_iwdg.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief IWDG HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the Independent Watchdog (IWDG) peripheral:
* + Initialization and Start functions
* + IO operation functions
*
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### IWDG Generic features #####
==============================================================================
[..]
(+) The IWDG can be started by either software or hardware (configurable
through option byte).
(+) The IWDG is clocked by the Low-Speed Internal clock (LSI) and thus stays
active even if the main clock fails.
(+) Once the IWDG is started, the LSI is forced ON and both cannot be
disabled. The counter starts counting down from the reset value (0xFFF).
When it reaches the end of count value (0x000) a reset signal is
generated (IWDG reset).
(+) Whenever the key value 0x0000 AAAA is written in the IWDG_KR register,
the IWDG_RLR value is reloaded into the counter and the watchdog reset
is prevented.
(+) The IWDG is implemented in the VDD voltage domain that is still functional
in STOP and STANDBY mode (IWDG reset can wake up the CPU from STANDBY).
IWDGRST flag in RCC_CSR register can be used to inform when an IWDG
reset occurs.
(+) Debug mode: When the microcontroller enters debug mode (core halted),
the IWDG counter either continues to work normally or stops, depending
on DBG_IWDG_STOP configuration bit in DBG module, accessible through
__HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_IWDG() and __HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_IWDG() macros.
[..] Min-max timeout value @32KHz (LSI): ~125us / ~32.7s
The IWDG timeout may vary due to LSI clock frequency dispersion.
STM32L4xx devices provide the capability to measure the LSI clock
frequency (LSI clock is internally connected to TIM16 CH1 input capture).
The measured value can be used to have an IWDG timeout with an
acceptable accuracy.
[..] Default timeout value (necessary for IWDG_SR status register update):
Constant LSI_VALUE is defined based on the nominal LSI clock frequency.
This frequency being subject to variations as mentioned above, the
default timeout value (defined through constant HAL_IWDG_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT
below) may become too short or too long.
In such cases, this default timeout value can be tuned by redefining
the constant LSI_VALUE at user-application level (based, for instance,
on the measured LSI clock frequency as explained above).
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
(#) Use IWDG using HAL_IWDG_Init() function to :
(++) Enable instance by writing Start keyword in IWDG_KEY register. LSI
clock is forced ON and IWDG counter starts counting down.
(++) Enable write access to configuration registers:
IWDG_PR, IWDG_RLR and IWDG_WINR.
(++) Configure the IWDG prescaler and counter reload value. This reload
value will be loaded in the IWDG counter each time the watchdog is
reloaded, then the IWDG will start counting down from this value.
(++) Depending on window parameter:
(+++) If Window Init parameter is same as Window register value,
nothing more is done but reload counter value in order to exit
function with exact time base.
(+++) Else modify Window register. This will automatically reload
watchdog counter.
(++) Wait for status flags to be reset.
(#) Then the application program must refresh the IWDG counter at regular
intervals during normal operation to prevent an MCU reset, using
HAL_IWDG_Refresh() function.
*** IWDG HAL driver macros list ***
====================================
[..]
Below the list of most used macros in IWDG HAL driver:
(+) __HAL_IWDG_START: Enable the IWDG peripheral
(+) __HAL_IWDG_RELOAD_COUNTER: Reloads IWDG counter with value defined in
the reload register
@endverbatim
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_IWDG_MODULE_ENABLED
/** @addtogroup IWDG
* @brief IWDG HAL module driver.
* @{
*/
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup IWDG_Private_Defines IWDG Private Defines
* @{
*/
/* Status register needs up to 5 LSI clock periods divided by the clock
prescaler to be updated. The number of LSI clock periods is upper-rounded to
6 for the timeout value calculation.
The timeout value is calculated using the highest prescaler (256) and
the LSI_VALUE constant. The value of this constant can be changed by the user
to take into account possible LSI clock period variations.
The timeout value is multiplied by 1000 to be converted in milliseconds.
LSI startup time is also considered here by adding LSI_STARTUP_TIME
converted in milliseconds. */
#define HAL_IWDG_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT (((6UL * 256UL * 1000UL) / LSI_VALUE) + ((LSI_STARTUP_TIME / 1000UL) + 1UL))
#define IWDG_KERNEL_UPDATE_FLAGS (IWDG_SR_WVU | IWDG_SR_RVU | IWDG_SR_PVU)
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup IWDG_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup IWDG_Exported_Functions_Group1
* @brief Initialization and Start functions.
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Initialization and Start functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Initialize the IWDG according to the specified parameters in the
IWDG_InitTypeDef of associated handle.
(+) Manage Window option.
(+) Once initialization is performed in HAL_IWDG_Init function, Watchdog
is reloaded in order to exit function with correct time base.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Initialize the IWDG according to the specified parameters in the
* IWDG_InitTypeDef and start watchdog. Before exiting function,
* watchdog is refreshed in order to have correct time base.
* @param hiwdg pointer to a IWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified IWDG module.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IWDG_Init(IWDG_HandleTypeDef *hiwdg)
{
uint32_t tickstart;
/* Check the IWDG handle allocation */
if (hiwdg == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_IWDG_ALL_INSTANCE(hiwdg->Instance));
assert_param(IS_IWDG_PRESCALER(hiwdg->Init.Prescaler));
assert_param(IS_IWDG_RELOAD(hiwdg->Init.Reload));
assert_param(IS_IWDG_WINDOW(hiwdg->Init.Window));
/* Enable IWDG. LSI is turned on automatically */
__HAL_IWDG_START(hiwdg);
/* Enable write access to IWDG_PR, IWDG_RLR and IWDG_WINR registers by writing
0x5555 in KR */
IWDG_ENABLE_WRITE_ACCESS(hiwdg);
/* Write to IWDG registers the Prescaler & Reload values to work with */
hiwdg->Instance->PR = hiwdg->Init.Prescaler;
hiwdg->Instance->RLR = hiwdg->Init.Reload;
/* Check pending flag, if previous update not done, return timeout */
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
/* Wait for register to be updated */
while ((hiwdg->Instance->SR & IWDG_KERNEL_UPDATE_FLAGS) != 0x00u)
{
if ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > HAL_IWDG_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT)
{
if ((hiwdg->Instance->SR & IWDG_KERNEL_UPDATE_FLAGS) != 0x00u)
{
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
}
}
}
/* If window parameter is different than current value, modify window
register */
if (hiwdg->Instance->WINR != hiwdg->Init.Window)
{
/* Write to IWDG WINR the IWDG_Window value to compare with. In any case,
even if window feature is disabled, Watchdog will be reloaded by writing
windows register */
hiwdg->Instance->WINR = hiwdg->Init.Window;
}
else
{
/* Reload IWDG counter with value defined in the reload register */
__HAL_IWDG_RELOAD_COUNTER(hiwdg);
}
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup IWDG_Exported_Functions_Group2
* @brief IO operation functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### IO operation functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Refresh the IWDG.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Refresh the IWDG.
* @param hiwdg pointer to a IWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified IWDG module.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IWDG_Refresh(IWDG_HandleTypeDef *hiwdg)
{
/* Reload IWDG counter with value defined in the reload register */
__HAL_IWDG_RELOAD_COUNTER(hiwdg);
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_IWDG_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/

606
resources/Camera_driver/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_lcd.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,606 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32l4xx_hal_lcd.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief LCD Controller HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the LCD Controller (LCD) peripheral:
* + Initialization/de-initialization methods
* + I/O operation methods
* + Peripheral State methods
*
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file in
* the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
******************************************************************************
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..] The LCD HAL driver can be used as follows:
(#) Declare a LCD_HandleTypeDef handle structure.
-@- The frequency generator allows you to achieve various LCD frame rates
starting from an LCD input clock frequency (LCDCLK) which can vary
from 32 kHz up to 1 MHz.
(#) Initialize the LCD low level resources by implementing the HAL_LCD_MspInit() API:
(++) Enable the LCDCLK (same as RTCCLK): to configure the RTCCLK/LCDCLK, proceed as follows:
(+++) Use RCC function HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig in indicating RCC_PERIPHCLK_LCD and
selected clock source (HSE, LSI or LSE)
(++) LCD pins configuration:
(+++) Enable the clock for the LCD GPIOs.
(+++) Configure these LCD pins as alternate function no-pull.
(++) Enable the LCD interface clock.
(#) Program the Prescaler, Divider, Blink mode, Blink Frequency Duty, Bias,
Voltage Source, Dead Time, Pulse On Duration, Contrast, High drive and Multiplexer
Segment in the Init structure of the LCD handle.
(#) Initialize the LCD registers by calling the HAL_LCD_Init() API.
-@- The HAL_LCD_Init() API configures also the low level Hardware GPIO, CLOCK, ...etc)
by calling the customized HAL_LCD_MspInit() API.
-@- After calling the HAL_LCD_Init() the LCD RAM memory is cleared
(#) Optionally you can update the LCD configuration using these macros:
(++) LCD High Drive using the __HAL_LCD_HIGHDRIVER_ENABLE() and __HAL_LCD_HIGHDRIVER_DISABLE() macros
(++) Voltage output buffer using __HAL_LCD_VOLTAGE_BUFFER_ENABLE() and __HAL_LCD_VOLTAGE_BUFFER_DISABLE() macros
(++) LCD Pulse ON Duration using the __HAL_LCD_PULSEONDURATION_CONFIG() macro
(++) LCD Dead Time using the __HAL_LCD_DEADTIME_CONFIG() macro
(++) The LCD Blink mode and frequency using the __HAL_LCD_BLINK_CONFIG() macro
(++) The LCD Contrast using the __HAL_LCD_CONTRAST_CONFIG() macro
(#) Write to the LCD RAM memory using the HAL_LCD_Write() API, this API can be called
more time to update the different LCD RAM registers before calling
HAL_LCD_UpdateDisplayRequest() API.
(#) The HAL_LCD_Clear() API can be used to clear the LCD RAM memory.
(#) When LCD RAM memory is updated enable the update display request using
the HAL_LCD_UpdateDisplayRequest() API.
[..] LCD and low power modes:
(#) The LCD remain active during Sleep, Low Power run, Low Power Sleep and
STOP modes.
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
#if defined(STM32L433xx) || defined(STM32L443xx) || defined(STM32L476xx) || defined(STM32L486xx) || defined(STM32L496xx) || defined(STM32L4A6xx)
/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_LCD_MODULE_ENABLED
/** @defgroup LCD LCD
* @brief LCD HAL module driver
* @{
*/
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup LCD_Private_Defines LCD Private Defines
* @{
*/
#define LCD_TIMEOUT_VALUE 1000U
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup LCD_Exported_Functions LCD Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup LCD_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization/de-initialization methods
* @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Initialization and Configuration functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Initialize the LCD peripheral according to the specified parameters
* in the LCD_InitStruct and initialize the associated handle.
* @note This function can be used only when the LCD is disabled.
* @param hlcd LCD handle
* @retval None
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LCD_Init(LCD_HandleTypeDef *hlcd)
{
uint32_t tickstart;
uint32_t counter;
HAL_StatusTypeDef status;
/* Check the LCD handle allocation */
if (hlcd == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Check function parameters */
assert_param(IS_LCD_ALL_INSTANCE(hlcd->Instance));
assert_param(IS_LCD_PRESCALER(hlcd->Init.Prescaler));
assert_param(IS_LCD_DIVIDER(hlcd->Init.Divider));
assert_param(IS_LCD_DUTY(hlcd->Init.Duty));
assert_param(IS_LCD_BIAS(hlcd->Init.Bias));
assert_param(IS_LCD_VOLTAGE_SOURCE(hlcd->Init.VoltageSource));
assert_param(IS_LCD_PULSE_ON_DURATION(hlcd->Init.PulseOnDuration));
assert_param(IS_LCD_HIGH_DRIVE(hlcd->Init.HighDrive));
assert_param(IS_LCD_DEAD_TIME(hlcd->Init.DeadTime));
assert_param(IS_LCD_CONTRAST(hlcd->Init.Contrast));
assert_param(IS_LCD_BLINK_FREQUENCY(hlcd->Init.BlinkFrequency));
assert_param(IS_LCD_BLINK_MODE(hlcd->Init.BlinkMode));
assert_param(IS_LCD_MUX_SEGMENT(hlcd->Init.MuxSegment));
if (hlcd->State == HAL_LCD_STATE_RESET)
{
/* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
hlcd->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
/* Initialize the low level hardware (MSP) */
HAL_LCD_MspInit(hlcd);
}
hlcd->State = HAL_LCD_STATE_BUSY;
/* Disable the peripheral */
__HAL_LCD_DISABLE(hlcd);
/* Clear the LCD_RAM registers and enable the display request by setting the UDR bit
in the LCD_SR register */
for (counter = LCD_RAM_REGISTER0; counter <= LCD_RAM_REGISTER15; counter++)
{
hlcd->Instance->RAM[counter] = 0;
}
/* Enable the display request */
hlcd->Instance->SR |= LCD_SR_UDR;
/* Configure the LCD Prescaler, Divider, Blink mode and Blink Frequency:
Set PS[3:0] bits according to hlcd->Init.Prescaler value
Set DIV[3:0] bits according to hlcd->Init.Divider value
Set BLINK[1:0] bits according to hlcd->Init.BlinkMode value
Set BLINKF[2:0] bits according to hlcd->Init.BlinkFrequency value
Set DEAD[2:0] bits according to hlcd->Init.DeadTime value
Set PON[2:0] bits according to hlcd->Init.PulseOnDuration value
Set CC[2:0] bits according to hlcd->Init.Contrast value
Set HD bit according to hlcd->Init.HighDrive value */
MODIFY_REG(hlcd->Instance->FCR, \
(LCD_FCR_PS | LCD_FCR_DIV | LCD_FCR_BLINK | LCD_FCR_BLINKF | \
LCD_FCR_DEAD | LCD_FCR_PON | LCD_FCR_CC | LCD_FCR_HD), \
(hlcd->Init.Prescaler | hlcd->Init.Divider | hlcd->Init.BlinkMode | hlcd->Init.BlinkFrequency | \
hlcd->Init.DeadTime | hlcd->Init.PulseOnDuration | hlcd->Init.Contrast | hlcd->Init.HighDrive));
/* Wait until LCD Frame Control Register Synchronization flag (FCRSF) is set in the LCD_SR register
This bit is set by hardware each time the LCD_FCR register is updated in the LCDCLK
domain. It is cleared by hardware when writing to the LCD_FCR register.*/
status = LCD_WaitForSynchro(hlcd);
if (status != HAL_OK)
{
return status;
}
/* Configure the LCD Duty, Bias, Voltage Source, Dead Time, Pulse On Duration and Contrast:
Set DUTY[2:0] bits according to hlcd->Init.Duty value
Set BIAS[1:0] bits according to hlcd->Init.Bias value
Set VSEL bit according to hlcd->Init.VoltageSource value
Set MUX_SEG bit according to hlcd->Init.MuxSegment value */
MODIFY_REG(hlcd->Instance->CR, \
(LCD_CR_DUTY | LCD_CR_BIAS | LCD_CR_VSEL | LCD_CR_MUX_SEG), \
(hlcd->Init.Duty | hlcd->Init.Bias | hlcd->Init.VoltageSource | hlcd->Init.MuxSegment));
/* Enable the peripheral */
__HAL_LCD_ENABLE(hlcd);
/* Get timeout */
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
/* Wait Until the LCD is enabled */
while (__HAL_LCD_GET_FLAG(hlcd, LCD_FLAG_ENS) == RESET)
{
if ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > LCD_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
{
hlcd->ErrorCode = HAL_LCD_ERROR_ENS;
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
}
}
/* Get timeout */
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
/*!< Wait Until the LCD Booster is ready */
while (__HAL_LCD_GET_FLAG(hlcd, LCD_FLAG_RDY) == RESET)
{
if ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > LCD_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
{
hlcd->ErrorCode = HAL_LCD_ERROR_RDY;
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
}
}
/* Initialize the LCD state */
hlcd->ErrorCode = HAL_LCD_ERROR_NONE;
hlcd->State = HAL_LCD_STATE_READY;
return status;
}
/**
* @brief DeInitialize the LCD peripheral.
* @param hlcd LCD handle
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LCD_DeInit(LCD_HandleTypeDef *hlcd)
{
/* Check the LCD handle allocation */
if (hlcd == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_LCD_ALL_INSTANCE(hlcd->Instance));
hlcd->State = HAL_LCD_STATE_BUSY;
/* DeInit the low level hardware */
HAL_LCD_MspDeInit(hlcd);
hlcd->ErrorCode = HAL_LCD_ERROR_NONE;
hlcd->State = HAL_LCD_STATE_RESET;
/* Release Lock */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hlcd);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief DeInitialize the LCD MSP.
* @param hlcd LCD handle
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_LCD_MspDeInit(LCD_HandleTypeDef *hlcd)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hlcd);
/* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_LCD_MspDeInit it to be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief Initialize the LCD MSP.
* @param hlcd LCD handle
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_LCD_MspInit(LCD_HandleTypeDef *hlcd)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hlcd);
/* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_LCD_MspInit is to be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup LCD_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation methods
* @brief LCD RAM functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### IO operation functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] Using its double buffer memory the LCD controller ensures the coherency of the
displayed information without having to use interrupts to control LCD_RAM
modification.
The application software can access the first buffer level (LCD_RAM) through
the APB interface. Once it has modified the LCD_RAM using the HAL_LCD_Write() API,
it sets the UDR flag in the LCD_SR register using the HAL_LCD_UpdateDisplayRequest() API.
This UDR flag (update display request) requests the updated information to be
moved into the second buffer level (LCD_DISPLAY).
This operation is done synchronously with the frame (at the beginning of the
next frame), until the update is completed, the LCD_RAM is write protected and
the UDR flag stays high.
Once the update is completed another flag (UDD - Update Display Done) is set and
generates an interrupt if the UDDIE bit in the LCD_FCR register is set.
The time it takes to update LCD_DISPLAY is, in the worst case, one odd and one
even frame.
The update will not occur (UDR = 1 and UDD = 0) until the display is
enabled (LCDEN = 1).
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Write a word in the specific LCD RAM.
* @param hlcd LCD handle
* @param RAMRegisterIndex specifies the LCD RAM Register.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg LCD_RAM_REGISTER0: LCD RAM Register 0
* @arg LCD_RAM_REGISTER1: LCD RAM Register 1
* @arg LCD_RAM_REGISTER2: LCD RAM Register 2
* @arg LCD_RAM_REGISTER3: LCD RAM Register 3
* @arg LCD_RAM_REGISTER4: LCD RAM Register 4
* @arg LCD_RAM_REGISTER5: LCD RAM Register 5
* @arg LCD_RAM_REGISTER6: LCD RAM Register 6
* @arg LCD_RAM_REGISTER7: LCD RAM Register 7
* @arg LCD_RAM_REGISTER8: LCD RAM Register 8
* @arg LCD_RAM_REGISTER9: LCD RAM Register 9
* @arg LCD_RAM_REGISTER10: LCD RAM Register 10
* @arg LCD_RAM_REGISTER11: LCD RAM Register 11
* @arg LCD_RAM_REGISTER12: LCD RAM Register 12
* @arg LCD_RAM_REGISTER13: LCD RAM Register 13
* @arg LCD_RAM_REGISTER14: LCD RAM Register 14
* @arg LCD_RAM_REGISTER15: LCD RAM Register 15
* @param RAMRegisterMask specifies the LCD RAM Register Data Mask.
* @param Data specifies LCD Data Value to be written.
* @retval None
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LCD_Write(LCD_HandleTypeDef *hlcd, uint32_t RAMRegisterIndex, uint32_t RAMRegisterMask, uint32_t Data)
{
uint32_t tickstart;
HAL_LCD_StateTypeDef state = hlcd->State;
if ((state == HAL_LCD_STATE_READY) || (state == HAL_LCD_STATE_BUSY))
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_LCD_RAM_REGISTER(RAMRegisterIndex));
if (hlcd->State == HAL_LCD_STATE_READY)
{
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hlcd);
hlcd->State = HAL_LCD_STATE_BUSY;
/* Get timeout */
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
/*!< Wait Until the LCD is ready */
while (__HAL_LCD_GET_FLAG(hlcd, LCD_FLAG_UDR) != RESET)
{
if ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > LCD_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
{
hlcd->ErrorCode = HAL_LCD_ERROR_UDR;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hlcd);
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
}
}
}
/* Copy the new Data bytes to LCD RAM register */
MODIFY_REG(hlcd->Instance->RAM[RAMRegisterIndex], ~(RAMRegisterMask), Data);
return HAL_OK;
}
else
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
}
/**
* @brief Clear the LCD RAM registers.
* @param hlcd LCD handle
* @retval None
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LCD_Clear(LCD_HandleTypeDef *hlcd)
{
uint32_t tickstart;
uint32_t counter;
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR;
HAL_LCD_StateTypeDef state = hlcd->State;
if ((state == HAL_LCD_STATE_READY) || (state == HAL_LCD_STATE_BUSY))
{
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hlcd);
hlcd->State = HAL_LCD_STATE_BUSY;
/* Get timeout */
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
/*!< Wait Until the LCD is ready */
while (__HAL_LCD_GET_FLAG(hlcd, LCD_FLAG_UDR) != RESET)
{
if ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > LCD_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
{
hlcd->ErrorCode = HAL_LCD_ERROR_UDR;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hlcd);
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
}
}
/* Clear the LCD_RAM registers */
for (counter = LCD_RAM_REGISTER0; counter <= LCD_RAM_REGISTER15; counter++)
{
hlcd->Instance->RAM[counter] = 0;
}
/* Update the LCD display */
status = HAL_LCD_UpdateDisplayRequest(hlcd);
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Enable the Update Display Request.
* @param hlcd LCD handle
* @note Each time software modifies the LCD_RAM it must set the UDR bit to
* transfer the updated data to the second level buffer.
* The UDR bit stays set until the end of the update and during this
* time the LCD_RAM is write protected.
* @note When the display is disabled, the update is performed for all
* LCD_DISPLAY locations.
* When the display is enabled, the update is performed only for locations
* for which commons are active (depending on DUTY). For example if
* DUTY = 1/2, only the LCD_DISPLAY of COM0 and COM1 will be updated.
* @retval None
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LCD_UpdateDisplayRequest(LCD_HandleTypeDef *hlcd)
{
uint32_t tickstart;
/* Clear the Update Display Done flag before starting the update display request */
__HAL_LCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hlcd, LCD_FLAG_UDD);
/* Enable the display request */
hlcd->Instance->SR |= LCD_SR_UDR;
/* Get timeout */
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
/*!< Wait Until the LCD display is done */
while (__HAL_LCD_GET_FLAG(hlcd, LCD_FLAG_UDD) == RESET)
{
if ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > LCD_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
{
hlcd->ErrorCode = HAL_LCD_ERROR_UDD;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hlcd);
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
}
}
hlcd->State = HAL_LCD_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hlcd);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup LCD_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State methods
* @brief LCD State functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Peripheral State functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the LCD:
(+) HAL_LCD_GetState() API can be helpful to check in run-time the state of the LCD peripheral State.
(+) HAL_LCD_GetError() API to return the LCD error code.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Return the LCD handle state.
* @param hlcd LCD handle
* @retval HAL state
*/
HAL_LCD_StateTypeDef HAL_LCD_GetState(LCD_HandleTypeDef *hlcd)
{
/* Return LCD handle state */
return hlcd->State;
}
/**
* @brief Return the LCD error code.
* @param hlcd LCD handle
* @retval LCD Error Code
*/
uint32_t HAL_LCD_GetError(LCD_HandleTypeDef *hlcd)
{
return hlcd->ErrorCode;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup LCD_Private_Functions LCD Private Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Wait until the LCD FCR register is synchronized in the LCDCLK domain.
* This function must be called after any write operation to LCD_FCR register.
* @retval None
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef LCD_WaitForSynchro(LCD_HandleTypeDef *hlcd)
{
uint32_t tickstart;
/* Get timeout */
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
/* Loop until FCRSF flag is set */
while (__HAL_LCD_GET_FLAG(hlcd, LCD_FLAG_FCRSF) == RESET)
{
if ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > LCD_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
{
hlcd->ErrorCode = HAL_LCD_ERROR_FCRSF;
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
}
}
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_LCD_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* STM32L433xx || STM32L443xx || STM32L476xx || STM32L486xx || STM32L496xx || STM32L4A6xx */

2728
resources/Camera_driver/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_lptim.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

2215
resources/Camera_driver/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_ltdc.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

151
resources/Camera_driver/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_ltdc_ex.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32l4xx_hal_ltdc_ex.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief LTDC Extension HAL module driver.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
#if defined(HAL_LTDC_MODULE_ENABLED) && defined(HAL_DSI_MODULE_ENABLED)
#if defined (LTDC) && defined (DSI)
/** @defgroup LTDCEx LTDCEx
* @brief LTDC HAL module driver
* @{
*/
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup LTDCEx_Exported_Functions LTDC Extended Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup LTDCEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions
* @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Initialization and Configuration functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Initialize and configure the LTDC
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Retrieve common parameters from DSI Video mode configuration structure
* @param hltdc pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the LTDC.
* @param VidCfg pointer to a DSI_VidCfgTypeDef structure that contains
* the DSI video mode configuration parameters
* @note The implementation of this function is taking into account the LTDC
* polarities inversion as described in the current LTDC specification
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDCEx_StructInitFromVideoConfig(LTDC_HandleTypeDef *hltdc, DSI_VidCfgTypeDef *VidCfg)
{
/* Retrieve signal polarities from DSI */
/* The following polarity is inverted:
LTDC_DEPOLARITY_AL <-> LTDC_DEPOLARITY_AH */
/* Note 1 : Code in line w/ Current LTDC specification */
hltdc->Init.DEPolarity = (VidCfg->DEPolarity == \
DSI_DATA_ENABLE_ACTIVE_HIGH) ? LTDC_DEPOLARITY_AL : LTDC_DEPOLARITY_AH;
hltdc->Init.VSPolarity = (VidCfg->VSPolarity == DSI_VSYNC_ACTIVE_HIGH) ? LTDC_VSPOLARITY_AH : LTDC_VSPOLARITY_AL;
hltdc->Init.HSPolarity = (VidCfg->HSPolarity == DSI_HSYNC_ACTIVE_HIGH) ? LTDC_HSPOLARITY_AH : LTDC_HSPOLARITY_AL;
/* Note 2: Code to be used in case LTDC polarities inversion updated in the specification */
/* hltdc->Init.DEPolarity = VidCfg->DEPolarity << 29;
hltdc->Init.VSPolarity = VidCfg->VSPolarity << 29;
hltdc->Init.HSPolarity = VidCfg->HSPolarity << 29; */
/* Retrieve vertical timing parameters from DSI */
hltdc->Init.VerticalSync = VidCfg->VerticalSyncActive - 1U;
hltdc->Init.AccumulatedVBP = VidCfg->VerticalSyncActive + VidCfg->VerticalBackPorch - 1U;
hltdc->Init.AccumulatedActiveH = VidCfg->VerticalSyncActive + VidCfg->VerticalBackPorch + \
VidCfg->VerticalActive - 1U;
hltdc->Init.TotalHeigh = VidCfg->VerticalSyncActive + VidCfg->VerticalBackPorch + \
VidCfg->VerticalActive + VidCfg->VerticalFrontPorch - 1U;
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Retrieve common parameters from DSI Adapted command mode configuration structure
* @param hltdc pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the LTDC.
* @param CmdCfg pointer to a DSI_CmdCfgTypeDef structure that contains
* the DSI command mode configuration parameters
* @note The implementation of this function is taking into account the LTDC
* polarities inversion as described in the current LTDC specification
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDCEx_StructInitFromAdaptedCommandConfig(LTDC_HandleTypeDef *hltdc, DSI_CmdCfgTypeDef *CmdCfg)
{
/* Retrieve signal polarities from DSI */
/* The following polarities are inverted:
LTDC_DEPOLARITY_AL <-> LTDC_DEPOLARITY_AH
LTDC_VSPOLARITY_AL <-> LTDC_VSPOLARITY_AH
LTDC_HSPOLARITY_AL <-> LTDC_HSPOLARITY_AH)*/
/* Note 1 : Code in line w/ Current LTDC specification */
hltdc->Init.DEPolarity = (CmdCfg->DEPolarity == \
DSI_DATA_ENABLE_ACTIVE_HIGH) ? LTDC_DEPOLARITY_AL : LTDC_DEPOLARITY_AH;
hltdc->Init.VSPolarity = (CmdCfg->VSPolarity == DSI_VSYNC_ACTIVE_HIGH) ? LTDC_VSPOLARITY_AL : LTDC_VSPOLARITY_AH;
hltdc->Init.HSPolarity = (CmdCfg->HSPolarity == DSI_HSYNC_ACTIVE_HIGH) ? LTDC_HSPOLARITY_AL : LTDC_HSPOLARITY_AH;
/* Note 2: Code to be used in case LTDC polarities inversion updated in the specification */
/* hltdc->Init.DEPolarity = CmdCfg->DEPolarity << 29;
hltdc->Init.VSPolarity = CmdCfg->VSPolarity << 29;
hltdc->Init.HSPolarity = CmdCfg->HSPolarity << 29; */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* LTDC && DSI */
#endif /* HAL_LTCD_MODULE_ENABLED && HAL_DSI_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/

4614
resources/Camera_driver/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_mmc.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

365
resources/Camera_driver/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_mmc_ex.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,365 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32l4xx_hal_mmc_ex.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief MMC card Extended HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the Secure Digital (MMC) peripheral:
* + Extended features functions
*
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
The MMC Extension HAL driver can be used as follows:
(+) Configure Buffer0 and Buffer1 start address and Buffer size using HAL_MMCEx_ConfigDMAMultiBuffer() function.
(+) Start Read and Write for multibuffer mode using HAL_MMCEx_ReadBlocksDMAMultiBuffer() and HAL_MMCEx_WriteBlocksDMAMultiBuffer() functions.
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
#if defined(STM32L4P5xx) || defined(STM32L4Q5xx) || defined(STM32L4R5xx) || defined(STM32L4R7xx) || defined(STM32L4R9xx) || defined(STM32L4S5xx) || defined(STM32L4S7xx) || defined(STM32L4S9xx)
/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup MMCEx MMCEx
* @brief MMC Extended HAL module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_MMC_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup MMCEx_Exported_Types MMCEx Exported Types
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup MMCEx_Exported_Types_Group1 MMC Internal DMA Buffer structure
* @brief Multibuffer functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### Multibuffer functions #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This section provides functions allowing to configure the multibuffer mode and start read and write
multibuffer mode for MMC HAL driver.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Configure DMA Dual Buffer mode. The Data transfer is managed by an Internal DMA.
* @param hmmc MMC handle
* @param pDataBuffer0 Pointer to the buffer0 that will contain/receive the transferred data
* @param pDataBuffer1 Pointer to the buffer1 that will contain/receive the transferred data
* @param BufferSize Size of Buffer0 in Blocks. Buffer0 and Buffer1 must have the same size.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MMCEx_ConfigDMAMultiBuffer(MMC_HandleTypeDef *hmmc, uint32_t * pDataBuffer0, uint32_t * pDataBuffer1, uint32_t BufferSize)
{
if(hmmc->State == HAL_MMC_STATE_READY)
{
hmmc->Instance->IDMABASE0= (uint32_t) pDataBuffer0 ;
hmmc->Instance->IDMABASE1= (uint32_t) pDataBuffer1 ;
hmmc->Instance->IDMABSIZE= (uint32_t) (MMC_BLOCKSIZE * BufferSize);
return HAL_OK;
}
else
{
return HAL_BUSY;
}
}
/**
* @brief Reads block(s) from a specified address in a card. The received Data will be stored in Buffer0 and Buffer1.
* Buffer0, Buffer1 and BufferSize need to be configured by function HAL_MMCEx_ConfigDMAMultiBuffer before call this function.
* @param hmmc MMC handle
* @param BlockAdd Block Address from where data is to be read
* @param NumberOfBlocks Total number of blocks to read
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MMCEx_ReadBlocksDMAMultiBuffer(MMC_HandleTypeDef *hmmc, uint32_t BlockAdd, uint32_t NumberOfBlocks)
{
SDMMC_DataInitTypeDef config;
uint32_t DmaBase0_reg, DmaBase1_reg;
uint32_t errorstate;
uint32_t add = BlockAdd;
if(hmmc->State == HAL_MMC_STATE_READY)
{
if((BlockAdd + NumberOfBlocks) > (hmmc->MmcCard.LogBlockNbr))
{
hmmc->ErrorCode |= HAL_MMC_ERROR_ADDR_OUT_OF_RANGE;
return HAL_ERROR;
}
DmaBase0_reg = hmmc->Instance->IDMABASE0;
DmaBase1_reg = hmmc->Instance->IDMABASE1;
if ((hmmc->Instance->IDMABSIZE == 0U) || (DmaBase0_reg == 0U) || (DmaBase1_reg == 0U))
{
hmmc->ErrorCode = HAL_MMC_ERROR_ADDR_OUT_OF_RANGE;
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Initialize data control register */
hmmc->Instance->DCTRL = 0;
hmmc->ErrorCode = HAL_MMC_ERROR_NONE;
hmmc->State = HAL_MMC_STATE_BUSY;
if ((hmmc->MmcCard.CardType) != MMC_HIGH_CAPACITY_CARD)
{
add *= 512U;
}
/* Configure the MMC DPSM (Data Path State Machine) */
config.DataTimeOut = SDMMC_DATATIMEOUT;
config.DataLength = MMC_BLOCKSIZE * NumberOfBlocks;
config.DataBlockSize = SDMMC_DATABLOCK_SIZE_512B;
config.TransferDir = SDMMC_TRANSFER_DIR_TO_SDMMC;
config.TransferMode = SDMMC_TRANSFER_MODE_BLOCK;
config.DPSM = SDMMC_DPSM_DISABLE;
(void)SDMMC_ConfigData(hmmc->Instance, &config);
hmmc->Instance->DCTRL |= SDMMC_DCTRL_FIFORST;
__SDMMC_CMDTRANS_ENABLE( hmmc->Instance);
hmmc->Instance->IDMACTRL = SDMMC_ENABLE_IDMA_DOUBLE_BUFF0;
/* Read Blocks in DMA mode */
hmmc->Context = (MMC_CONTEXT_READ_MULTIPLE_BLOCK | MMC_CONTEXT_DMA);
/* Read Multi Block command */
errorstate = SDMMC_CmdReadMultiBlock(hmmc->Instance, add);
if(errorstate != HAL_MMC_ERROR_NONE)
{
hmmc->State = HAL_MMC_STATE_READY;
hmmc->ErrorCode |= errorstate;
return HAL_ERROR;
}
__HAL_MMC_ENABLE_IT(hmmc, (SDMMC_IT_DCRCFAIL | SDMMC_IT_DTIMEOUT | SDMMC_IT_RXOVERR | SDMMC_IT_DATAEND | SDMMC_FLAG_IDMATE | SDMMC_FLAG_IDMABTC));
return HAL_OK;
}
else
{
return HAL_BUSY;
}
}
/**
* @brief Write block(s) to a specified address in a card. The transferred Data are stored in Buffer0 and Buffer1.
* Buffer0, Buffer1 and BufferSize need to be configured by function HAL_MMCEx_ConfigDMAMultiBuffer before call this function.
* @param hmmc MMC handle
* @param BlockAdd Block Address from where data is to be read
* @param NumberOfBlocks Total number of blocks to read
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MMCEx_WriteBlocksDMAMultiBuffer(MMC_HandleTypeDef *hmmc, uint32_t BlockAdd, uint32_t NumberOfBlocks)
{
SDMMC_DataInitTypeDef config;
uint32_t errorstate;
uint32_t DmaBase0_reg, DmaBase1_reg;
uint32_t add = BlockAdd;
if(hmmc->State == HAL_MMC_STATE_READY)
{
if((BlockAdd + NumberOfBlocks) > (hmmc->MmcCard.LogBlockNbr))
{
hmmc->ErrorCode |= HAL_MMC_ERROR_ADDR_OUT_OF_RANGE;
return HAL_ERROR;
}
DmaBase0_reg = hmmc->Instance->IDMABASE0;
DmaBase1_reg = hmmc->Instance->IDMABASE1;
if ((hmmc->Instance->IDMABSIZE == 0U) || (DmaBase0_reg == 0U) || (DmaBase1_reg == 0U))
{
hmmc->ErrorCode = HAL_MMC_ERROR_ADDR_OUT_OF_RANGE;
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Initialize data control register */
hmmc->Instance->DCTRL = 0;
hmmc->ErrorCode = HAL_MMC_ERROR_NONE;
hmmc->State = HAL_MMC_STATE_BUSY;
if ((hmmc->MmcCard.CardType) != MMC_HIGH_CAPACITY_CARD)
{
add *= 512U;
}
/* Configure the MMC DPSM (Data Path State Machine) */
config.DataTimeOut = SDMMC_DATATIMEOUT;
config.DataLength = MMC_BLOCKSIZE * NumberOfBlocks;
config.DataBlockSize = SDMMC_DATABLOCK_SIZE_512B;
config.TransferDir = SDMMC_TRANSFER_DIR_TO_CARD;
config.TransferMode = SDMMC_TRANSFER_MODE_BLOCK;
config.DPSM = SDMMC_DPSM_DISABLE;
(void)SDMMC_ConfigData(hmmc->Instance, &config);
__SDMMC_CMDTRANS_ENABLE( hmmc->Instance);
hmmc->Instance->IDMACTRL = SDMMC_ENABLE_IDMA_DOUBLE_BUFF0;
/* Write Blocks in DMA mode */
hmmc->Context = (MMC_CONTEXT_WRITE_MULTIPLE_BLOCK | MMC_CONTEXT_DMA);
/* Write Multi Block command */
errorstate = SDMMC_CmdWriteMultiBlock(hmmc->Instance, add);
if(errorstate != HAL_MMC_ERROR_NONE)
{
hmmc->State = HAL_MMC_STATE_READY;
hmmc->ErrorCode |= errorstate;
return HAL_ERROR;
}
__HAL_MMC_ENABLE_IT(hmmc, (SDMMC_IT_DCRCFAIL | SDMMC_IT_DTIMEOUT | SDMMC_IT_TXUNDERR | SDMMC_IT_DATAEND | SDMMC_FLAG_IDMATE | SDMMC_FLAG_IDMABTC));
return HAL_OK;
}
else
{
return HAL_BUSY;
}
}
/**
* @brief Change the DMA Buffer0 or Buffer1 address on the fly.
* @param hmmc pointer to a MMC_HandleTypeDef structure.
* @param Buffer the buffer to be changed, This parameter can be one of
* the following values: MMC_DMA_BUFFER0 or MMC_DMA_BUFFER1
* @param pDataBuffer The new address
* @note The BUFFER0 address can be changed only when the current transfer use
* BUFFER1 and the BUFFER1 address can be changed only when the current
* transfer use BUFFER0.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MMCEx_ChangeDMABuffer(MMC_HandleTypeDef *hmmc, HAL_MMCEx_DMABuffer_MemoryTypeDef Buffer, uint32_t *pDataBuffer)
{
if(Buffer == MMC_DMA_BUFFER0)
{
/* change the buffer0 address */
hmmc->Instance->IDMABASE0 = (uint32_t)pDataBuffer;
}
else
{
/* change the memory1 address */
hmmc->Instance->IDMABASE1 = (uint32_t)pDataBuffer;
}
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Read DMA Buffer 0 Transfer completed callbacks
* @param hmmc MMC handle
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_MMCEx_Read_DMADoubleBuffer0CpltCallback(MMC_HandleTypeDef *hmmc)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hmmc);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_MMCEx_Read_DMADoubleBuffer0CpltCallback can be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief Read DMA Buffer 1 Transfer completed callbacks
* @param hmmc MMC handle
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_MMCEx_Read_DMADoubleBuffer1CpltCallback(MMC_HandleTypeDef *hmmc)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hmmc);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_MMCEx_Read_DMADoubleBuffer1CpltCallback can be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief Write DMA Buffer 0 Transfer completed callbacks
* @param hmmc MMC handle
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_MMCEx_Write_DMADoubleBuffer0CpltCallback(MMC_HandleTypeDef *hmmc)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hmmc);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_MMCEx_Write_DMADoubleBuffer0CpltCallback can be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief Write DMA Buffer 1 Transfer completed callbacks
* @param hmmc MMC handle
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_MMCEx_Write_DMADoubleBuffer1CpltCallback(MMC_HandleTypeDef *hmmc)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hmmc);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_MMCEx_Write_DMADoubleBuffer0CpltCallback can be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_MMC_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* STM32L4P5xx || STM32L4Q5xx || STM32L4R5xx || STM32L4R7xx || STM32L4R9xx || STM32L4S5xx || STM32L4S7xx || STM32L4S9xx */

102
resources/Camera_driver/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_msp_template.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32l4xx_hal_msp_template.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief HAL MSP module.
* This file template is located in the HAL folder and should be copied
* to the user folder.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup HAL_MSP HAL MSP module driver
* @brief HAL MSP module.
* @{
*/
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup HAL_MSP_Private_Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Initialize the Global MSP.
* @param None
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_MspInit(void)
{
/* NOTE : This function is generated automatically by STM32CubeMX and eventually
modified by the user
*/
}
/**
* @brief DeInitialize the Global MSP.
* @param None
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_MspDeInit(void)
{
/* NOTE : This function is generated automatically by STM32CubeMX and eventually
modified by the user
*/
}
/**
* @brief Initialize the PPP MSP.
* @param None
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PPP_MspInit(void)
{
/* NOTE : This function is generated automatically by STM32CubeMX and eventually
modified by the user
*/
}
/**
* @brief DeInitialize the PPP MSP.
* @param None
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PPP_MspDeInit(void)
{
/* NOTE : This function is generated automatically by STM32CubeMX and eventually
modified by the user
*/
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/

2241
resources/Camera_driver/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_nand.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1543
resources/Camera_driver/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_nor.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1172
resources/Camera_driver/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_opamp.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

438
resources/Camera_driver/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_opamp_ex.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,438 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32l4xx_hal_opamp_ex.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief Extended OPAMP HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the operational amplifier(s) peripheral:
* + Extended Initialization and de-initialization functions
* + Extended Peripheral Control functions
*
@verbatim
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup OPAMPEx OPAMPEx
* @brief OPAMP Extended HAL module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_OPAMP_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup OPAMP_Exported_Functions OPAMP Exported Functions
* @{
*/
#if defined (STM32L471xx) || defined (STM32L475xx) || defined (STM32L476xx) || defined (STM32L485xx) || defined (STM32L486xx) || \
defined (STM32L496xx) || defined (STM32L4A6xx) || \
defined (STM32L4P5xx) || defined (STM32L4Q5xx) || \
defined (STM32L4R5xx) || defined (STM32L4R7xx) || defined (STM32L4R9xx) || defined (STM32L4S5xx) || defined (STM32L4S7xx) || defined (STM32L4S9xx)
/** @addtogroup OPAMPEx_Exported_Functions_Group1
* @brief Extended operation functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Extended IO operation functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
(+) OPAMP Self calibration.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/* 2 OPAMPS available */
/* 2 OPAMPS can be calibrated in parallel */
/* Not available on STM32L41x/STM32L42x/STM32L43x/STM32L44x where only one OPAMP available */
/**
* @brief Run the self calibration of the 2 OPAMPs in parallel.
* @note Trimming values (PMOS & NMOS) are updated and user trimming is
* enabled is calibration is successful.
* @note Calibration is performed in the mode specified in OPAMP init
* structure (mode normal or low-power). To perform calibration for
* both modes, repeat this function twice after OPAMP init structure
* accordingly updated.
* @note Calibration runs about 10 ms (5 dichotomy steps, repeated for P
* and N transistors: 10 steps with 1 ms for each step).
* @param hopamp1 handle
* @param hopamp2 handle
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_OPAMPEx_SelfCalibrateAll(OPAMP_HandleTypeDef *hopamp1, OPAMP_HandleTypeDef *hopamp2)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
uint32_t trimmingvaluen1;
uint32_t trimmingvaluep1;
uint32_t trimmingvaluen2;
uint32_t trimmingvaluep2;
/* Selection of register of trimming depending on power mode: OTR or LPOTR */
__IO uint32_t* tmp_opamp1_reg_trimming;
__IO uint32_t* tmp_opamp2_reg_trimming;
uint32_t delta;
uint32_t opampmode1;
uint32_t opampmode2;
if((hopamp1 == NULL) || (hopamp2 == NULL))
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Check if OPAMP in calibration mode and calibration not yet enable */
else if(hopamp1->State != HAL_OPAMP_STATE_READY)
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
else if(hopamp2->State != HAL_OPAMP_STATE_READY)
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
else
{
/* Check the parameter */
assert_param(IS_OPAMP_ALL_INSTANCE(hopamp1->Instance));
assert_param(IS_OPAMP_ALL_INSTANCE(hopamp2->Instance));
assert_param(IS_OPAMP_POWERMODE(hopamp1->Init.PowerMode));
assert_param(IS_OPAMP_POWERMODE(hopamp2->Init.PowerMode));
/* Save OPAMP mode as in */
/* STM32L471xx STM32L475xx STM32L476xx STM32L485xx STM32L486xx */
/* the calibration is not working in PGA mode */
opampmode1 = READ_BIT(hopamp1->Instance->CSR,OPAMP_CSR_OPAMODE);
opampmode2 = READ_BIT(hopamp2->Instance->CSR,OPAMP_CSR_OPAMODE);
/* Use of standalone mode */
MODIFY_REG(hopamp1->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_OPAMODE, OPAMP_STANDALONE_MODE);
MODIFY_REG(hopamp2->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_OPAMODE, OPAMP_STANDALONE_MODE);
/* user trimming values are used for offset calibration */
SET_BIT(hopamp1->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_USERTRIM);
SET_BIT(hopamp2->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_USERTRIM);
/* Select trimming settings depending on power mode */
if (hopamp1->Init.PowerMode == OPAMP_POWERMODE_NORMALPOWER)
{
tmp_opamp1_reg_trimming = &OPAMP1->OTR;
}
else
{
tmp_opamp1_reg_trimming = &OPAMP1->LPOTR;
}
if (hopamp2->Init.PowerMode == OPAMP_POWERMODE_NORMALPOWER)
{
tmp_opamp2_reg_trimming = &OPAMP2->OTR;
}
else
{
tmp_opamp2_reg_trimming = &OPAMP2->LPOTR;
}
/* Enable calibration */
SET_BIT (hopamp1->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_CALON);
SET_BIT (hopamp2->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_CALON);
/* 1st calibration - N */
CLEAR_BIT (hopamp1->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_CALSEL);
CLEAR_BIT (hopamp2->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_CALSEL);
/* Enable the selected opamp */
SET_BIT (hopamp1->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_OPAMPxEN);
SET_BIT (hopamp2->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_OPAMPxEN);
/* Init trimming counter */
/* Medium value */
trimmingvaluen1 = 16U;
trimmingvaluen2 = 16U;
delta = 8U;
while (delta != 0U)
{
/* Set candidate trimming */
/* OPAMP_POWERMODE_NORMALPOWER */
MODIFY_REG(*tmp_opamp1_reg_trimming, OPAMP_OTR_TRIMOFFSETN, trimmingvaluen1);
MODIFY_REG(*tmp_opamp2_reg_trimming, OPAMP_OTR_TRIMOFFSETN, trimmingvaluen2);
/* OFFTRIMmax delay 1 ms as per datasheet (electrical characteristics */
/* Offset trim time: during calibration, minimum time needed between */
/* two steps to have 1 mV accuracy */
HAL_Delay(OPAMP_TRIMMING_DELAY);
if (READ_BIT(hopamp1->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_CALOUT) != 0U)
{
/* OPAMP_CSR_CALOUT is HIGH try lower trimming */
trimmingvaluen1 -= delta;
}
else
{
/* OPAMP_CSR_CALOUT is LOW try higher trimming */
trimmingvaluen1 += delta;
}
if (READ_BIT(hopamp2->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_CALOUT) != 0U)
{
/* OPAMP_CSR_CALOUT is HIGH try lower trimming */
trimmingvaluen2 -= delta;
}
else
{
/* OPAMP_CSR_CALOUT is LOW try higher trimming */
trimmingvaluen2 += delta;
}
/* Divide range by 2 to continue dichotomy sweep */
delta >>= 1U;
}
/* Still need to check if right calibration is current value or one step below */
/* Indeed the first value that causes the OUTCAL bit to change from 0 to 1 */
/* Set candidate trimming */
MODIFY_REG(*tmp_opamp1_reg_trimming, OPAMP_OTR_TRIMOFFSETN, trimmingvaluen1);
MODIFY_REG(*tmp_opamp2_reg_trimming, OPAMP_OTR_TRIMOFFSETN, trimmingvaluen2);
/* OFFTRIMmax delay 1 ms as per datasheet (electrical characteristics */
/* Offset trim time: during calibration, minimum time needed between */
/* two steps to have 1 mV accuracy */
HAL_Delay(OPAMP_TRIMMING_DELAY);
if ((READ_BIT(hopamp1->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_CALOUT)) == 0U)
{
/* Trimming value is actually one value more */
trimmingvaluen1++;
MODIFY_REG(*tmp_opamp1_reg_trimming, OPAMP_OTR_TRIMOFFSETN, trimmingvaluen1);
}
if ((READ_BIT(hopamp2->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_CALOUT)) == 0U)
{
/* Trimming value is actually one value more */
trimmingvaluen2++;
MODIFY_REG(*tmp_opamp2_reg_trimming, OPAMP_OTR_TRIMOFFSETN, trimmingvaluen2);
}
/* 2nd calibration - P */
SET_BIT (hopamp1->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_CALSEL);
SET_BIT (hopamp2->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_CALSEL);
/* Init trimming counter */
/* Medium value */
trimmingvaluep1 = 16U;
trimmingvaluep2 = 16U;
delta = 8U;
while (delta != 0U)
{
/* Set candidate trimming */
/* OPAMP_POWERMODE_NORMALPOWER */
MODIFY_REG(*tmp_opamp1_reg_trimming, OPAMP_OTR_TRIMOFFSETP, (trimmingvaluep1<<OPAMP_INPUT_NONINVERTING));
MODIFY_REG(*tmp_opamp2_reg_trimming, OPAMP_OTR_TRIMOFFSETP, (trimmingvaluep2<<OPAMP_INPUT_NONINVERTING));
/* OFFTRIMmax delay 1 ms as per datasheet (electrical characteristics */
/* Offset trim time: during calibration, minimum time needed between */
/* two steps to have 1 mV accuracy */
HAL_Delay(OPAMP_TRIMMING_DELAY);
if (READ_BIT(hopamp1->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_CALOUT) != 0U)
{
/* OPAMP_CSR_CALOUT is HIGH try higher trimming */
trimmingvaluep1 += delta;
}
else
{
/* OPAMP_CSR_CALOUT is HIGH try lower trimming */
trimmingvaluep1 -= delta;
}
if (READ_BIT(hopamp2->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_CALOUT) != 0U)
{
/* OPAMP_CSR_CALOUT is HIGH try higher trimming */
trimmingvaluep2 += delta;
}
else
{
/* OPAMP_CSR_CALOUT is LOW try lower trimming */
trimmingvaluep2 -= delta;
}
/* Divide range by 2 to continue dichotomy sweep */
delta >>= 1U;
}
/* Still need to check if right calibration is current value or one step below */
/* Indeed the first value that causes the OUTCAL bit to change from 1 to 0 */
/* Set candidate trimming */
MODIFY_REG(*tmp_opamp1_reg_trimming, OPAMP_OTR_TRIMOFFSETP, (trimmingvaluep1<<OPAMP_INPUT_NONINVERTING));
MODIFY_REG(*tmp_opamp2_reg_trimming, OPAMP_OTR_TRIMOFFSETP, (trimmingvaluep2<<OPAMP_INPUT_NONINVERTING));
/* OFFTRIMmax delay 1 ms as per datasheet (electrical characteristics */
/* Offset trim time: during calibration, minimum time needed between */
/* two steps to have 1 mV accuracy */
HAL_Delay(OPAMP_TRIMMING_DELAY);
if (READ_BIT(hopamp1->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_CALOUT) != 0U)
{
/* Trimming value is actually one value more */
trimmingvaluep1++;
MODIFY_REG(*tmp_opamp1_reg_trimming, OPAMP_OTR_TRIMOFFSETP, (trimmingvaluep1<<OPAMP_INPUT_NONINVERTING));
}
if (READ_BIT(hopamp2->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_CALOUT) != 0U)
{
/* Trimming value is actually one value more */
trimmingvaluep2++;
MODIFY_REG(*tmp_opamp2_reg_trimming, OPAMP_OTR_TRIMOFFSETP, (trimmingvaluep2<<OPAMP_INPUT_NONINVERTING));
}
/* Disable the OPAMPs */
CLEAR_BIT (hopamp1->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_OPAMPxEN);
CLEAR_BIT (hopamp2->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_OPAMPxEN);
/* Disable calibration & set normal mode (operating mode) */
CLEAR_BIT (hopamp1->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_CALON);
CLEAR_BIT (hopamp2->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_CALON);
/* Self calibration is successful */
/* Store calibration (user trimming) results in init structure. */
/* Set user trimming mode */
hopamp1->Init.UserTrimming = OPAMP_TRIMMING_USER;
hopamp2->Init.UserTrimming = OPAMP_TRIMMING_USER;
/* Affect calibration parameters depending on mode normal/low power */
if (hopamp1->Init.PowerMode != OPAMP_POWERMODE_LOWPOWER)
{
/* Write calibration result N */
hopamp1->Init.TrimmingValueN = trimmingvaluen1;
/* Write calibration result P */
hopamp1->Init.TrimmingValueP = trimmingvaluep1;
}
else
{
/* Write calibration result N */
hopamp1->Init.TrimmingValueNLowPower = trimmingvaluen1;
/* Write calibration result P */
hopamp1->Init.TrimmingValuePLowPower = trimmingvaluep1;
}
if (hopamp2->Init.PowerMode != OPAMP_POWERMODE_LOWPOWER)
{
/* Write calibration result N */
hopamp2->Init.TrimmingValueN = trimmingvaluen2;
/* Write calibration result P */
hopamp2->Init.TrimmingValueP = trimmingvaluep2;
}
else
{
/* Write calibration result N */
hopamp2->Init.TrimmingValueNLowPower = trimmingvaluen2;
/* Write calibration result P */
hopamp2->Init.TrimmingValuePLowPower = trimmingvaluep2;
}
/* Update OPAMP state */
hopamp1->State = HAL_OPAMP_STATE_READY;
hopamp2->State = HAL_OPAMP_STATE_READY;
/* Restore OPAMP mode after calibration */
MODIFY_REG(hopamp1->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_OPAMODE, opampmode1);
MODIFY_REG(hopamp2->Instance->CSR, OPAMP_CSR_OPAMODE, opampmode2);
}
return status;
}
/**
* @}
*/
#endif
/** @defgroup OPAMPEx_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions
* @brief Peripheral Control functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Peripheral Control functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
(+) OPAMP unlock.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Unlock the selected OPAMP configuration.
* @note This function must be called only when OPAMP is in state "locked".
* @param hopamp OPAMP handle
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_OPAMPEx_Unlock(OPAMP_HandleTypeDef* hopamp)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
/* Check the OPAMP handle allocation */
/* Check if OPAMP locked */
if(hopamp == NULL)
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Check the OPAMP handle allocation */
/* Check if OPAMP locked */
else if(hopamp->State == HAL_OPAMP_STATE_BUSYLOCKED)
{
/* Check the parameter */
assert_param(IS_OPAMP_ALL_INSTANCE(hopamp->Instance));
/* OPAMP state changed to locked */
hopamp->State = HAL_OPAMP_STATE_BUSY;
}
else
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
return status;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_OPAMP_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/

3226
resources/Camera_driver/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_ospi.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

2943
resources/Camera_driver/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_pcd.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

561
resources/Camera_driver/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_pcd_ex.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,561 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32l4xx_hal_pcd_ex.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief PCD Extended HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the USB Peripheral Controller:
* + Extended features functions
*
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup PCDEx PCDEx
* @brief PCD Extended HAL module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED
#if defined (USB) || defined (USB_OTG_FS)
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup PCDEx_Exported_Functions PCDEx Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup PCDEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Peripheral Control functions
* @brief PCDEx control functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Extended features functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Update FIFO configuration
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
#if defined (USB_OTG_FS)
/**
* @brief Set Tx FIFO
* @param hpcd PCD handle
* @param fifo The number of Tx fifo
* @param size Fifo size
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_SetTxFiFo(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t fifo, uint16_t size)
{
uint8_t i;
uint32_t Tx_Offset;
/* TXn min size = 16 words. (n : Transmit FIFO index)
When a TxFIFO is not used, the Configuration should be as follows:
case 1 : n > m and Txn is not used (n,m : Transmit FIFO indexes)
--> Txm can use the space allocated for Txn.
case2 : n < m and Txn is not used (n,m : Transmit FIFO indexes)
--> Txn should be configured with the minimum space of 16 words
The FIFO is used optimally when used TxFIFOs are allocated in the top
of the FIFO.Ex: use EP1 and EP2 as IN instead of EP1 and EP3 as IN ones.
When DMA is used 3n * FIFO locations should be reserved for internal DMA registers */
Tx_Offset = hpcd->Instance->GRXFSIZ;
if (fifo == 0U)
{
hpcd->Instance->DIEPTXF0_HNPTXFSIZ = ((uint32_t)size << 16) | Tx_Offset;
}
else
{
Tx_Offset += (hpcd->Instance->DIEPTXF0_HNPTXFSIZ) >> 16;
for (i = 0U; i < (fifo - 1U); i++)
{
Tx_Offset += (hpcd->Instance->DIEPTXF[i] >> 16);
}
/* Multiply Tx_Size by 2 to get higher performance */
hpcd->Instance->DIEPTXF[fifo - 1U] = ((uint32_t)size << 16) | Tx_Offset;
}
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Set Rx FIFO
* @param hpcd PCD handle
* @param size Size of Rx fifo
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_SetRxFiFo(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint16_t size)
{
hpcd->Instance->GRXFSIZ = size;
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Activate LPM feature.
* @param hpcd PCD handle
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_ActivateLPM(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
{
USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance;
hpcd->lpm_active = 1U;
hpcd->LPM_State = LPM_L0;
USBx->GINTMSK |= USB_OTG_GINTMSK_LPMINTM;
USBx->GLPMCFG |= (USB_OTG_GLPMCFG_LPMEN | USB_OTG_GLPMCFG_LPMACK | USB_OTG_GLPMCFG_ENBESL);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Deactivate LPM feature.
* @param hpcd PCD handle
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_DeActivateLPM(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
{
USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance;
hpcd->lpm_active = 0U;
USBx->GINTMSK &= ~USB_OTG_GINTMSK_LPMINTM;
USBx->GLPMCFG &= ~(USB_OTG_GLPMCFG_LPMEN | USB_OTG_GLPMCFG_LPMACK | USB_OTG_GLPMCFG_ENBESL);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Handle BatteryCharging Process.
* @param hpcd PCD handle
* @retval HAL status
*/
void HAL_PCDEx_BCD_VBUSDetect(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
{
USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance;
uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
/* Enable DCD : Data Contact Detect */
USBx->GCCFG |= USB_OTG_GCCFG_DCDEN;
/* Wait for Min DCD Timeout */
HAL_Delay(300U);
/* Check Detect flag */
if ((USBx->GCCFG & USB_OTG_GCCFG_DCDET) == USB_OTG_GCCFG_DCDET)
{
#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
hpcd->BCDCallback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_CONTACT_DETECTION);
#else
HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_CONTACT_DETECTION);
#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
}
/* Primary detection: checks if connected to Standard Downstream Port
(without charging capability) */
USBx->GCCFG &= ~ USB_OTG_GCCFG_DCDEN;
HAL_Delay(50U);
USBx->GCCFG |= USB_OTG_GCCFG_PDEN;
HAL_Delay(50U);
if ((USBx->GCCFG & USB_OTG_GCCFG_PDET) == 0U)
{
/* Case of Standard Downstream Port */
#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
hpcd->BCDCallback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_STD_DOWNSTREAM_PORT);
#else
HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_STD_DOWNSTREAM_PORT);
#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
}
else
{
/* start secondary detection to check connection to Charging Downstream
Port or Dedicated Charging Port */
USBx->GCCFG &= ~ USB_OTG_GCCFG_PDEN;
HAL_Delay(50U);
USBx->GCCFG |= USB_OTG_GCCFG_SDEN;
HAL_Delay(50U);
if ((USBx->GCCFG & USB_OTG_GCCFG_SDET) == USB_OTG_GCCFG_SDET)
{
/* case Dedicated Charging Port */
#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
hpcd->BCDCallback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_DEDICATED_CHARGING_PORT);
#else
HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_DEDICATED_CHARGING_PORT);
#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
}
else
{
/* case Charging Downstream Port */
#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
hpcd->BCDCallback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_CHARGING_DOWNSTREAM_PORT);
#else
HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_CHARGING_DOWNSTREAM_PORT);
#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
}
}
/* Battery Charging capability discovery finished */
(void)HAL_PCDEx_DeActivateBCD(hpcd);
/* Check for the Timeout, else start USB Device */
if ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > 1000U)
{
#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
hpcd->BCDCallback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_ERROR);
#else
HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_ERROR);
#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
}
else
{
#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
hpcd->BCDCallback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_DISCOVERY_COMPLETED);
#else
HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_DISCOVERY_COMPLETED);
#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
}
}
/**
* @brief Activate BatteryCharging feature.
* @param hpcd PCD handle
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_ActivateBCD(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
{
USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance;
USBx->GCCFG &= ~(USB_OTG_GCCFG_PDEN);
USBx->GCCFG &= ~(USB_OTG_GCCFG_SDEN);
/* Power Down USB transceiver */
USBx->GCCFG &= ~(USB_OTG_GCCFG_PWRDWN);
/* Enable Battery charging */
USBx->GCCFG |= USB_OTG_GCCFG_BCDEN;
hpcd->battery_charging_active = 1U;
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Deactivate BatteryCharging feature.
* @param hpcd PCD handle
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_DeActivateBCD(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
{
USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance;
USBx->GCCFG &= ~(USB_OTG_GCCFG_SDEN);
USBx->GCCFG &= ~(USB_OTG_GCCFG_PDEN);
/* Disable Battery charging */
USBx->GCCFG &= ~(USB_OTG_GCCFG_BCDEN);
hpcd->battery_charging_active = 0U;
return HAL_OK;
}
#endif /* defined (USB_OTG_FS) */
#if defined (USB)
/**
* @brief Configure PMA for EP
* @param hpcd Device instance
* @param ep_addr endpoint address
* @param ep_kind endpoint Kind
* USB_SNG_BUF: Single Buffer used
* USB_DBL_BUF: Double Buffer used
* @param pmaadress: EP address in The PMA: In case of single buffer endpoint
* this parameter is 16-bit value providing the address
* in PMA allocated to endpoint.
* In case of double buffer endpoint this parameter
* is a 32-bit value providing the endpoint buffer 0 address
* in the LSB part of 32-bit value and endpoint buffer 1 address
* in the MSB part of 32-bit value.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_PMAConfig(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint16_t ep_addr,
uint16_t ep_kind, uint32_t pmaadress)
{
PCD_EPTypeDef *ep;
/* initialize ep structure*/
if ((0x80U & ep_addr) == 0x80U)
{
ep = &hpcd->IN_ep[ep_addr & EP_ADDR_MSK];
}
else
{
ep = &hpcd->OUT_ep[ep_addr];
}
/* Here we check if the endpoint is single or double Buffer*/
if (ep_kind == PCD_SNG_BUF)
{
/* Single Buffer */
ep->doublebuffer = 0U;
/* Configure the PMA */
ep->pmaadress = (uint16_t)pmaadress;
}
#if (USE_USB_DOUBLE_BUFFER == 1U)
else /* USB_DBL_BUF */
{
/* Double Buffer Endpoint */
ep->doublebuffer = 1U;
/* Configure the PMA */
ep->pmaaddr0 = (uint16_t)(pmaadress & 0xFFFFU);
ep->pmaaddr1 = (uint16_t)((pmaadress & 0xFFFF0000U) >> 16);
}
#endif /* (USE_USB_DOUBLE_BUFFER == 1U) */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Activate BatteryCharging feature.
* @param hpcd PCD handle
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_ActivateBCD(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
{
USB_TypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance;
hpcd->battery_charging_active = 1U;
/* Enable BCD feature */
USBx->BCDR |= USB_BCDR_BCDEN;
/* Enable DCD : Data Contact Detect */
USBx->BCDR &= ~(USB_BCDR_PDEN);
USBx->BCDR &= ~(USB_BCDR_SDEN);
USBx->BCDR |= USB_BCDR_DCDEN;
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Deactivate BatteryCharging feature.
* @param hpcd PCD handle
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_DeActivateBCD(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
{
USB_TypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance;
hpcd->battery_charging_active = 0U;
/* Disable BCD feature */
USBx->BCDR &= ~(USB_BCDR_BCDEN);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Handle BatteryCharging Process.
* @param hpcd PCD handle
* @retval HAL status
*/
void HAL_PCDEx_BCD_VBUSDetect(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
{
USB_TypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance;
uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
/* Wait for Min DCD Timeout */
HAL_Delay(300U);
/* Data Pin Contact ? Check Detect flag */
if ((USBx->BCDR & USB_BCDR_DCDET) == USB_BCDR_DCDET)
{
#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
hpcd->BCDCallback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_CONTACT_DETECTION);
#else
HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_CONTACT_DETECTION);
#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
}
/* Primary detection: checks if connected to Standard Downstream Port
(without charging capability) */
USBx->BCDR &= ~(USB_BCDR_DCDEN);
HAL_Delay(50U);
USBx->BCDR |= (USB_BCDR_PDEN);
HAL_Delay(50U);
/* If Charger detect ? */
if ((USBx->BCDR & USB_BCDR_PDET) == USB_BCDR_PDET)
{
/* Start secondary detection to check connection to Charging Downstream
Port or Dedicated Charging Port */
USBx->BCDR &= ~(USB_BCDR_PDEN);
HAL_Delay(50U);
USBx->BCDR |= (USB_BCDR_SDEN);
HAL_Delay(50U);
/* If CDP ? */
if ((USBx->BCDR & USB_BCDR_SDET) == USB_BCDR_SDET)
{
/* Dedicated Downstream Port DCP */
#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
hpcd->BCDCallback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_DEDICATED_CHARGING_PORT);
#else
HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_DEDICATED_CHARGING_PORT);
#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
}
else
{
/* Charging Downstream Port CDP */
#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
hpcd->BCDCallback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_CHARGING_DOWNSTREAM_PORT);
#else
HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_CHARGING_DOWNSTREAM_PORT);
#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
}
}
else /* NO */
{
/* Standard Downstream Port */
#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
hpcd->BCDCallback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_STD_DOWNSTREAM_PORT);
#else
HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_STD_DOWNSTREAM_PORT);
#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
}
/* Battery Charging capability discovery finished Start Enumeration */
(void)HAL_PCDEx_DeActivateBCD(hpcd);
/* Check for the Timeout, else start USB Device */
if ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > 1000U)
{
#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
hpcd->BCDCallback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_ERROR);
#else
HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_ERROR);
#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
}
else
{
#if (USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
hpcd->BCDCallback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_DISCOVERY_COMPLETED);
#else
HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_DISCOVERY_COMPLETED);
#endif /* USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
}
}
/**
* @brief Activate LPM feature.
* @param hpcd PCD handle
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_ActivateLPM(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
{
USB_TypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance;
hpcd->lpm_active = 1U;
hpcd->LPM_State = LPM_L0;
USBx->LPMCSR |= USB_LPMCSR_LMPEN;
USBx->LPMCSR |= USB_LPMCSR_LPMACK;
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Deactivate LPM feature.
* @param hpcd PCD handle
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_DeActivateLPM(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
{
USB_TypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance;
hpcd->lpm_active = 0U;
USBx->LPMCSR &= ~(USB_LPMCSR_LMPEN);
USBx->LPMCSR &= ~(USB_LPMCSR_LPMACK);
return HAL_OK;
}
#endif /* defined (USB) */
/**
* @brief Send LPM message to user layer callback.
* @param hpcd PCD handle
* @param msg LPM message
* @retval HAL status
*/
__weak void HAL_PCDEx_LPM_Callback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, PCD_LPM_MsgTypeDef msg)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hpcd);
UNUSED(msg);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_PCDEx_LPM_Callback could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief Send BatteryCharging message to user layer callback.
* @param hpcd PCD handle
* @param msg LPM message
* @retval HAL status
*/
__weak void HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, PCD_BCD_MsgTypeDef msg)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hpcd);
UNUSED(msg);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* defined (USB) || defined (USB_OTG_FS) */
#endif /* HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/

2486
resources/Camera_driver/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_pka.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1791
resources/Camera_driver/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_pssi.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

658
resources/Camera_driver/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_pwr.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,658 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32l4xx_hal_pwr.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief PWR HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the Power Controller (PWR) peripheral:
* + Initialization/de-initialization functions
* + Peripheral Control functions
*
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2019 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup PWR PWR
* @brief PWR HAL module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup PWR_Private_Defines PWR Private Defines
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup PWR_PVD_Mode_Mask PWR PVD Mode Mask
* @{
*/
#define PVD_MODE_IT ((uint32_t)0x00010000) /*!< Mask for interruption yielded by PVD threshold crossing */
#define PVD_MODE_EVT ((uint32_t)0x00020000) /*!< Mask for event yielded by PVD threshold crossing */
#define PVD_RISING_EDGE ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /*!< Mask for rising edge set as PVD trigger */
#define PVD_FALLING_EDGE ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /*!< Mask for falling edge set as PVD trigger */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup PWR_Exported_Functions PWR Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup PWR_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
* @brief Initialization and de-initialization functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Deinitialize the HAL PWR peripheral registers to their default reset values.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_DeInit(void)
{
__HAL_RCC_PWR_FORCE_RESET();
__HAL_RCC_PWR_RELEASE_RESET();
}
/**
* @brief Enable access to the backup domain
* (RTC registers, RTC backup data registers).
* @note After reset, the backup domain is protected against
* possible unwanted write accesses.
* @note RTCSEL that sets the RTC clock source selection is in the RTC back-up domain.
* In order to set or modify the RTC clock, the backup domain access must be
* disabled.
* @note LSEON bit that switches on and off the LSE crystal belongs as well to the
* back-up domain.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_EnableBkUpAccess(void)
{
SET_BIT(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_DBP);
}
/**
* @brief Disable access to the backup domain
* (RTC registers, RTC backup data registers).
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_DisableBkUpAccess(void)
{
CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_DBP);
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup PWR_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions
* @brief Low Power modes configuration functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Peripheral Control functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
*** PVD configuration ***
=========================
[..]
(+) The PVD is used to monitor the VDD power supply by comparing it to a
threshold selected by the PVD Level (PLS[2:0] bits in PWR_CR2 register).
(+) PVDO flag is available to indicate if VDD/VDDA is higher or lower
than the PVD threshold. This event is internally connected to the EXTI
line16 and can generate an interrupt if enabled. This is done through
__HAL_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_IT() macro.
(+) The PVD is stopped in Standby mode.
*** WakeUp pin configuration ***
================================
[..]
(+) WakeUp pins are used to wakeup the system from Standby mode or Shutdown mode.
The polarity of these pins can be set to configure event detection on high
level (rising edge) or low level (falling edge).
*** Low Power modes configuration ***
=====================================
[..]
The devices feature 8 low-power modes:
(+) Low-power Run mode: core and peripherals are running, main regulator off, low power regulator on.
(+) Sleep mode: Cortex-M4 core stopped, peripherals kept running, main and low power regulators on.
(+) Low-power Sleep mode: Cortex-M4 core stopped, peripherals kept running, main regulator off, low power regulator on.
(+) Stop 0 mode: all clocks are stopped except LSI and LSE, main and low power regulators on.
(+) Stop 1 mode: all clocks are stopped except LSI and LSE, main regulator off, low power regulator on.
(+) Stop 2 mode: all clocks are stopped except LSI and LSE, main regulator off, low power regulator on, reduced set of waking up IPs compared to Stop 1 mode.
(+) Standby mode with SRAM2: all clocks are stopped except LSI and LSE, SRAM2 content preserved, main regulator off, low power regulator on.
(+) Standby mode without SRAM2: all clocks are stopped except LSI and LSE, main and low power regulators off.
(+) Shutdown mode: all clocks are stopped except LSE, main and low power regulators off.
*** Low-power run mode ***
==========================
[..]
(+) Entry: (from main run mode)
(++) set LPR bit with HAL_PWREx_EnableLowPowerRunMode() API after having decreased the system clock below 2 MHz.
(+) Exit:
(++) clear LPR bit then wait for REGLP bit to be reset with HAL_PWREx_DisableLowPowerRunMode() API. Only
then can the system clock frequency be increased above 2 MHz.
*** Sleep mode / Low-power sleep mode ***
=========================================
[..]
(+) Entry:
The Sleep mode / Low-power Sleep mode is entered thru HAL_PWR_EnterSLEEPMode() API
in specifying whether or not the regulator is forced to low-power mode and if exit is interrupt or event-triggered.
(++) PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON: Sleep mode (regulator in main mode).
(++) PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON: Low-power sleep (regulator in low power mode).
In the latter case, the system clock frequency must have been decreased below 2 MHz beforehand.
(++) PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI: enter SLEEP mode with WFI instruction
(++) PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFE: enter SLEEP mode with WFE instruction
(+) WFI Exit:
(++) Any peripheral interrupt acknowledged by the nested vectored interrupt
controller (NVIC) or any wake-up event.
(+) WFE Exit:
(++) Any wake-up event such as an EXTI line configured in event mode.
[..] When exiting the Low-power sleep mode by issuing an interrupt or a wakeup event,
the MCU is in Low-power Run mode.
*** Stop 0, Stop 1 and Stop 2 modes ***
===============================
[..]
(+) Entry:
The Stop 0, Stop 1 or Stop 2 modes are entered thru the following API's:
(++) HAL_PWREx_EnterSTOP0Mode() for mode 0 or HAL_PWREx_EnterSTOP1Mode() for mode 1 or for porting reasons HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode().
(++) HAL_PWREx_EnterSTOP2Mode() for mode 2.
(+) Regulator setting (applicable to HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode() only):
(++) PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON
(++) PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON
(+) Exit (interrupt or event-triggered, specified when entering STOP mode):
(++) PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI: enter Stop mode with WFI instruction
(++) PWR_STOPENTRY_WFE: enter Stop mode with WFE instruction
(+) WFI Exit:
(++) Any EXTI Line (Internal or External) configured in Interrupt mode.
(++) Some specific communication peripherals (USART, LPUART, I2C) interrupts
when programmed in wakeup mode.
(+) WFE Exit:
(++) Any EXTI Line (Internal or External) configured in Event mode.
[..]
When exiting Stop 0 and Stop 1 modes, the MCU is either in Run mode or in Low-power Run mode
depending on the LPR bit setting.
When exiting Stop 2 mode, the MCU is in Run mode.
*** Standby mode ***
====================
[..]
The Standby mode offers two options:
(+) option a) all clocks off except LSI and LSE, RRS bit set (keeps voltage regulator in low power mode).
SRAM and registers contents are lost except for the SRAM2 content, the RTC registers, RTC backup registers
and Standby circuitry.
(+) option b) all clocks off except LSI and LSE, RRS bit cleared (voltage regulator then disabled).
SRAM and register contents are lost except for the RTC registers, RTC backup registers
and Standby circuitry.
(++) Entry:
(+++) The Standby mode is entered thru HAL_PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode() API.
SRAM1 and register contents are lost except for registers in the Backup domain and
Standby circuitry. SRAM2 content can be preserved if the bit RRS is set in PWR_CR3 register.
To enable this feature, the user can resort to HAL_PWREx_EnableSRAM2ContentRetention() API
to set RRS bit.
(++) Exit:
(+++) WKUP pin rising edge, RTC alarm or wakeup, tamper event, time-stamp event,
external reset in NRST pin, IWDG reset.
[..] After waking up from Standby mode, program execution restarts in the same way as after a Reset.
*** Shutdown mode ***
======================
[..]
In Shutdown mode,
voltage regulator is disabled, all clocks are off except LSE, RRS bit is cleared.
SRAM and registers contents are lost except for backup domain registers.
(+) Entry:
The Shutdown mode is entered thru HAL_PWREx_EnterSHUTDOWNMode() API.
(+) Exit:
(++) WKUP pin rising edge, RTC alarm or wakeup, tamper event, time-stamp event,
external reset in NRST pin.
[..] After waking up from Shutdown mode, program execution restarts in the same way as after a Reset.
*** Auto-wakeup (AWU) from low-power mode ***
=============================================
[..]
The MCU can be woken up from low-power mode by an RTC Alarm event, an RTC
Wakeup event, a tamper event or a time-stamp event, without depending on
an external interrupt (Auto-wakeup mode).
(+) RTC auto-wakeup (AWU) from the Stop, Standby and Shutdown modes
(++) To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC alarm event, it is necessary to
configure the RTC to generate the RTC alarm using the HAL_RTC_SetAlarm_IT() function.
(++) To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC Tamper or time stamp event, it
is necessary to configure the RTC to detect the tamper or time stamp event using the
HAL_RTCEx_SetTimeStamp_IT() or HAL_RTCEx_SetTamper_IT() functions.
(++) To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC WakeUp event, it is necessary to
configure the RTC to generate the RTC WakeUp event using the HAL_RTCEx_SetWakeUpTimer_IT() function.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Configure the voltage threshold detected by the Power Voltage Detector (PVD).
* @param sConfigPVD: pointer to a PWR_PVDTypeDef structure that contains the PVD
* configuration information.
* @note Refer to the electrical characteristics of your device datasheet for
* more details about the voltage thresholds corresponding to each
* detection level.
* @retval None
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWR_ConfigPVD(PWR_PVDTypeDef *sConfigPVD)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_PWR_PVD_LEVEL(sConfigPVD->PVDLevel));
assert_param(IS_PWR_PVD_MODE(sConfigPVD->Mode));
/* Set PLS bits according to PVDLevel value */
MODIFY_REG(PWR->CR2, PWR_CR2_PLS, sConfigPVD->PVDLevel);
/* Clear any previous config. Keep it clear if no event or IT mode is selected */
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_EVENT();
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_IT();
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_FALLING_EDGE();
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_RISING_EDGE();
/* Configure interrupt mode */
if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_MODE_IT) == PVD_MODE_IT)
{
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_IT();
}
/* Configure event mode */
if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_MODE_EVT) == PVD_MODE_EVT)
{
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_EVENT();
}
/* Configure the edge */
if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_RISING_EDGE) == PVD_RISING_EDGE)
{
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_EDGE();
}
if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_FALLING_EDGE) == PVD_FALLING_EDGE)
{
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_FALLING_EDGE();
}
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Enable the Power Voltage Detector (PVD).
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_EnablePVD(void)
{
SET_BIT(PWR->CR2, PWR_CR2_PVDE);
}
/**
* @brief Disable the Power Voltage Detector (PVD).
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_DisablePVD(void)
{
CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR2, PWR_CR2_PVDE);
}
/**
* @brief Enable the WakeUp PINx functionality.
* @param WakeUpPinPolarity: Specifies which Wake-Up pin to enable.
* This parameter can be one of the following legacy values which set the default polarity
* i.e. detection on high level (rising edge):
* @arg @ref PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1, PWR_WAKEUP_PIN2, PWR_WAKEUP_PIN3, PWR_WAKEUP_PIN4, PWR_WAKEUP_PIN5
*
* or one of the following value where the user can explicitly specify the enabled pin and
* the chosen polarity:
* @arg @ref PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1_HIGH or PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1_LOW
* @arg @ref PWR_WAKEUP_PIN2_HIGH or PWR_WAKEUP_PIN2_LOW
* @arg @ref PWR_WAKEUP_PIN3_HIGH or PWR_WAKEUP_PIN3_LOW
* @arg @ref PWR_WAKEUP_PIN4_HIGH or PWR_WAKEUP_PIN4_LOW
* @arg @ref PWR_WAKEUP_PIN5_HIGH or PWR_WAKEUP_PIN5_LOW
* @note PWR_WAKEUP_PINx and PWR_WAKEUP_PINx_HIGH are equivalent.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_EnableWakeUpPin(uint32_t WakeUpPinPolarity)
{
assert_param(IS_PWR_WAKEUP_PIN(WakeUpPinPolarity));
/* Specifies the Wake-Up pin polarity for the event detection
(rising or falling edge) */
MODIFY_REG(PWR->CR4, (PWR_CR3_EWUP & WakeUpPinPolarity), (WakeUpPinPolarity >> PWR_WUP_POLARITY_SHIFT));
/* Enable wake-up pin */
SET_BIT(PWR->CR3, (PWR_CR3_EWUP & WakeUpPinPolarity));
}
/**
* @brief Disable the WakeUp PINx functionality.
* @param WakeUpPinx: Specifies the Power Wake-Up pin to disable.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1, PWR_WAKEUP_PIN2, PWR_WAKEUP_PIN3, PWR_WAKEUP_PIN4, PWR_WAKEUP_PIN5
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_DisableWakeUpPin(uint32_t WakeUpPinx)
{
assert_param(IS_PWR_WAKEUP_PIN(WakeUpPinx));
CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR3, (PWR_CR3_EWUP & WakeUpPinx));
}
/**
* @brief Enter Sleep or Low-power Sleep mode.
* @note In Sleep/Low-power Sleep mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode.
* @param Regulator: Specifies the regulator state in Sleep/Low-power Sleep mode.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON Sleep mode (regulator in main mode)
* @arg @ref PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON Low-power Sleep mode (regulator in low-power mode)
* @note Low-power Sleep mode is entered from Low-power Run mode. Therefore, if not yet
* in Low-power Run mode before calling HAL_PWR_EnterSLEEPMode() with Regulator set
* to PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON, the user can optionally configure the
* Flash in power-down monde in setting the SLEEP_PD bit in FLASH_ACR register.
* Additionally, the clock frequency must be reduced below 2 MHz.
* Setting SLEEP_PD in FLASH_ACR then appropriately reducing the clock frequency must
* be done before calling HAL_PWR_EnterSLEEPMode() API.
* @note When exiting Low-power Sleep mode, the MCU is in Low-power Run mode. To move in
* Run mode, the user must resort to HAL_PWREx_DisableLowPowerRunMode() API.
* @param SLEEPEntry: Specifies if Sleep mode is entered with WFI or WFE instruction.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI enter Sleep or Low-power Sleep mode with WFI instruction
* @arg @ref PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFE enter Sleep or Low-power Sleep mode with WFE instruction
* @note When WFI entry is used, tick interrupt have to be disabled if not desired as
* the interrupt wake up source.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_EnterSLEEPMode(uint32_t Regulator, uint8_t SLEEPEntry)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_PWR_REGULATOR(Regulator));
assert_param(IS_PWR_SLEEP_ENTRY(SLEEPEntry));
/* Set Regulator parameter */
if (Regulator == PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON)
{
/* If in low-power run mode at this point, exit it */
if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(PWR->SR2, PWR_SR2_REGLPF))
{
if (HAL_PWREx_DisableLowPowerRunMode() != HAL_OK)
{
return ;
}
}
/* Regulator now in main mode. */
}
else
{
/* If in run mode, first move to low-power run mode.
The system clock frequency must be below 2 MHz at this point. */
if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(PWR->SR2, PWR_SR2_REGLPF) == RESET)
{
HAL_PWREx_EnableLowPowerRunMode();
}
}
/* Clear SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk));
/* Select SLEEP mode entry -------------------------------------------------*/
if(SLEEPEntry == PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI)
{
/* Request Wait For Interrupt */
__WFI();
}
else
{
/* Request Wait For Event */
__SEV();
__WFE();
__WFE();
}
}
/**
* @brief Enter Stop mode
* @note This API is named HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode to ensure compatibility with legacy code running
* on devices where only "Stop mode" is mentioned with main or low power regulator ON.
* @note In Stop mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode.
* @note All clocks in the VCORE domain are stopped; the PLL, the MSI,
* the HSI and the HSE oscillators are disabled. Some peripherals with the wakeup capability
* (I2Cx, USARTx and LPUART) can switch on the HSI to receive a frame, and switch off the HSI
* after receiving the frame if it is not a wakeup frame. In this case, the HSI clock is propagated
* only to the peripheral requesting it.
* SRAM1, SRAM2 and register contents are preserved.
* The BOR is available.
* The voltage regulator can be configured either in normal (Stop 0) or low-power mode (Stop 1).
* @note When exiting Stop 0 or Stop 1 mode by issuing an interrupt or a wakeup event,
* the HSI RC oscillator is selected as system clock if STOPWUCK bit in RCC_CFGR register
* is set; the MSI oscillator is selected if STOPWUCK is cleared.
* @note When the voltage regulator operates in low power mode (Stop 1), an additional
* startup delay is incurred when waking up.
* By keeping the internal regulator ON during Stop mode (Stop 0), the consumption
* is higher although the startup time is reduced.
* @param Regulator: Specifies the regulator state in Stop mode.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON Stop 0 mode (main regulator ON)
* @arg @ref PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON Stop 1 mode (low power regulator ON)
* @param STOPEntry: Specifies Stop 0 or Stop 1 mode is entered with WFI or WFE instruction.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI Enter Stop 0 or Stop 1 mode with WFI instruction.
* @arg @ref PWR_STOPENTRY_WFE Enter Stop 0 or Stop 1 mode with WFE instruction.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode(uint32_t Regulator, uint8_t STOPEntry)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_PWR_REGULATOR(Regulator));
if(Regulator == PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON)
{
HAL_PWREx_EnterSTOP1Mode(STOPEntry);
}
else
{
HAL_PWREx_EnterSTOP0Mode(STOPEntry);
}
}
/**
* @brief Enter Standby mode.
* @note In Standby mode, the PLL, the HSI, the MSI and the HSE oscillators are switched
* off. The voltage regulator is disabled, except when SRAM2 content is preserved
* in which case the regulator is in low-power mode.
* SRAM1 and register contents are lost except for registers in the Backup domain and
* Standby circuitry. SRAM2 content can be preserved if the bit RRS is set in PWR_CR3 register.
* To enable this feature, the user can resort to HAL_PWREx_EnableSRAM2ContentRetention() API
* to set RRS bit.
* The BOR is available.
* @note The I/Os can be configured either with a pull-up or pull-down or can be kept in analog state.
* HAL_PWREx_EnableGPIOPullUp() and HAL_PWREx_EnableGPIOPullDown() respectively enable Pull Up and
* Pull Down state, HAL_PWREx_DisableGPIOPullUp() and HAL_PWREx_DisableGPIOPullDown() disable the
* same.
* These states are effective in Standby mode only if APC bit is set through
* HAL_PWREx_EnablePullUpPullDownConfig() API.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode(void)
{
/* Set Stand-by mode */
MODIFY_REG(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_LPMS, PWR_CR1_LPMS_STANDBY);
/* Set SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk));
/* This option is used to ensure that store operations are completed */
#if defined ( __CC_ARM)
__force_stores();
#endif
/* Request Wait For Interrupt */
__WFI();
}
/**
* @brief Indicate Sleep-On-Exit when returning from Handler mode to Thread mode.
* @note Set SLEEPONEXIT bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, the processor
* re-enters SLEEP mode when an interruption handling is over.
* Setting this bit is useful when the processor is expected to run only on
* interruptions handling.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_EnableSleepOnExit(void)
{
/* Set SLEEPONEXIT bit of Cortex System Control Register */
SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPONEXIT_Msk));
}
/**
* @brief Disable Sleep-On-Exit feature when returning from Handler mode to Thread mode.
* @note Clear SLEEPONEXIT bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, the processor
* re-enters SLEEP mode when an interruption handling is over.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_DisableSleepOnExit(void)
{
/* Clear SLEEPONEXIT bit of Cortex System Control Register */
CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPONEXIT_Msk));
}
/**
* @brief Enable CORTEX M4 SEVONPEND bit.
* @note Set SEVONPEND bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, this causes
* WFE to wake up when an interrupt moves from inactive to pended.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_EnableSEVOnPend(void)
{
/* Set SEVONPEND bit of Cortex System Control Register */
SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SEVONPEND_Msk));
}
/**
* @brief Disable CORTEX M4 SEVONPEND bit.
* @note Clear SEVONPEND bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, this causes
* WFE to wake up when an interrupt moves from inactive to pended.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_PWR_DisableSEVOnPend(void)
{
/* Clear SEVONPEND bit of Cortex System Control Register */
CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SEVONPEND_Msk));
}
/**
* @brief PWR PVD interrupt callback
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_PWR_PVDCallback(void)
{
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified; when the callback is needed,
the HAL_PWR_PVDCallback can be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/

1474
resources/Camera_driver/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_pwr_ex.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

2822
resources/Camera_driver/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_qspi.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1936
resources/Camera_driver/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_rcc.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

3552
resources/Camera_driver/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_rcc_ex.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

989
resources/Camera_driver/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_rng.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,989 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32l4xx_hal_rng.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief RNG HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the Random Number Generator (RNG) peripheral:
* + Initialization and configuration functions
* + Peripheral Control functions
* + Peripheral State functions
*
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
The RNG HAL driver can be used as follows:
(#) Enable the RNG controller clock using __HAL_RCC_RNG_CLK_ENABLE() macro
in HAL_RNG_MspInit().
(#) Activate the RNG peripheral using HAL_RNG_Init() function.
(#) Wait until the 32 bit Random Number Generator contains a valid
random data using (polling/interrupt) mode.
(#) Get the 32 bit random number using HAL_RNG_GenerateRandomNumber() function.
##### Callback registration #####
==================================
[..]
The compilation define USE_HAL_RNG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS when set to 1
allows the user to configure dynamically the driver callbacks.
[..]
Use Function HAL_RNG_RegisterCallback() to register a user callback.
Function HAL_RNG_RegisterCallback() allows to register following callbacks:
(+) ErrorCallback : RNG Error Callback.
(+) MspInitCallback : RNG MspInit.
(+) MspDeInitCallback : RNG MspDeInit.
This function takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, the Callback ID
and a pointer to the user callback function.
[..]
Use function HAL_RNG_UnRegisterCallback() to reset a callback to the default
weak (surcharged) function.
HAL_RNG_UnRegisterCallback() takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle,
and the Callback ID.
This function allows to reset following callbacks:
(+) ErrorCallback : RNG Error Callback.
(+) MspInitCallback : RNG MspInit.
(+) MspDeInitCallback : RNG MspDeInit.
[..]
For specific callback ReadyDataCallback, use dedicated register callbacks:
respectively HAL_RNG_RegisterReadyDataCallback() , HAL_RNG_UnRegisterReadyDataCallback().
[..]
By default, after the HAL_RNG_Init() and when the state is HAL_RNG_STATE_RESET
all callbacks are set to the corresponding weak (surcharged) functions:
example HAL_RNG_ErrorCallback().
Exception done for MspInit and MspDeInit functions that are respectively
reset to the legacy weak (surcharged) functions in the HAL_RNG_Init()
and HAL_RNG_DeInit() only when these callbacks are null (not registered beforehand).
If not, MspInit or MspDeInit are not null, the HAL_RNG_Init() and HAL_RNG_DeInit()
keep and use the user MspInit/MspDeInit callbacks (registered beforehand).
[..]
Callbacks can be registered/unregistered in HAL_RNG_STATE_READY state only.
Exception done MspInit/MspDeInit that can be registered/unregistered
in HAL_RNG_STATE_READY or HAL_RNG_STATE_RESET state, thus registered (user)
MspInit/DeInit callbacks can be used during the Init/DeInit.
In that case first register the MspInit/MspDeInit user callbacks
using HAL_RNG_RegisterCallback() before calling HAL_RNG_DeInit()
or HAL_RNG_Init() function.
[..]
When The compilation define USE_HAL_RNG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS is set to 0 or
not defined, the callback registration feature is not available
and weak (surcharged) callbacks are used.
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
#if defined (RNG)
/** @addtogroup RNG
* @brief RNG HAL module driver.
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_RNG_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private defines -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup RNG_Private_Constants RNG Private Constants
* @{
*/
#define RNG_TIMEOUT_VALUE 2U
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions prototypes ----------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup RNG_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup RNG_Exported_Functions_Group1
* @brief Initialization and configuration functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Initialization and configuration functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Initialize the RNG according to the specified parameters
in the RNG_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle
(+) DeInitialize the RNG peripheral
(+) Initialize the RNG MSP
(+) DeInitialize RNG MSP
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Initializes the RNG peripheral and creates the associated handle.
* @param hrng pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for RNG.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RNG_Init(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
{
uint32_t tickstart;
#if defined(RNG_CR_CONDRST)
uint32_t cr_value;
#endif /* RNG_CR_CONDRST */
/* Check the RNG handle allocation */
if (hrng == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_RNG_ALL_INSTANCE(hrng->Instance));
#if defined(RNG_CR_CED)
assert_param(IS_RNG_CED(hrng->Init.ClockErrorDetection));
#endif /* defined(RNG_CR_CED) */
#if (USE_HAL_RNG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
if (hrng->State == HAL_RNG_STATE_RESET)
{
/* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
hrng->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
hrng->ReadyDataCallback = HAL_RNG_ReadyDataCallback; /* Legacy weak ReadyDataCallback */
hrng->ErrorCallback = HAL_RNG_ErrorCallback; /* Legacy weak ErrorCallback */
if (hrng->MspInitCallback == NULL)
{
hrng->MspInitCallback = HAL_RNG_MspInit; /* Legacy weak MspInit */
}
/* Init the low level hardware */
hrng->MspInitCallback(hrng);
}
#else
if (hrng->State == HAL_RNG_STATE_RESET)
{
/* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
hrng->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
/* Init the low level hardware */
HAL_RNG_MspInit(hrng);
}
#endif /* USE_HAL_RNG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
/* Change RNG peripheral state */
hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_BUSY;
#if defined(RNG_CR_CONDRST)
/* Disable RNG */
__HAL_RNG_DISABLE(hrng);
/* RNG CR register configuration. Set value in CR register for CONFIG 1, CONFIG 2 and CONFIG 3 values */
cr_value = (uint32_t) (RNG_CR_CONFIG_VAL);
/* Configuration of
- Clock Error Detection
- CONFIG1, CONFIG2, CONFIG3 fields
when CONDRT bit is set to 1 */
MODIFY_REG(hrng->Instance->CR, RNG_CR_CED | RNG_CR_CONDRST | RNG_CR_RNG_CONFIG1
| RNG_CR_RNG_CONFIG2 | RNG_CR_RNG_CONFIG3,
(uint32_t) (RNG_CR_CONDRST | hrng->Init.ClockErrorDetection | cr_value));
#if defined(RNG_VER_3_2) || defined(RNG_VER_3_1) || defined(RNG_VER_3_0)
/*!< magic number must be written immediately before to RNG_HTCRG */
WRITE_REG(hrng->Instance->HTCR, RNG_HTCFG_1);
/* for best latency and to be compliant with NIST */
WRITE_REG(hrng->Instance->HTCR, RNG_HTCFG);
#endif /* RNG_VER_3_2 || RNG_VER_3_1 || RNG_VER_3_0 */
/* Writing bits CONDRST=0*/
CLEAR_BIT(hrng->Instance->CR, RNG_CR_CONDRST);
/* Get tick */
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
/* Wait for conditioning reset process to be completed */
while(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hrng->Instance->CR, RNG_CR_CONDRST))
{
if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RNG_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
{
/* New check to avoid false timeout detection in case of preemption */
if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hrng->Instance->CR, RNG_CR_CONDRST))
{
hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_READY;
hrng->ErrorCode = HAL_RNG_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
return HAL_ERROR;
}
}
}
#else
#if defined(RNG_CR_CED)
/* Clock Error Detection Configuration */
MODIFY_REG(hrng->Instance->CR, RNG_CR_CED, hrng->Init.ClockErrorDetection);
#endif /* defined(RNG_CR_CED) */
#endif /* end of RNG_CR_CONDRST */
/* Enable the RNG Peripheral */
__HAL_RNG_ENABLE(hrng);
/* verify that no seed error */
if (__HAL_RNG_GET_IT(hrng, RNG_IT_SEI) != RESET)
{
hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_ERROR;
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Get tick */
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
/* Check if data register contains valid random data */
while (__HAL_RNG_GET_FLAG(hrng, RNG_FLAG_SECS) != RESET)
{
if ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > RNG_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
{
/* New check to avoid false timeout detection in case of preemption */
if (__HAL_RNG_GET_FLAG(hrng, RNG_FLAG_SECS) != RESET)
{
hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_ERROR;
hrng->ErrorCode = HAL_RNG_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
return HAL_ERROR;
}
}
}
/* Initialize the RNG state */
hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_READY;
/* Initialise the error code */
hrng->ErrorCode = HAL_RNG_ERROR_NONE;
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief DeInitializes the RNG peripheral.
* @param hrng pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for RNG.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RNG_DeInit(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
{
#if defined(RNG_CR_CONDRST)
uint32_t tickstart;
#endif
/* Check the RNG handle allocation */
if (hrng == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
#if defined(RNG_CR_CONDRST)
/* Clear Clock Error Detection bit when CONDRT bit is set to 1 */
MODIFY_REG(hrng->Instance->CR, RNG_CR_CED | RNG_CR_CONDRST, RNG_CED_ENABLE | RNG_CR_CONDRST);
/* Writing bits CONDRST=0*/
CLEAR_BIT(hrng->Instance->CR, RNG_CR_CONDRST);
/* Get tick */
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
/* Wait for conditioning reset process to be completed */
while(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hrng->Instance->CR, RNG_CR_CONDRST))
{
if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RNG_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
{
/* New check to avoid false timeout detection in case of preemption */
if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hrng->Instance->CR, RNG_CR_CONDRST))
{
hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_READY;
hrng->ErrorCode = HAL_RNG_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hrng);
return HAL_ERROR;
}
}
}
#else
#if defined(RNG_CR_CED)
/* Clear Clock Error Detection bit */
CLEAR_BIT(hrng->Instance->CR, RNG_CR_CED);
#endif /* RNG_CR_CED */
#endif /* RNG_CR_CONDRST */
/* Disable the RNG Peripheral */
CLEAR_BIT(hrng->Instance->CR, RNG_CR_IE | RNG_CR_RNGEN);
/* Clear RNG interrupt status flags */
CLEAR_BIT(hrng->Instance->SR, RNG_SR_CEIS | RNG_SR_SEIS);
#if (USE_HAL_RNG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
if (hrng->MspDeInitCallback == NULL)
{
hrng->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_RNG_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak MspDeInit */
}
/* DeInit the low level hardware */
hrng->MspDeInitCallback(hrng);
#else
/* DeInit the low level hardware */
HAL_RNG_MspDeInit(hrng);
#endif /* USE_HAL_RNG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
/* Update the RNG state */
hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_RESET;
/* Initialise the error code */
hrng->ErrorCode = HAL_RNG_ERROR_NONE;
/* Release Lock */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hrng);
/* Return the function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Initializes the RNG MSP.
* @param hrng pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for RNG.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_RNG_MspInit(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hrng);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified. When the callback is needed,
function HAL_RNG_MspInit must be implemented in the user file.
*/
}
/**
* @brief DeInitializes the RNG MSP.
* @param hrng pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for RNG.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_RNG_MspDeInit(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hrng);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified. When the callback is needed,
function HAL_RNG_MspDeInit must be implemented in the user file.
*/
}
#if (USE_HAL_RNG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
/**
* @brief Register a User RNG Callback
* To be used instead of the weak predefined callback
* @param hrng RNG handle
* @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be registered
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref HAL_RNG_ERROR_CB_ID Error callback ID
* @arg @ref HAL_RNG_MSPINIT_CB_ID MspInit callback ID
* @arg @ref HAL_RNG_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID MspDeInit callback ID
* @param pCallback pointer to the Callback function
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RNG_RegisterCallback(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng, HAL_RNG_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID, pRNG_CallbackTypeDef pCallback)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
if (pCallback == NULL)
{
/* Update the error code */
hrng->ErrorCode = HAL_RNG_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Process locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hrng);
if (HAL_RNG_STATE_READY == hrng->State)
{
switch (CallbackID)
{
case HAL_RNG_ERROR_CB_ID :
hrng->ErrorCallback = pCallback;
break;
case HAL_RNG_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
hrng->MspInitCallback = pCallback;
break;
case HAL_RNG_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
hrng->MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
break;
default :
/* Update the error code */
hrng->ErrorCode = HAL_RNG_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
/* Return error status */
status = HAL_ERROR;
break;
}
}
else if (HAL_RNG_STATE_RESET == hrng->State)
{
switch (CallbackID)
{
case HAL_RNG_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
hrng->MspInitCallback = pCallback;
break;
case HAL_RNG_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
hrng->MspDeInitCallback = pCallback;
break;
default :
/* Update the error code */
hrng->ErrorCode = HAL_RNG_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
/* Return error status */
status = HAL_ERROR;
break;
}
}
else
{
/* Update the error code */
hrng->ErrorCode = HAL_RNG_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
/* Return error status */
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Release Lock */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hrng);
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Unregister an RNG Callback
* RNG callabck is redirected to the weak predefined callback
* @param hrng RNG handle
* @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be unregistered
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref HAL_RNG_ERROR_CB_ID Error callback ID
* @arg @ref HAL_RNG_MSPINIT_CB_ID MspInit callback ID
* @arg @ref HAL_RNG_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID MspDeInit callback ID
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RNG_UnRegisterCallback(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng, HAL_RNG_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
/* Process locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hrng);
if (HAL_RNG_STATE_READY == hrng->State)
{
switch (CallbackID)
{
case HAL_RNG_ERROR_CB_ID :
hrng->ErrorCallback = HAL_RNG_ErrorCallback; /* Legacy weak ErrorCallback */
break;
case HAL_RNG_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
hrng->MspInitCallback = HAL_RNG_MspInit; /* Legacy weak MspInit */
break;
case HAL_RNG_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
hrng->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_RNG_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak MspDeInit */
break;
default :
/* Update the error code */
hrng->ErrorCode = HAL_RNG_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
/* Return error status */
status = HAL_ERROR;
break;
}
}
else if (HAL_RNG_STATE_RESET == hrng->State)
{
switch (CallbackID)
{
case HAL_RNG_MSPINIT_CB_ID :
hrng->MspInitCallback = HAL_RNG_MspInit; /* Legacy weak MspInit */
break;
case HAL_RNG_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID :
hrng->MspDeInitCallback = HAL_RNG_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak MspInit */
break;
default :
/* Update the error code */
hrng->ErrorCode = HAL_RNG_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
/* Return error status */
status = HAL_ERROR;
break;
}
}
else
{
/* Update the error code */
hrng->ErrorCode = HAL_RNG_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
/* Return error status */
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Release Lock */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hrng);
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Register Data Ready RNG Callback
* To be used instead of the weak HAL_RNG_ReadyDataCallback() predefined callback
* @param hrng RNG handle
* @param pCallback pointer to the Data Ready Callback function
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RNG_RegisterReadyDataCallback(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng, pRNG_ReadyDataCallbackTypeDef pCallback)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
if (pCallback == NULL)
{
/* Update the error code */
hrng->ErrorCode = HAL_RNG_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Process locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hrng);
if (HAL_RNG_STATE_READY == hrng->State)
{
hrng->ReadyDataCallback = pCallback;
}
else
{
/* Update the error code */
hrng->ErrorCode = HAL_RNG_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
/* Return error status */
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Release Lock */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hrng);
return status;
}
/**
* @brief UnRegister the Data Ready RNG Callback
* Data Ready RNG Callback is redirected to the weak HAL_RNG_ReadyDataCallback() predefined callback
* @param hrng RNG handle
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RNG_UnRegisterReadyDataCallback(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
/* Process locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hrng);
if (HAL_RNG_STATE_READY == hrng->State)
{
hrng->ReadyDataCallback = HAL_RNG_ReadyDataCallback; /* Legacy weak ReadyDataCallback */
}
else
{
/* Update the error code */
hrng->ErrorCode = HAL_RNG_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK;
/* Return error status */
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Release Lock */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hrng);
return status;
}
#endif /* USE_HAL_RNG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup RNG_Exported_Functions_Group2
* @brief Peripheral Control functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Peripheral Control functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Get the 32 bit Random number
(+) Get the 32 bit Random number with interrupt enabled
(+) Handle RNG interrupt request
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Generates a 32-bit random number.
* @note When several random data are output at the same time in an output buffer,
* this function checks value of RNG_FLAG_DRDY flag to know if valid
* random number is available in the DR register (RNG_FLAG_DRDY flag set
* whenever a random number is available through the RNG_DR register).
* After transitioning from 0 to 1 (random number available),
* RNG_FLAG_DRDY flag remains high until output buffer becomes empty after reading
* four words from the RNG_DR register, i.e. further function calls
* will immediately return a new u32 random number (additional words are
* available and can be read by the application, till RNG_FLAG_DRDY flag remains high).
* When no more random number data is available in DR register, RNG_FLAG_DRDY
* flag is automatically cleared.
* When random number are out on a single sample basis, each time the random
* number data is read the RNG_FLAG_DRDY flag is automatically cleared.
* @param hrng pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for RNG.
* @param random32bit pointer to generated random number variable if successful.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RNG_GenerateRandomNumber(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng, uint32_t *random32bit)
{
uint32_t tickstart;
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hrng);
/* Check RNG peripheral state */
if (hrng->State == HAL_RNG_STATE_READY)
{
/* Change RNG peripheral state */
hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_BUSY;
/* Get tick */
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
/* Check if data register contains valid random data */
while (__HAL_RNG_GET_FLAG(hrng, RNG_FLAG_DRDY) == RESET)
{
if ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > RNG_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
{
hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_READY;
hrng->ErrorCode = HAL_RNG_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hrng);
return HAL_ERROR;
}
}
/* Get a 32bit Random number */
hrng->RandomNumber = hrng->Instance->DR;
*random32bit = hrng->RandomNumber;
hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_READY;
}
else
{
hrng->ErrorCode = HAL_RNG_ERROR_BUSY;
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hrng);
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Generates a 32-bit random number in interrupt mode.
* @param hrng pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for RNG.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RNG_GenerateRandomNumber_IT(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hrng);
/* Check RNG peripheral state */
if (hrng->State == HAL_RNG_STATE_READY)
{
/* Change RNG peripheral state */
hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_BUSY;
/* Enable the RNG Interrupts: Data Ready, Clock error, Seed error */
__HAL_RNG_ENABLE_IT(hrng);
}
else
{
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hrng);
hrng->ErrorCode = HAL_RNG_ERROR_BUSY;
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Returns generated random number in polling mode (Obsolete)
* Use HAL_RNG_GenerateRandomNumber() API instead.
* @param hrng pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for RNG.
* @retval Random value
*/
uint32_t HAL_RNG_GetRandomNumber(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
{
if(HAL_RNG_GenerateRandomNumber(hrng, &(hrng->RandomNumber)) == HAL_OK)
{
return hrng->RandomNumber;
}
else
{
return 0U;
}
}
/**
* @brief Returns a 32-bit random number with interrupt enabled (Obsolete),
* Use HAL_RNG_GenerateRandomNumber_IT() API instead.
* @param hrng pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for RNG.
* @retval 32-bit random number
*/
uint32_t HAL_RNG_GetRandomNumber_IT(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
{
uint32_t random32bit = 0U;
/* Process locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hrng);
/* Change RNG peripheral state */
hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_BUSY;
/* Get a 32bit Random number */
random32bit = hrng->Instance->DR;
/* Enable the RNG Interrupts: Data Ready, Clock error, Seed error */
__HAL_RNG_ENABLE_IT(hrng);
/* Return the 32 bit random number */
return random32bit;
}
/**
* @brief Handles RNG interrupt request.
* @note In the case of a clock error, the RNG is no more able to generate
* random numbers because the PLL48CLK clock is not correct. User has
* to check that the clock controller is correctly configured to provide
* the RNG clock and clear the CEIS bit using __HAL_RNG_CLEAR_IT().
* The clock error has no impact on the previously generated
* random numbers, and the RNG_DR register contents can be used.
* @note In the case of a seed error, the generation of random numbers is
* interrupted as long as the SECS bit is '1'. If a number is
* available in the RNG_DR register, it must not be used because it may
* not have enough entropy. In this case, it is recommended to clear the
* SEIS bit using __HAL_RNG_CLEAR_IT(), then disable and enable
* the RNG peripheral to reinitialize and restart the RNG.
* @note User-written HAL_RNG_ErrorCallback() API is called once whether SEIS
* or CEIS are set.
* @param hrng pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for RNG.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_RNG_IRQHandler(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
{
uint32_t rngclockerror = 0U;
/* RNG clock error interrupt occurred */
if (__HAL_RNG_GET_IT(hrng, RNG_IT_CEI) != RESET)
{
/* Update the error code */
hrng->ErrorCode = HAL_RNG_ERROR_CLOCK;
rngclockerror = 1U;
}
else if (__HAL_RNG_GET_IT(hrng, RNG_IT_SEI) != RESET)
{
/* Update the error code */
hrng->ErrorCode = HAL_RNG_ERROR_SEED;
rngclockerror = 1U;
}
else
{
/* Nothing to do */
}
if (rngclockerror == 1U)
{
/* Change RNG peripheral state */
hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_ERROR;
#if (USE_HAL_RNG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
/* Call registered Error callback */
hrng->ErrorCallback(hrng);
#else
/* Call legacy weak Error callback */
HAL_RNG_ErrorCallback(hrng);
#endif /* USE_HAL_RNG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
/* Clear the clock error flag */
__HAL_RNG_CLEAR_IT(hrng, RNG_IT_CEI | RNG_IT_SEI);
}
/* Check RNG data ready interrupt occurred */
if (__HAL_RNG_GET_IT(hrng, RNG_IT_DRDY) != RESET)
{
/* Generate random number once, so disable the IT */
__HAL_RNG_DISABLE_IT(hrng);
/* Get the 32bit Random number (DRDY flag automatically cleared) */
hrng->RandomNumber = hrng->Instance->DR;
if (hrng->State != HAL_RNG_STATE_ERROR)
{
/* Change RNG peripheral state */
hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hrng);
#if (USE_HAL_RNG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
/* Call registered Data Ready callback */
hrng->ReadyDataCallback(hrng, hrng->RandomNumber);
#else
/* Call legacy weak Data Ready callback */
HAL_RNG_ReadyDataCallback(hrng, hrng->RandomNumber);
#endif /* USE_HAL_RNG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
}
}
}
/**
* @brief Read latest generated random number.
* @param hrng pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for RNG.
* @retval random value
*/
uint32_t HAL_RNG_ReadLastRandomNumber(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
{
return (hrng->RandomNumber);
}
/**
* @brief Data Ready callback in non-blocking mode.
* @note When several random data are output at the same time in an output buffer,
* When RNG_FLAG_DRDY flag value is set, first random number has been read
* from DR register in IRQ Handler and is provided as callback parameter.
* Depending on valid data available in the conditioning output buffer,
* additional words can be read by the application from DR register till
* DRDY bit remains high.
* @param hrng pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for RNG.
* @param random32bit generated random number.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_RNG_ReadyDataCallback(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng, uint32_t random32bit)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hrng);
UNUSED(random32bit);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified. When the callback is needed,
function HAL_RNG_ReadyDataCallback must be implemented in the user file.
*/
}
/**
* @brief RNG error callbacks.
* @param hrng pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for RNG.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_RNG_ErrorCallback(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hrng);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified. When the callback is needed,
function HAL_RNG_ErrorCallback must be implemented in the user file.
*/
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup RNG_Exported_Functions_Group3
* @brief Peripheral State functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Peripheral State functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral
and the data flow.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Returns the RNG state.
* @param hrng pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for RNG.
* @retval HAL state
*/
HAL_RNG_StateTypeDef HAL_RNG_GetState(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
{
return hrng->State;
}
/**
* @brief Return the RNG handle error code.
* @param hrng pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure.
* @retval RNG Error Code
*/
uint32_t HAL_RNG_GetError(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
{
/* Return RNG Error Code */
return hrng->ErrorCode;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_RNG_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* RNG */
/**
* @}
*/

298
resources/Camera_driver/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_rng_ex.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,298 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32l4xx_hal_rng_ex.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief Extended RNG HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the Random Number Generator (RNG) peripheral:
* + Lock configuration functions
* + Reset the RNG
*
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
#if defined (RNG)
/** @addtogroup RNGEx
* @brief RNG Extended HAL module driver.
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_RNG_MODULE_ENABLED
#if defined (RNG_CR_CONDRST)
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private defines -----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if defined(RNG_VER_3_2) || defined(RNG_VER_3_1) || defined(RNG_VER_3_0)
/** @addtogroup RNGEx_Private_Defines
* @{
*/
/* Health test control register information to use in CCM algorithm are defined in CMSIS Device file.
- RNG_HTCFG : Default HTCR register value for best latency and NIST Compliance
- RNG_HTCFG_1 : Magic number value that must be written to RNG_HTCR register
immediately before reading or writing RNG_HTCR register */
/**
* @}
*/
#endif
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup RNGEx_Private_Constants RNG Private Constants
* @{
*/
#define RNG_TIMEOUT_VALUE 2U
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions prototypes ----------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup RNGEx_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup RNGEx_Exported_Functions_Group1
* @brief Configuration functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Configuration and lock functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Configure the RNG with the specified parameters in the RNG_ConfigTypeDef
(+) Lock RNG configuration Allows user to lock a configuration until next reset.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Configure the RNG with the specified parameters in the
* RNG_ConfigTypeDef.
* @param hrng pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for RNG.
* @param pConf pointer to a RNG_ConfigTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for RNG module
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RNGEx_SetConfig(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng, RNG_ConfigTypeDef *pConf)
{
uint32_t tickstart;
uint32_t cr_value;
HAL_StatusTypeDef status ;
/* Check the RNG handle allocation */
if ((hrng == NULL)||(pConf == NULL))
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_RNG_ALL_INSTANCE(hrng->Instance));
assert_param(IS_RNG_CLOCK_DIVIDER(pConf->ClockDivider));
assert_param(IS_RNG_NIST_COMPLIANCE(pConf->NistCompliance));
assert_param(IS_RNG_CONFIG1(pConf->Config1));
assert_param(IS_RNG_CONFIG2(pConf->Config2));
assert_param(IS_RNG_CONFIG3(pConf->Config3));
/* Check RNG peripheral state */
if (hrng->State == HAL_RNG_STATE_READY)
{
/* Change RNG peripheral state */
hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_BUSY;
/* Disable RNG */
__HAL_RNG_DISABLE(hrng);
/* RNG CR register configuration. Set value in CR register for :
- NIST Compliance setting
- Clock divider value
- CONFIG 1, CONFIG 2 and CONFIG 3 values */
cr_value = (uint32_t) ( pConf->ClockDivider | pConf->NistCompliance
| (pConf->Config1 << RNG_CR_RNG_CONFIG1_Pos)
| (pConf->Config2 << RNG_CR_RNG_CONFIG2_Pos)
| (pConf->Config3 << RNG_CR_RNG_CONFIG3_Pos));
MODIFY_REG(hrng->Instance->CR, RNG_CR_NISTC | RNG_CR_CLKDIV | RNG_CR_RNG_CONFIG1
| RNG_CR_RNG_CONFIG2 | RNG_CR_RNG_CONFIG3,
(uint32_t) (RNG_CR_CONDRST | cr_value));
#if defined(RNG_VER_3_2) || defined(RNG_VER_3_1) || defined(RNG_VER_3_0)
/*!< magic number must be written immediately before to RNG_HTCRG */
WRITE_REG(hrng->Instance->HTCR, RNG_HTCFG_1);
/* for best latency and to be compliant with NIST */
WRITE_REG(hrng->Instance->HTCR, RNG_HTCFG);
#endif
/* Writing bits CONDRST=0*/
CLEAR_BIT(hrng->Instance->CR, RNG_CR_CONDRST);
/* Get tick */
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
/* Wait for conditioning reset process to be completed */
while(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hrng->Instance->CR, RNG_CR_CONDRST))
{
if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RNG_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
{
hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_READY;
hrng->ErrorCode = HAL_RNG_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
return HAL_ERROR;
}
}
/* Enable RNG */
__HAL_RNG_ENABLE(hrng);
/* Initialize the RNG state */
hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_READY;
/* function status */
status = HAL_OK;
}
else
{
hrng->ErrorCode = HAL_RNG_ERROR_BUSY;
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Return the function status */
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Get the RNG Configuration and fill parameters in the
* RNG_ConfigTypeDef.
* @param hrng pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for RNG.
* @param pConf pointer to a RNG_ConfigTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for RNG module
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RNGEx_GetConfig(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng, RNG_ConfigTypeDef *pConf)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status ;
/* Check the RNG handle allocation */
if ((hrng == NULL)||(pConf == NULL))
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Check RNG peripheral state */
if (hrng->State == HAL_RNG_STATE_READY)
{
/* Change RNG peripheral state */
hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_BUSY;
/* Get RNG parameters */
pConf->Config1 = (uint32_t) ((hrng->Instance->CR & RNG_CR_RNG_CONFIG1) >> RNG_CR_RNG_CONFIG1_Pos) ;
pConf->Config2 = (uint32_t) ((hrng->Instance->CR & RNG_CR_RNG_CONFIG2) >> RNG_CR_RNG_CONFIG2_Pos);
pConf->Config3 = (uint32_t)((hrng->Instance->CR & RNG_CR_RNG_CONFIG3) >> RNG_CR_RNG_CONFIG3_Pos);
pConf->ClockDivider = (hrng->Instance->CR & RNG_CR_CLKDIV);
pConf->NistCompliance = (hrng->Instance->CR & RNG_CR_NISTC);
/* Initialize the RNG state */
hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_READY;
/* function status */
status = HAL_OK;
}
else
{
hrng->ErrorCode |= HAL_RNG_ERROR_BUSY;
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Return the function status */
return status;
}
/**
* @brief RNG current configuration lock.
* @note This function allows to lock RNG peripheral configuration.
* Once locked, HW RNG reset has to be performed prior any further
* configuration update.
* @param hrng pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for RNG.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RNGEx_LockConfig(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status;
/* Check the RNG handle allocation */
if (hrng == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Check RNG peripheral state */
if(hrng->State == HAL_RNG_STATE_READY)
{
/* Change RNG peripheral state */
hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_BUSY;
/* Perform RNG configuration Lock */
MODIFY_REG(hrng->Instance->CR, RNG_CR_CONFIGLOCK, RNG_CR_CONFIGLOCK);
/* Change RNG peripheral state */
hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_READY;
/* function status */
status = HAL_OK;
}
else
{
hrng->ErrorCode = HAL_RNG_ERROR_BUSY;
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Return the function status */
return status;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* CONDRST */
#endif /* HAL_RNG_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* RNG */
/**
* @}
*/

2698
resources/Camera_driver/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_rtc.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

2414
resources/Camera_driver/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_rtc_ex.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

2853
resources/Camera_driver/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_sai.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

134
resources/Camera_driver/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_sai_ex.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32l4xx_hal_sai_ex.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief SAI Extended HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionality of the SAI Peripheral Controller:
* + Modify PDM microphone delays.
*
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_SAI_MODULE_ENABLED
#if defined(STM32L4R5xx) || defined(STM32L4R7xx) || defined(STM32L4R9xx) || defined(STM32L4S5xx) || defined(STM32L4S7xx) || defined(STM32L4S9xx) || \
defined(STM32L4P5xx) || defined(STM32L4Q5xx)
/** @defgroup SAIEx SAIEx
* @brief SAI Extended HAL module driver
* @{
*/
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup SAIEx_Private_Defines SAIEx Extended Private Defines
* @{
*/
#define SAI_PDM_DELAY_MASK 0x77U
#define SAI_PDM_DELAY_OFFSET 8U
#define SAI_PDM_RIGHT_DELAY_OFFSET 4U
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup SAIEx_Exported_Functions SAIEx Extended Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup SAIEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Peripheral Control functions
* @brief SAIEx control functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Extended features functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Modify PDM microphone delays
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Configure PDM microphone delays.
* @param hsai SAI handle.
* @param pdmMicDelay Microphone delays configuration.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SAIEx_ConfigPdmMicDelay(const SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai,
const SAIEx_PdmMicDelayParamTypeDef *pdmMicDelay)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
uint32_t offset;
/* Check that SAI sub-block is SAI1 sub-block A */
if (hsai->Instance != SAI1_Block_A)
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
else
{
/* Check microphone delay parameters */
assert_param(IS_SAI_PDM_MIC_PAIRS_NUMBER(pdmMicDelay->MicPair));
assert_param(IS_SAI_PDM_MIC_DELAY(pdmMicDelay->LeftDelay));
assert_param(IS_SAI_PDM_MIC_DELAY(pdmMicDelay->RightDelay));
/* Compute offset on PDMDLY register according mic pair number */
offset = SAI_PDM_DELAY_OFFSET * (pdmMicDelay->MicPair - 1U);
/* Check SAI state and offset */
if ((hsai->State != HAL_SAI_STATE_RESET) && (offset <= 24U))
{
/* Reset current delays for specified microphone */
SAI1->PDMDLY &= ~(SAI_PDM_DELAY_MASK << offset);
/* Apply new microphone delays */
SAI1->PDMDLY |= (((pdmMicDelay->RightDelay << SAI_PDM_RIGHT_DELAY_OFFSET) | pdmMicDelay->LeftDelay) << offset);
}
else
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
}
return status;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* STM32L4R5xx || STM32L4R7xx || STM32L4R9xx || STM32L4S5xx || STM32L4S7xx || STM32L4S9xx || */
/* STM32L4P5xx || STM32L4Q5xx */
#endif /* HAL_SAI_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/

4467
resources/Camera_driver/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_sd.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

414
resources/Camera_driver/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_sd_ex.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,414 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32l4xx_hal_sd_ex.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief SD card Extended HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the Secure Digital (SD) peripheral:
* + Extended features functions
*
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
The SD Extension HAL driver can be used as follows:
(+) Set card in High Speed mode using HAL_SDEx_HighSpeed() function.
(+) Configure Buffer0 and Buffer1 start address and Buffer size using HAL_SDEx_ConfigDMAMultiBuffer() function.
(+) Start Read and Write for multibuffer mode using HAL_SDEx_ReadBlocksDMAMultiBuffer() and HAL_SDEx_WriteBlocksDMAMultiBuffer() functions.
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
#if defined(STM32L4P5xx) || defined(STM32L4Q5xx) || defined(STM32L4R5xx) || defined(STM32L4R7xx) || defined(STM32L4R9xx) || defined(STM32L4S5xx) || defined(STM32L4S7xx) || defined(STM32L4S9xx)
/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup SDEx SDEx
* @brief SD Extended HAL module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_SD_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
extern uint32_t SD_HighSpeed(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd);
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup SDEx_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup SDEx_Exported_Functions_Group1
* @brief High Speed function
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### High Speed function #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This section provides function allowing to configure the card in High Speed mode.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Switches the SD card to High Speed mode.
* This API must be used after "Transfer State"
* @note This operation should be followed by the configuration
* of PLL to have SDMMCCK clock between 50 and 120 MHz
* @param hsd SD handle
* @retval SD Card error state
*/
uint32_t HAL_SDEx_HighSpeed(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd)
{
return SD_HighSpeed (hsd);
}
/**
* @brief Enable/Disable the SD Transceiver 1.8V Mode Callback.
* @param status Voltage Switch State
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_SDEx_DriveTransceiver_1_8V_Callback(FlagStatus status)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(status);
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_SD_EnableTransciver could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup SDEx_Exported_Functions_Group2
* @brief Multibuffer functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### Multibuffer functions #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This section provides functions allowing to configure the multibuffer mode and start read and write
multibuffer mode for SD HAL driver.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Configure DMA Dual Buffer mode. The Data transfer is managed by an Internal DMA.
* @param hsd SD handle
* @param pDataBuffer0 Pointer to the buffer0 that will contain/receive the transferred data
* @param pDataBuffer1 Pointer to the buffer1 that will contain/receive the transferred data
* @param BufferSize Size of Buffer0 in Blocks. Buffer0 and Buffer1 must have the same size.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDEx_ConfigDMAMultiBuffer(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint32_t *pDataBuffer0, uint32_t *pDataBuffer1, uint32_t BufferSize)
{
if(hsd->State == HAL_SD_STATE_READY)
{
hsd->Instance->IDMABASE0= (uint32_t) pDataBuffer0;
hsd->Instance->IDMABASE1= (uint32_t) pDataBuffer1;
hsd->Instance->IDMABSIZE= (uint32_t) (BLOCKSIZE * BufferSize);
return HAL_OK;
}
else
{
return HAL_BUSY;
}
}
/**
* @brief Reads block(s) from a specified address in a card. The received Data will be stored in Buffer0 and Buffer1.
* Buffer0, Buffer1 and BufferSize need to be configured by function HAL_SDEx_ConfigDMAMultiBuffer before call this function.
* @param hsd SD handle
* @param BlockAdd Block Address from where data is to be read
* @param NumberOfBlocks Total number of blocks to read
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDEx_ReadBlocksDMAMultiBuffer(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint32_t BlockAdd, uint32_t NumberOfBlocks)
{
SDMMC_DataInitTypeDef config;
uint32_t errorstate;
uint32_t DmaBase0_reg, DmaBase1_reg;
uint32_t add = BlockAdd;
if(hsd->State == HAL_SD_STATE_READY)
{
if((add + NumberOfBlocks) > (hsd->SdCard.LogBlockNbr))
{
hsd->ErrorCode |= HAL_SD_ERROR_ADDR_OUT_OF_RANGE;
return HAL_ERROR;
}
DmaBase0_reg = hsd->Instance->IDMABASE0;
DmaBase1_reg = hsd->Instance->IDMABASE1;
if ((hsd->Instance->IDMABSIZE == 0U) || (DmaBase0_reg == 0U) || (DmaBase1_reg == 0U))
{
hsd->ErrorCode = HAL_SD_ERROR_ADDR_OUT_OF_RANGE;
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Initialize data control register */
hsd->Instance->DCTRL = 0;
/* Clear old Flags*/
__HAL_SD_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_STATIC_DATA_FLAGS);
hsd->ErrorCode = HAL_SD_ERROR_NONE;
hsd->State = HAL_SD_STATE_BUSY;
if(hsd->SdCard.CardType != CARD_SDHC_SDXC)
{
add *= 512U;
}
/* Configure the SD DPSM (Data Path State Machine) */
config.DataTimeOut = SDMMC_DATATIMEOUT;
config.DataLength = BLOCKSIZE * NumberOfBlocks;
config.DataBlockSize = SDMMC_DATABLOCK_SIZE_512B;
config.TransferDir = SDMMC_TRANSFER_DIR_TO_SDMMC;
config.TransferMode = SDMMC_TRANSFER_MODE_BLOCK;
config.DPSM = SDMMC_DPSM_DISABLE;
(void)SDMMC_ConfigData(hsd->Instance, &config);
hsd->Instance->DCTRL |= SDMMC_DCTRL_FIFORST;
__SDMMC_CMDTRANS_ENABLE( hsd->Instance);
hsd->Instance->IDMACTRL = SDMMC_ENABLE_IDMA_DOUBLE_BUFF0;
/* Read Blocks in DMA mode */
hsd->Context = (SD_CONTEXT_READ_MULTIPLE_BLOCK | SD_CONTEXT_DMA);
/* Read Multi Block command */
errorstate = SDMMC_CmdReadMultiBlock(hsd->Instance, add);
if(errorstate != HAL_SD_ERROR_NONE)
{
hsd->State = HAL_SD_STATE_READY;
hsd->ErrorCode |= errorstate;
return HAL_ERROR;
}
__HAL_SD_ENABLE_IT(hsd, (SDMMC_IT_DCRCFAIL | SDMMC_IT_DTIMEOUT | SDMMC_IT_RXOVERR | SDMMC_IT_DATAEND | SDMMC_IT_IDMABTC));
return HAL_OK;
}
else
{
return HAL_BUSY;
}
}
/**
* @brief Write block(s) to a specified address in a card. The transferred Data are stored in Buffer0 and Buffer1.
* Buffer0, Buffer1 and BufferSize need to be configured by function HAL_SDEx_ConfigDMAMultiBuffer before call this function.
* @param hsd SD handle
* @param BlockAdd Block Address from where data is to be read
* @param NumberOfBlocks Total number of blocks to read
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDEx_WriteBlocksDMAMultiBuffer(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint32_t BlockAdd, uint32_t NumberOfBlocks)
{
SDMMC_DataInitTypeDef config;
uint32_t errorstate;
uint32_t DmaBase0_reg, DmaBase1_reg;
uint32_t add = BlockAdd;
if(hsd->State == HAL_SD_STATE_READY)
{
if((add + NumberOfBlocks) > (hsd->SdCard.LogBlockNbr))
{
hsd->ErrorCode |= HAL_SD_ERROR_ADDR_OUT_OF_RANGE;
return HAL_ERROR;
}
DmaBase0_reg = hsd->Instance->IDMABASE0;
DmaBase1_reg = hsd->Instance->IDMABASE1;
if ((hsd->Instance->IDMABSIZE == 0U) || (DmaBase0_reg == 0U) || (DmaBase1_reg == 0U))
{
hsd->ErrorCode = HAL_SD_ERROR_ADDR_OUT_OF_RANGE;
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Initialize data control register */
hsd->Instance->DCTRL = 0;
hsd->ErrorCode = HAL_SD_ERROR_NONE;
hsd->State = HAL_SD_STATE_BUSY;
if(hsd->SdCard.CardType != CARD_SDHC_SDXC)
{
add *= 512U;
}
/* Configure the SD DPSM (Data Path State Machine) */
config.DataTimeOut = SDMMC_DATATIMEOUT;
config.DataLength = BLOCKSIZE * NumberOfBlocks;
config.DataBlockSize = SDMMC_DATABLOCK_SIZE_512B;
config.TransferDir = SDMMC_TRANSFER_DIR_TO_CARD;
config.TransferMode = SDMMC_TRANSFER_MODE_BLOCK;
config.DPSM = SDMMC_DPSM_DISABLE;
(void)SDMMC_ConfigData(hsd->Instance, &config);
__SDMMC_CMDTRANS_ENABLE( hsd->Instance);
hsd->Instance->IDMACTRL = SDMMC_ENABLE_IDMA_DOUBLE_BUFF0;
/* Write Blocks in DMA mode */
hsd->Context = (SD_CONTEXT_WRITE_MULTIPLE_BLOCK | SD_CONTEXT_DMA);
/* Write Multi Block command */
errorstate = SDMMC_CmdWriteMultiBlock(hsd->Instance, add);
if(errorstate != HAL_SD_ERROR_NONE)
{
hsd->State = HAL_SD_STATE_READY;
hsd->ErrorCode |= errorstate;
return HAL_ERROR;
}
__HAL_SD_ENABLE_IT(hsd, (SDMMC_IT_DCRCFAIL | SDMMC_IT_DTIMEOUT | SDMMC_IT_TXUNDERR | SDMMC_IT_DATAEND | SDMMC_IT_IDMABTC));
return HAL_OK;
}
else
{
return HAL_BUSY;
}
}
/**
* @brief Change the DMA Buffer0 or Buffer1 address on the fly.
* @param hsd pointer to a SD_HandleTypeDef structure.
* @param Buffer the buffer to be changed, This parameter can be one of
* the following values: SD_DMA_BUFFER0 or SD_DMA_BUFFER1
* @param pDataBuffer The new address
* @note The BUFFER0 address can be changed only when the current transfer use
* BUFFER1 and the BUFFER1 address can be changed only when the current
* transfer use BUFFER0.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDEx_ChangeDMABuffer(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, HAL_SDEx_DMABuffer_MemoryTypeDef Buffer, uint32_t *pDataBuffer)
{
if(Buffer == SD_DMA_BUFFER0)
{
/* change the buffer0 address */
hsd->Instance->IDMABASE0 = (uint32_t)pDataBuffer;
}
else
{
/* change the memory1 address */
hsd->Instance->IDMABASE1 = (uint32_t)pDataBuffer;
}
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Read DMA Buffer 0 Transfer completed callbacks
* @param hsd: SD handle
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_SDEx_Read_DMADoubleBuffer0CpltCallback(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hsd);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_SDEx_Read_DMADoubleBuffer0CpltCallback can be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief Read DMA Buffer 1 Transfer completed callbacks
* @param hsd: SD handle
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_SDEx_Read_DMADoubleBuffer1CpltCallback(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hsd);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_SDEx_Read_DMADoubleBuffer1CpltCallback can be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief Write DMA Buffer 0 Transfer completed callbacks
* @param hsd: SD handle
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_SDEx_Write_DMADoubleBuffer0CpltCallback(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hsd);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_SDEx_Write_DMADoubleBuffer0CpltCallback can be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @brief Write DMA Buffer 1 Transfer completed callbacks
* @param hsd: SD handle
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_SDEx_Write_DMADoubleBuffer1CpltCallback(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hsd);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_SDEx_Write_DMADoubleBuffer0CpltCallback can be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_SD_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* STM32L4P5xx || STM32L4Q5xx || STM32L4R5xx || STM32L4R7xx || STM32L4R9xx || STM32L4S5xx || STM32L4S7xx || STM32L4S9xx */

3351
resources/Camera_driver/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_smartcard.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

503
resources/Camera_driver/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_smartcard_ex.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,503 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32l4xx_hal_smartcard_ex.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief SMARTCARD HAL module driver.
* This file provides extended firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the SmartCard.
* + Initialization and de-initialization functions
* + Peripheral Control functions
*
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
@verbatim
=============================================================================
##### SMARTCARD peripheral extended features #####
=============================================================================
[..]
The Extended SMARTCARD HAL driver can be used as follows:
(#) After having configured the SMARTCARD basic features with HAL_SMARTCARD_Init(),
then program SMARTCARD advanced features if required (TX/RX pins swap, TimeOut,
auto-retry counter,...) in the hsmartcard AdvancedInit structure.
(#) FIFO mode enabling/disabling and RX/TX FIFO threshold programming.
-@- When SMARTCARD operates in FIFO mode, FIFO mode must be enabled prior
starting RX/TX transfers. Also RX/TX FIFO thresholds must be
configured prior starting RX/TX transfers.
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup SMARTCARDEx SMARTCARDEx
* @brief SMARTCARD Extended HAL module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_SMARTCARD_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup SMARTCARDEx_Private_Constants SMARTCARD Extended Private Constants
* @{
*/
/* UART RX FIFO depth */
#define RX_FIFO_DEPTH 8U
/* UART TX FIFO depth */
#define TX_FIFO_DEPTH 8U
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
static void SMARTCARDEx_SetNbDataToProcess(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard);
#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup SMARTCARDEx_Exported_Functions SMARTCARD Extended Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup SMARTCARDEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extended Peripheral Control functions
* @brief Extended control functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Peripheral Control functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the SMARTCARD.
(+) HAL_SMARTCARDEx_BlockLength_Config() API allows to configure the Block Length on the fly
(+) HAL_SMARTCARDEx_TimeOut_Config() API allows to configure the receiver timeout value on the fly
(+) HAL_SMARTCARDEx_EnableReceiverTimeOut() API enables the receiver timeout feature
(+) HAL_SMARTCARDEx_DisableReceiverTimeOut() API disables the receiver timeout feature
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/** @brief Update on the fly the SMARTCARD block length in RTOR register.
* @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module.
* @param BlockLength SMARTCARD block length (8-bit long at most)
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_SMARTCARDEx_BlockLength_Config(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard, uint8_t BlockLength)
{
MODIFY_REG(hsmartcard->Instance->RTOR, USART_RTOR_BLEN, ((uint32_t)BlockLength << USART_RTOR_BLEN_Pos));
}
/** @brief Update on the fly the receiver timeout value in RTOR register.
* @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module.
* @param TimeOutValue receiver timeout value in number of baud blocks. The timeout
* value must be less or equal to 0x0FFFFFFFF.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_SMARTCARDEx_TimeOut_Config(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard, uint32_t TimeOutValue)
{
assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_TIMEOUT_VALUE(hsmartcard->Init.TimeOutValue));
MODIFY_REG(hsmartcard->Instance->RTOR, USART_RTOR_RTO, TimeOutValue);
}
/** @brief Enable the SMARTCARD receiver timeout feature.
* @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARDEx_EnableReceiverTimeOut(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard)
{
if (hsmartcard->gState == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY)
{
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hsmartcard);
hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY;
/* Set the USART RTOEN bit */
SET_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_RTOEN);
hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hsmartcard);
return HAL_OK;
}
else
{
return HAL_BUSY;
}
}
/** @brief Disable the SMARTCARD receiver timeout feature.
* @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARDEx_DisableReceiverTimeOut(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard)
{
if (hsmartcard->gState == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY)
{
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hsmartcard);
hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY;
/* Clear the USART RTOEN bit */
CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_RTOEN);
hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hsmartcard);
return HAL_OK;
}
else
{
return HAL_BUSY;
}
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup SMARTCARDEx_Exported_Functions_Group2 Extended Peripheral IO operation functions
* @brief SMARTCARD Transmit and Receive functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### IO operation functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This subsection provides a set of FIFO mode related callback functions.
(#) TX/RX Fifos Callbacks:
(++) HAL_SMARTCARDEx_RxFifoFullCallback()
(++) HAL_SMARTCARDEx_TxFifoEmptyCallback()
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
/**
* @brief SMARTCARD RX Fifo full callback.
* @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_SMARTCARDEx_RxFifoFullCallback(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hsmartcard);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_SMARTCARDEx_RxFifoFullCallback can be implemented in the user file.
*/
}
/**
* @brief SMARTCARD TX Fifo empty callback.
* @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_SMARTCARDEx_TxFifoEmptyCallback(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hsmartcard);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_SMARTCARDEx_TxFifoEmptyCallback can be implemented in the user file.
*/
}
#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup SMARTCARDEx_Exported_Functions_Group3 Extended Peripheral FIFO Control functions
* @brief SMARTCARD control functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Peripheral FIFO Control functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the SMARTCARD
FIFO feature.
(+) HAL_SMARTCARDEx_EnableFifoMode() API enables the FIFO mode
(+) HAL_SMARTCARDEx_DisableFifoMode() API disables the FIFO mode
(+) HAL_SMARTCARDEx_SetTxFifoThreshold() API sets the TX FIFO threshold
(+) HAL_SMARTCARDEx_SetRxFifoThreshold() API sets the RX FIFO threshold
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
/**
* @brief Enable the FIFO mode.
* @param hsmartcard SMARTCARD handle.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARDEx_EnableFifoMode(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard)
{
uint32_t tmpcr1;
/* Check parameters */
assert_param(IS_UART_FIFO_INSTANCE(hsmartcard->Instance));
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hsmartcard);
hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY;
/* Save actual SMARTCARD configuration */
tmpcr1 = READ_REG(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1);
/* Disable SMARTCARD */
__HAL_SMARTCARD_DISABLE(hsmartcard);
/* Enable FIFO mode */
SET_BIT(tmpcr1, USART_CR1_FIFOEN);
hsmartcard->FifoMode = SMARTCARD_FIFOMODE_ENABLE;
/* Restore SMARTCARD configuration */
WRITE_REG(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1, tmpcr1);
/* Determine the number of data to process during RX/TX ISR execution */
SMARTCARDEx_SetNbDataToProcess(hsmartcard);
hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hsmartcard);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Disable the FIFO mode.
* @param hsmartcard SMARTCARD handle.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARDEx_DisableFifoMode(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard)
{
uint32_t tmpcr1;
/* Check parameters */
assert_param(IS_UART_FIFO_INSTANCE(hsmartcard->Instance));
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hsmartcard);
hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY;
/* Save actual SMARTCARD configuration */
tmpcr1 = READ_REG(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1);
/* Disable SMARTCARD */
__HAL_SMARTCARD_DISABLE(hsmartcard);
/* Enable FIFO mode */
CLEAR_BIT(tmpcr1, USART_CR1_FIFOEN);
hsmartcard->FifoMode = SMARTCARD_FIFOMODE_DISABLE;
/* Restore SMARTCARD configuration */
WRITE_REG(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1, tmpcr1);
hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hsmartcard);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Set the TXFIFO threshold.
* @param hsmartcard SMARTCARD handle.
* @param Threshold TX FIFO threshold value
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref SMARTCARD_TXFIFO_THRESHOLD_1_8
* @arg @ref SMARTCARD_TXFIFO_THRESHOLD_1_4
* @arg @ref SMARTCARD_TXFIFO_THRESHOLD_1_2
* @arg @ref SMARTCARD_TXFIFO_THRESHOLD_3_4
* @arg @ref SMARTCARD_TXFIFO_THRESHOLD_7_8
* @arg @ref SMARTCARD_TXFIFO_THRESHOLD_8_8
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARDEx_SetTxFifoThreshold(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard, uint32_t Threshold)
{
uint32_t tmpcr1;
/* Check parameters */
assert_param(IS_UART_FIFO_INSTANCE(hsmartcard->Instance));
assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_TXFIFO_THRESHOLD(Threshold));
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hsmartcard);
hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY;
/* Save actual SMARTCARD configuration */
tmpcr1 = READ_REG(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1);
/* Disable SMARTCARD */
__HAL_SMARTCARD_DISABLE(hsmartcard);
/* Update TX threshold configuration */
MODIFY_REG(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_TXFTCFG, Threshold);
/* Determine the number of data to process during RX/TX ISR execution */
SMARTCARDEx_SetNbDataToProcess(hsmartcard);
/* Restore SMARTCARD configuration */
MODIFY_REG(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_UE, tmpcr1);
hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hsmartcard);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Set the RXFIFO threshold.
* @param hsmartcard SMARTCARD handle.
* @param Threshold RX FIFO threshold value
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref SMARTCARD_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD_1_8
* @arg @ref SMARTCARD_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD_1_4
* @arg @ref SMARTCARD_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD_1_2
* @arg @ref SMARTCARD_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD_3_4
* @arg @ref SMARTCARD_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD_7_8
* @arg @ref SMARTCARD_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD_8_8
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARDEx_SetRxFifoThreshold(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard, uint32_t Threshold)
{
uint32_t tmpcr1;
/* Check parameters */
assert_param(IS_UART_FIFO_INSTANCE(hsmartcard->Instance));
assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD(Threshold));
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hsmartcard);
hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY;
/* Save actual SMARTCARD configuration */
tmpcr1 = READ_REG(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1);
/* Disable SMARTCARD */
__HAL_SMARTCARD_DISABLE(hsmartcard);
/* Update RX threshold configuration */
MODIFY_REG(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_RXFTCFG, Threshold);
/* Determine the number of data to process during RX/TX ISR execution */
SMARTCARDEx_SetNbDataToProcess(hsmartcard);
/* Restore SMARTCARD configuration */
MODIFY_REG(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_UE, tmpcr1);
hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hsmartcard);
return HAL_OK;
}
#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup SMARTCARDEx_Private_Functions SMARTCARD Extended Private Functions
* @{
*/
#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
/**
* @brief Calculate the number of data to process in RX/TX ISR.
* @note The RX FIFO depth and the TX FIFO depth is extracted from
* the USART configuration registers.
* @param hsmartcard SMARTCARD handle.
* @retval None
*/
static void SMARTCARDEx_SetNbDataToProcess(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard)
{
uint8_t rx_fifo_depth;
uint8_t tx_fifo_depth;
uint8_t rx_fifo_threshold;
uint8_t tx_fifo_threshold;
/* 2 0U/1U added for MISRAC2012-Rule-18.1_b and MISRAC2012-Rule-18.1_d */
static const uint8_t numerator[] = {1U, 1U, 1U, 3U, 7U, 1U, 0U, 0U};
static const uint8_t denominator[] = {8U, 4U, 2U, 4U, 8U, 1U, 1U, 1U};
if (hsmartcard->FifoMode == SMARTCARD_FIFOMODE_DISABLE)
{
hsmartcard->NbTxDataToProcess = 1U;
hsmartcard->NbRxDataToProcess = 1U;
}
else
{
rx_fifo_depth = RX_FIFO_DEPTH;
tx_fifo_depth = TX_FIFO_DEPTH;
rx_fifo_threshold = (uint8_t)(READ_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_RXFTCFG) >> USART_CR3_RXFTCFG_Pos);
tx_fifo_threshold = (uint8_t)(READ_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_TXFTCFG) >> USART_CR3_TXFTCFG_Pos);
hsmartcard->NbTxDataToProcess = ((uint16_t)tx_fifo_depth * numerator[tx_fifo_threshold]) / \
(uint16_t)denominator[tx_fifo_threshold];
hsmartcard->NbRxDataToProcess = ((uint16_t)rx_fifo_depth * numerator[rx_fifo_threshold]) / \
(uint16_t)denominator[rx_fifo_threshold];
}
}
#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_SMARTCARD_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/

2788
resources/Camera_driver/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_smbus.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

254
resources/Camera_driver/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_smbus_ex.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,254 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32l4xx_hal_smbus_ex.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief SMBUS Extended HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of SMBUS Extended peripheral:
* + Extended features functions
*
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### SMBUS peripheral Extended features #####
==============================================================================
[..] Comparing to other previous devices, the SMBUS interface for STM32L4xx
devices contains the following additional features
(+) Disable or enable wakeup from Stop mode(s)
(+) Disable or enable Fast Mode Plus
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
(#) Configure the enable or disable of SMBUS Wake Up Mode using the functions :
(++) HAL_SMBUSEx_EnableWakeUp()
(++) HAL_SMBUSEx_DisableWakeUp()
(#) Configure the enable or disable of fast mode plus driving capability using the functions :
(++) HAL_SMBUSEx_EnableFastModePlus()
(++) HAL_SMBUSEx_DisableFastModePlus()
@endverbatim
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup SMBUSEx SMBUSEx
* @brief SMBUS Extended HAL module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_SMBUS_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup SMBUSEx_Exported_Functions SMBUS Extended Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup SMBUSEx_Exported_Functions_Group2 WakeUp Mode Functions
* @brief WakeUp Mode Functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### WakeUp Mode Functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Configure Wake Up Feature
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Enable SMBUS wakeup from Stop mode(s).
* @param hsmbus Pointer to a SMBUS_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified SMBUSx peripheral.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMBUSEx_EnableWakeUp(SMBUS_HandleTypeDef *hsmbus)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_I2C_WAKEUP_FROMSTOP_INSTANCE(hsmbus->Instance));
if (hsmbus->State == HAL_SMBUS_STATE_READY)
{
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hsmbus);
hsmbus->State = HAL_SMBUS_STATE_BUSY;
/* Disable the selected SMBUS peripheral */
__HAL_SMBUS_DISABLE(hsmbus);
/* Enable wakeup from stop mode */
hsmbus->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_WUPEN;
__HAL_SMBUS_ENABLE(hsmbus);
hsmbus->State = HAL_SMBUS_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hsmbus);
return HAL_OK;
}
else
{
return HAL_BUSY;
}
}
/**
* @brief Disable SMBUS wakeup from Stop mode(s).
* @param hsmbus Pointer to a SMBUS_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified SMBUSx peripheral.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMBUSEx_DisableWakeUp(SMBUS_HandleTypeDef *hsmbus)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_I2C_WAKEUP_FROMSTOP_INSTANCE(hsmbus->Instance));
if (hsmbus->State == HAL_SMBUS_STATE_READY)
{
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(hsmbus);
hsmbus->State = HAL_SMBUS_STATE_BUSY;
/* Disable the selected SMBUS peripheral */
__HAL_SMBUS_DISABLE(hsmbus);
/* Disable wakeup from stop mode */
hsmbus->Instance->CR1 &= ~(I2C_CR1_WUPEN);
__HAL_SMBUS_ENABLE(hsmbus);
hsmbus->State = HAL_SMBUS_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(hsmbus);
return HAL_OK;
}
else
{
return HAL_BUSY;
}
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup SMBUSEx_Exported_Functions_Group3 Fast Mode Plus Functions
* @brief Fast Mode Plus Functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Fast Mode Plus Functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Configure Fast Mode Plus
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Enable the SMBUS fast mode plus driving capability.
* @param ConfigFastModePlus Selects the pin.
* This parameter can be one of the @ref SMBUSEx_FastModePlus values
* @note For I2C1, fast mode plus driving capability can be enabled on all selected
* I2C1 pins using SMBUS_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C1 parameter or independently
* on each one of the following pins PB6, PB7, PB8 and PB9.
* @note For remaining I2C1 pins (PA14, PA15...) fast mode plus driving capability
* can be enabled only by using SMBUS_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C1 parameter.
* @note For all I2C2 pins fast mode plus driving capability can be enabled
* only by using SMBUS_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C2 parameter.
* @note For all I2C3 pins fast mode plus driving capability can be enabled
* only by using SMBUS_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C3 parameter.
* @note For all I2C4 pins fast mode plus driving capability can be enabled
* only by using SMBUS_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C4 parameter.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_SMBUSEx_EnableFastModePlus(uint32_t ConfigFastModePlus)
{
/* Check the parameter */
assert_param(IS_SMBUS_FASTMODEPLUS(ConfigFastModePlus));
/* Enable SYSCFG clock */
__HAL_RCC_SYSCFG_CLK_ENABLE();
/* Enable fast mode plus driving capability for selected pin */
SET_BIT(SYSCFG->CFGR1, (uint32_t)ConfigFastModePlus);
}
/**
* @brief Disable the SMBUS fast mode plus driving capability.
* @param ConfigFastModePlus Selects the pin.
* This parameter can be one of the @ref SMBUSEx_FastModePlus values
* @note For I2C1, fast mode plus driving capability can be disabled on all selected
* I2C1 pins using SMBUS_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C1 parameter or independently
* on each one of the following pins PB6, PB7, PB8 and PB9.
* @note For remaining I2C1 pins (PA14, PA15...) fast mode plus driving capability
* can be disabled only by using SMBUS_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C1 parameter.
* @note For all I2C2 pins fast mode plus driving capability can be disabled
* only by using SMBUS_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C2 parameter.
* @note For all I2C3 pins fast mode plus driving capability can be disabled
* only by using SMBUS_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C3 parameter.
* @note For all I2C4 pins fast mode plus driving capability can be disabled
* only by using SMBUS_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C4 parameter.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_SMBUSEx_DisableFastModePlus(uint32_t ConfigFastModePlus)
{
/* Check the parameter */
assert_param(IS_SMBUS_FASTMODEPLUS(ConfigFastModePlus));
/* Enable SYSCFG clock */
__HAL_RCC_SYSCFG_CLK_ENABLE();
/* Disable fast mode plus driving capability for selected pin */
CLEAR_BIT(SYSCFG->CFGR1, (uint32_t)ConfigFastModePlus);
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_SMBUS_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/

4436
resources/Camera_driver/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_spi.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

112
resources/Camera_driver/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_spi_ex.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32l4xx_hal_spi_ex.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief Extended SPI HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* SPI peripheral extended functionalities :
* + IO operation functions
*
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup SPIEx SPIEx
* @brief SPI Extended HAL module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_SPI_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private defines -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup SPIEx_Private_Constants SPIEx Private Constants
* @{
*/
#define SPI_FIFO_SIZE 4UL
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup SPIEx_Exported_Functions SPIEx Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup SPIEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 IO operation functions
* @brief Data transfers functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### IO operation functions #####
===============================================================================
[..]
This subsection provides a set of extended functions to manage the SPI
data transfers.
(#) Rx data flush function:
(++) HAL_SPIEx_FlushRxFifo()
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Flush the RX fifo.
* @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified SPI module.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPIEx_FlushRxFifo(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
{
__IO uint32_t tmpreg;
uint8_t count = 0U;
while ((hspi->Instance->SR & SPI_FLAG_FRLVL) != SPI_FRLVL_EMPTY)
{
count++;
tmpreg = hspi->Instance->DR;
UNUSED(tmpreg); /* To avoid GCC warning */
if (count == SPI_FIFO_SIZE)
{
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
}
}
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_SPI_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/

1110
resources/Camera_driver/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_sram.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1940
resources/Camera_driver/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_swpmi.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

7896
resources/Camera_driver/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_tim.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

2841
resources/Camera_driver/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_tim_ex.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

209
resources/Camera_driver/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_timebase_tim_template.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,209 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32l4xx_hal_timebase_tim_template.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief HAL time base based on the hardware TIM Template.
*
* This file overrides the native HAL time base functions (defined as weak)
* the TIM time base:
* + Initializes the TIM peripheral to generate a Period elapsed Event each 1ms
* + HAL_IncTick is called inside HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback ie each 1ms
*
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This file must be copied to the application folder and modified as follows:
(#) Rename it to 'stm32l4xx_hal_timebase_tim.c'
(#) Add this file and the TIM HAL driver files to your project and make sure
HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED is defined in stm32l4xx_hal_conf.h
[..]
(@) The application needs to ensure that the time base is always set to 1 millisecond
to have correct HAL operation.
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup HAL_TimeBase
* @{
*/
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
TIM_HandleTypeDef TimHandle;
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
void TIM6_DAC_IRQHandler(void);
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* @brief This function configures the TIM6 as a time base source.
* The time source is configured to have 1ms time base with a dedicated
* Tick interrupt priority.
* @note This function is called automatically at the beginning of program after
* reset by HAL_Init() or at any time when clock is configured, by HAL_RCC_ClockConfig().
* @param TickPriority Tick interrupt priority.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_InitTick(uint32_t TickPriority)
{
RCC_ClkInitTypeDef clkconfig;
uint32_t uwTimclock, uwAPB1Prescaler;
uint32_t uwPrescalerValue;
uint32_t pFLatency;
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
/* Check uwTickFreq for MisraC 2012 (even if uwTickFreq is a enum type that don't take the value zero)*/
if ((uint32_t)uwTickFreq != 0U)
{
/* Enable TIM6 clock */
__HAL_RCC_TIM6_CLK_ENABLE();
/* Get clock configuration */
HAL_RCC_GetClockConfig(&clkconfig, &pFLatency);
/* Get APB1 prescaler */
uwAPB1Prescaler = clkconfig.APB1CLKDivider;
/* Compute TIM6 clock */
if (uwAPB1Prescaler == RCC_HCLK_DIV1)
{
uwTimclock = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq();
}
else
{
uwTimclock = 2U * HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq();
}
/* Compute the prescaler value to have TIM6 counter clock equal to 1MHz */
uwPrescalerValue = (uint32_t) ((uwTimclock / 1000000U) - 1U);
/* Initialize TIM6 */
TimHandle.Instance = TIM6;
/* Initialize TIMx peripheral as follows:
+ Period = [(TIM6CLK/1000) - 1]. to have a (1/1000) s time base.
+ Prescaler = (uwTimclock/1000000 - 1) to have a 1MHz counter clock.
+ ClockDivision = 0
+ Counter direction = Up
*/
TimHandle.Init.Period = (1000000U / 1000U) - 1U;
TimHandle.Init.Prescaler = uwPrescalerValue;
TimHandle.Init.ClockDivision = 0;
TimHandle.Init.CounterMode = TIM_COUNTERMODE_UP;
TimHandle.Init.AutoReloadPreload = TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD_DISABLE;
if (HAL_TIM_Base_Init(&TimHandle) == HAL_OK)
{
/* Start the TIM time Base generation in interrupt mode */
if (HAL_TIM_Base_Start_IT(&TimHandle) == HAL_OK)
{
/* Enable the TIM6_DAC global Interrupt */
HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(TIM6_DAC_IRQn);
/* Configure the SysTick IRQ priority */
if (TickPriority < (1UL << __NVIC_PRIO_BITS))
{
/*Configure the TIM6_DAC IRQ priority */
HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(TIM6_DAC_IRQn, TickPriority ,0U);
uwTickPrio = TickPriority;
}
else
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
}
else
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
}
else
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
}
else
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Return function status */
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Suspend Tick increment.
* @note Disable the tick increment by disabling TIM6 update interrupt.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_SuspendTick(void)
{
/* Disable TIM6 update interrupt */
__HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(&TimHandle, TIM_IT_UPDATE);
}
/**
* @brief Resume Tick increment.
* @note Enable the tick increment by enabling TIM6 update interrupt.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_ResumeTick(void)
{
/* Enable TIM6 update interrupt */
__HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(&TimHandle, TIM_IT_UPDATE);
}
/**
* @brief Period elapsed callback in non blocking mode
* @note This function is called when TIM6 interrupt took place, inside
* HAL_TIM_IRQHandler(). It makes a direct call to HAL_IncTick() to increment
* a global variable "uwTick" used as application time base.
* @param htim TIM handle
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(htim);
HAL_IncTick();
}
/**
* @brief This function handles TIM interrupt request.
* @retval None
*/
void TIM6_DAC_IRQHandler(void)
{
HAL_TIM_IRQHandler(&TimHandle);
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/

1126
resources/Camera_driver/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_tsc.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

4840
resources/Camera_driver/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_uart.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1074
resources/Camera_driver/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_uart_ex.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

3923
resources/Camera_driver/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_usart.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

553
resources/Camera_driver/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_usart_ex.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,553 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32l4xx_hal_usart_ex.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief Extended USART HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following extended
* functionalities of the Universal Synchronous Receiver Transmitter Peripheral (USART).
* + Peripheral Control functions
*
*
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### USART peripheral extended features #####
==============================================================================
(#) FIFO mode enabling/disabling and RX/TX FIFO threshold programming.
-@- When USART operates in FIFO mode, FIFO mode must be enabled prior
starting RX/TX transfers. Also RX/TX FIFO thresholds must be
configured prior starting RX/TX transfers.
(#) Slave mode enabling/disabling and NSS pin configuration.
-@- When USART operates in Slave mode, Slave mode must be enabled prior
starting RX/TX transfers.
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup USARTEx USARTEx
* @brief USART Extended HAL module driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_USART_MODULE_ENABLED
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
/** @defgroup USARTEx_Private_Constants USARTEx Private Constants
* @{
*/
/* USART RX FIFO depth */
#define RX_FIFO_DEPTH 8U
/* USART TX FIFO depth */
#define TX_FIFO_DEPTH 8U
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
/** @defgroup USARTEx_Private_Functions USARTEx Private Functions
* @{
*/
static void USARTEx_SetNbDataToProcess(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup USARTEx_Exported_Functions USARTEx Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup USARTEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 IO operation functions
* @brief Extended USART Transmit/Receive functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### IO operation functions #####
===============================================================================
This subsection provides a set of FIFO mode related callback functions.
(#) TX/RX Fifos Callbacks:
(+) HAL_USARTEx_RxFifoFullCallback()
(+) HAL_USARTEx_TxFifoEmptyCallback()
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
/**
* @brief USART RX Fifo full callback.
* @param husart USART handle.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_USARTEx_RxFifoFullCallback(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(husart);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_USARTEx_RxFifoFullCallback can be implemented in the user file.
*/
}
/**
* @brief USART TX Fifo empty callback.
* @param husart USART handle.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_USARTEx_TxFifoEmptyCallback(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(husart);
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_USARTEx_TxFifoEmptyCallback can be implemented in the user file.
*/
}
#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USARTEx_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions
* @brief Extended Peripheral Control functions
*
@verbatim
===============================================================================
##### Peripheral Control functions #####
===============================================================================
[..] This section provides the following functions:
(+) HAL_USARTEx_EnableSPISlaveMode() API enables the SPI slave mode
(+) HAL_USARTEx_DisableSPISlaveMode() API disables the SPI slave mode
(+) HAL_USARTEx_ConfigNSS API configures the Slave Select input pin (NSS)
(+) HAL_USARTEx_EnableFifoMode() API enables the FIFO mode
(+) HAL_USARTEx_DisableFifoMode() API disables the FIFO mode
(+) HAL_USARTEx_SetTxFifoThreshold() API sets the TX FIFO threshold
(+) HAL_USARTEx_SetRxFifoThreshold() API sets the RX FIFO threshold
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
#if defined(USART_CR2_SLVEN)
/**
* @brief Enable the SPI slave mode.
* @note When the USART operates in SPI slave mode, it handles data flow using
* the serial interface clock derived from the external SCLK signal
* provided by the external master SPI device.
* @note In SPI slave mode, the USART must be enabled before starting the master
* communications (or between frames while the clock is stable). Otherwise,
* if the USART slave is enabled while the master is in the middle of a
* frame, it will become desynchronized with the master.
* @note The data register of the slave needs to be ready before the first edge
* of the communication clock or before the end of the ongoing communication,
* otherwise the SPI slave will transmit zeros.
* @param husart USART handle.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USARTEx_EnableSlaveMode(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart)
{
uint32_t tmpcr1;
/* Check parameters */
assert_param(IS_UART_SPI_SLAVE_INSTANCE(husart->Instance));
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(husart);
husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY;
/* Save actual USART configuration */
tmpcr1 = READ_REG(husart->Instance->CR1);
/* Disable USART */
__HAL_USART_DISABLE(husart);
/* In SPI slave mode mode, the following bits must be kept cleared:
- LINEN and CLKEN bit in the USART_CR2 register
- HDSEL, SCEN and IREN bits in the USART_CR3 register.*/
CLEAR_BIT(husart->Instance->CR2, (USART_CR2_LINEN | USART_CR2_CLKEN));
CLEAR_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3, (USART_CR3_SCEN | USART_CR3_HDSEL | USART_CR3_IREN));
/* Enable SPI slave mode */
SET_BIT(husart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_SLVEN);
/* Restore USART configuration */
WRITE_REG(husart->Instance->CR1, tmpcr1);
husart->SlaveMode = USART_SLAVEMODE_ENABLE;
husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_READY;
/* Enable USART */
__HAL_USART_ENABLE(husart);
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(husart);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Disable the SPI slave mode.
* @param husart USART handle.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USARTEx_DisableSlaveMode(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart)
{
uint32_t tmpcr1;
/* Check parameters */
assert_param(IS_UART_SPI_SLAVE_INSTANCE(husart->Instance));
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(husart);
husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY;
/* Save actual USART configuration */
tmpcr1 = READ_REG(husart->Instance->CR1);
/* Disable USART */
__HAL_USART_DISABLE(husart);
/* Disable SPI slave mode */
CLEAR_BIT(husart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_SLVEN);
/* Restore USART configuration */
WRITE_REG(husart->Instance->CR1, tmpcr1);
husart->SlaveMode = USART_SLAVEMODE_DISABLE;
husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(husart);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Configure the Slave Select input pin (NSS).
* @note Software NSS management: SPI slave will always be selected and NSS
* input pin will be ignored.
* @note Hardware NSS management: the SPI slave selection depends on NSS
* input pin. The slave is selected when NSS is low and deselected when
* NSS is high.
* @param husart USART handle.
* @param NSSConfig NSS configuration.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref USART_NSS_HARD
* @arg @ref USART_NSS_SOFT
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USARTEx_ConfigNSS(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart, uint32_t NSSConfig)
{
uint32_t tmpcr1;
/* Check parameters */
assert_param(IS_UART_SPI_SLAVE_INSTANCE(husart->Instance));
assert_param(IS_USART_NSS(NSSConfig));
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(husart);
husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY;
/* Save actual USART configuration */
tmpcr1 = READ_REG(husart->Instance->CR1);
/* Disable USART */
__HAL_USART_DISABLE(husart);
/* Program DIS_NSS bit in the USART_CR2 register */
MODIFY_REG(husart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_DIS_NSS, NSSConfig);
/* Restore USART configuration */
WRITE_REG(husart->Instance->CR1, tmpcr1);
husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(husart);
return HAL_OK;
}
#endif /* USART_CR2_SLVEN */
#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
/**
* @brief Enable the FIFO mode.
* @param husart USART handle.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USARTEx_EnableFifoMode(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart)
{
uint32_t tmpcr1;
/* Check parameters */
assert_param(IS_UART_FIFO_INSTANCE(husart->Instance));
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(husart);
husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY;
/* Save actual USART configuration */
tmpcr1 = READ_REG(husart->Instance->CR1);
/* Disable USART */
__HAL_USART_DISABLE(husart);
/* Enable FIFO mode */
SET_BIT(tmpcr1, USART_CR1_FIFOEN);
husart->FifoMode = USART_FIFOMODE_ENABLE;
/* Restore USART configuration */
WRITE_REG(husart->Instance->CR1, tmpcr1);
/* Determine the number of data to process during RX/TX ISR execution */
USARTEx_SetNbDataToProcess(husart);
husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(husart);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Disable the FIFO mode.
* @param husart USART handle.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USARTEx_DisableFifoMode(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart)
{
uint32_t tmpcr1;
/* Check parameters */
assert_param(IS_UART_FIFO_INSTANCE(husart->Instance));
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(husart);
husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY;
/* Save actual USART configuration */
tmpcr1 = READ_REG(husart->Instance->CR1);
/* Disable USART */
__HAL_USART_DISABLE(husart);
/* Enable FIFO mode */
CLEAR_BIT(tmpcr1, USART_CR1_FIFOEN);
husart->FifoMode = USART_FIFOMODE_DISABLE;
/* Restore USART configuration */
WRITE_REG(husart->Instance->CR1, tmpcr1);
husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(husart);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Set the TXFIFO threshold.
* @param husart USART handle.
* @param Threshold TX FIFO threshold value
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref USART_TXFIFO_THRESHOLD_1_8
* @arg @ref USART_TXFIFO_THRESHOLD_1_4
* @arg @ref USART_TXFIFO_THRESHOLD_1_2
* @arg @ref USART_TXFIFO_THRESHOLD_3_4
* @arg @ref USART_TXFIFO_THRESHOLD_7_8
* @arg @ref USART_TXFIFO_THRESHOLD_8_8
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USARTEx_SetTxFifoThreshold(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart, uint32_t Threshold)
{
uint32_t tmpcr1;
/* Check parameters */
assert_param(IS_UART_FIFO_INSTANCE(husart->Instance));
assert_param(IS_USART_TXFIFO_THRESHOLD(Threshold));
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(husart);
husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY;
/* Save actual USART configuration */
tmpcr1 = READ_REG(husart->Instance->CR1);
/* Disable USART */
__HAL_USART_DISABLE(husart);
/* Update TX threshold configuration */
MODIFY_REG(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_TXFTCFG, Threshold);
/* Determine the number of data to process during RX/TX ISR execution */
USARTEx_SetNbDataToProcess(husart);
/* Restore USART configuration */
WRITE_REG(husart->Instance->CR1, tmpcr1);
husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(husart);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Set the RXFIFO threshold.
* @param husart USART handle.
* @param Threshold RX FIFO threshold value
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref USART_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD_1_8
* @arg @ref USART_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD_1_4
* @arg @ref USART_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD_1_2
* @arg @ref USART_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD_3_4
* @arg @ref USART_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD_7_8
* @arg @ref USART_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD_8_8
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USARTEx_SetRxFifoThreshold(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart, uint32_t Threshold)
{
uint32_t tmpcr1;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_UART_FIFO_INSTANCE(husart->Instance));
assert_param(IS_USART_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD(Threshold));
/* Process Locked */
__HAL_LOCK(husart);
husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY;
/* Save actual USART configuration */
tmpcr1 = READ_REG(husart->Instance->CR1);
/* Disable USART */
__HAL_USART_DISABLE(husart);
/* Update RX threshold configuration */
MODIFY_REG(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_RXFTCFG, Threshold);
/* Determine the number of data to process during RX/TX ISR execution */
USARTEx_SetNbDataToProcess(husart);
/* Restore USART configuration */
WRITE_REG(husart->Instance->CR1, tmpcr1);
husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_READY;
/* Process Unlocked */
__HAL_UNLOCK(husart);
return HAL_OK;
}
#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup USARTEx_Private_Functions
* @{
*/
#if defined(USART_CR1_FIFOEN)
/**
* @brief Calculate the number of data to process in RX/TX ISR.
* @note The RX FIFO depth and the TX FIFO depth is extracted from
* the USART configuration registers.
* @param husart USART handle.
* @retval None
*/
static void USARTEx_SetNbDataToProcess(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart)
{
uint8_t rx_fifo_depth;
uint8_t tx_fifo_depth;
uint8_t rx_fifo_threshold;
uint8_t tx_fifo_threshold;
/* 2 0U/1U added for MISRAC2012-Rule-18.1_b and MISRAC2012-Rule-18.1_d */
static const uint8_t numerator[] = {1U, 1U, 1U, 3U, 7U, 1U, 0U, 0U};
static const uint8_t denominator[] = {8U, 4U, 2U, 4U, 8U, 1U, 1U, 1U};
if (husart->FifoMode == USART_FIFOMODE_DISABLE)
{
husart->NbTxDataToProcess = 1U;
husart->NbRxDataToProcess = 1U;
}
else
{
rx_fifo_depth = RX_FIFO_DEPTH;
tx_fifo_depth = TX_FIFO_DEPTH;
rx_fifo_threshold = (uint8_t)((READ_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3,
USART_CR3_RXFTCFG) >> USART_CR3_RXFTCFG_Pos) & 0xFFU);
tx_fifo_threshold = (uint8_t)((READ_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3,
USART_CR3_TXFTCFG) >> USART_CR3_TXFTCFG_Pos) & 0xFFU);
husart->NbTxDataToProcess = ((uint16_t)tx_fifo_depth * numerator[tx_fifo_threshold]) /
(uint16_t)denominator[tx_fifo_threshold];
husart->NbRxDataToProcess = ((uint16_t)rx_fifo_depth * numerator[rx_fifo_threshold]) /
(uint16_t)denominator[rx_fifo_threshold];
}
}
#endif /* USART_CR1_FIFOEN */
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_USART_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/

420
resources/Camera_driver/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_hal_wwdg.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,420 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32l4xx_hal_wwdg.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief WWDG HAL module driver.
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the Window Watchdog (WWDG) peripheral:
* + Initialization and Configuration functions
* + IO operation functions
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### WWDG Specific features #####
==============================================================================
[..]
Once enabled the WWDG generates a system reset on expiry of a programmed
time period, unless the program refreshes the counter (T[6;0] downcounter)
before reaching 0x3F value (i.e. a reset is generated when the counter
value rolls down from 0x40 to 0x3F).
(+) An MCU reset is also generated if the counter value is refreshed
before the counter has reached the refresh window value. This
implies that the counter must be refreshed in a limited window.
(+) Once enabled the WWDG cannot be disabled except by a system reset.
(+) If required by application, an Early Wakeup Interrupt can be triggered
in order to be warned before WWDG expiration. The Early Wakeup Interrupt
(EWI) can be used if specific safety operations or data logging must
be performed before the actual reset is generated. When the downcounter
reaches 0x40, interrupt occurs. This mechanism requires WWDG interrupt
line to be enabled in NVIC. Once enabled, EWI interrupt cannot be
disabled except by a system reset.
(+) WWDGRST flag in RCC CSR register can be used to inform when a WWDG
reset occurs.
(+) The WWDG counter input clock is derived from the APB clock divided
by a programmable prescaler.
(+) WWDG clock (Hz) = PCLK1 / (4096 * Prescaler)
(+) WWDG timeout (mS) = 1000 * (T[5;0] + 1) / WWDG clock (Hz)
where T[5;0] are the lowest 6 bits of Counter.
(+) WWDG Counter refresh is allowed between the following limits :
(++) min time (mS) = 1000 * (Counter - Window) / WWDG clock
(++) max time (mS) = 1000 * (Counter - 0x40) / WWDG clock
(+) Typical values:
(++) Counter min (T[5;0] = 0x00) at 56MHz (PCLK1) with zero prescaler:
max timeout before reset: approximately 73.14us
(++) Counter max (T[5;0] = 0x3F) at 56MHz (PCLK1) with prescaler
dividing by 8:
max timeout before reset: approximately 599.18ms
##### How to use this driver #####
==============================================================================
*** Common driver usage ***
===========================
[..]
(+) Enable WWDG APB1 clock using __HAL_RCC_WWDG_CLK_ENABLE().
(+) Configure the WWDG prescaler, refresh window value, counter value and early
interrupt status using HAL_WWDG_Init() function. This will automatically
enable WWDG and start its downcounter. Time reference can be taken from
function exit. Care must be taken to provide a counter value
greater than 0x40 to prevent generation of immediate reset.
(+) If the Early Wakeup Interrupt (EWI) feature is enabled, an interrupt is
generated when the counter reaches 0x40. When HAL_WWDG_IRQHandler is
triggered by the interrupt service routine, flag will be automatically
cleared and HAL_WWDG_WakeupCallback user callback will be executed. User
can add his own code by customization of callback HAL_WWDG_WakeupCallback.
(+) Then the application program must refresh the WWDG counter at regular
intervals during normal operation to prevent an MCU reset, using
HAL_WWDG_Refresh() function. This operation must occur only when
the counter is lower than the refresh window value already programmed.
*** Callback registration ***
=============================
[..]
The compilation define USE_HAL_WWDG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS when set to 1 allows
the user to configure dynamically the driver callbacks. Use Functions
HAL_WWDG_RegisterCallback() to register a user callback.
(+) Function HAL_WWDG_RegisterCallback() allows to register following
callbacks:
(++) EwiCallback : callback for Early WakeUp Interrupt.
(++) MspInitCallback : WWDG MspInit.
This function takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, the Callback ID
and a pointer to the user callback function.
(+) Use function HAL_WWDG_UnRegisterCallback() to reset a callback to
the default weak (surcharged) function. HAL_WWDG_UnRegisterCallback()
takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle and the Callback ID.
This function allows to reset following callbacks:
(++) EwiCallback : callback for Early WakeUp Interrupt.
(++) MspInitCallback : WWDG MspInit.
[..]
When calling HAL_WWDG_Init function, callbacks are reset to the
corresponding legacy weak (surcharged) functions:
HAL_WWDG_EarlyWakeupCallback() and HAL_WWDG_MspInit() only if they have
not been registered before.
[..]
When compilation define USE_HAL_WWDG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS is set to 0 or
not defined, the callback registering feature is not available
and weak (surcharged) callbacks are used.
*** WWDG HAL driver macros list ***
===================================
[..]
Below the list of available macros in WWDG HAL driver.
(+) __HAL_WWDG_ENABLE: Enable the WWDG peripheral
(+) __HAL_WWDG_GET_FLAG: Get the selected WWDG's flag status
(+) __HAL_WWDG_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the WWDG's pending flags
(+) __HAL_WWDG_ENABLE_IT: Enable the WWDG early wakeup interrupt
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
#ifdef HAL_WWDG_MODULE_ENABLED
/** @defgroup WWDG WWDG
* @brief WWDG HAL module driver.
* @{
*/
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup WWDG_Exported_Functions WWDG Exported Functions
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup WWDG_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions
* @brief Initialization and Configuration functions.
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### Initialization and Configuration functions #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Initialize and start the WWDG according to the specified parameters
in the WWDG_InitTypeDef of associated handle.
(+) Initialize the WWDG MSP.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Initialize the WWDG according to the specified.
* parameters in the WWDG_InitTypeDef of associated handle.
* @param hwwdg pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified WWDG module.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_WWDG_Init(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg)
{
/* Check the WWDG handle allocation */
if (hwwdg == NULL)
{
return HAL_ERROR;
}
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_WWDG_ALL_INSTANCE(hwwdg->Instance));
assert_param(IS_WWDG_PRESCALER(hwwdg->Init.Prescaler));
assert_param(IS_WWDG_WINDOW(hwwdg->Init.Window));
assert_param(IS_WWDG_COUNTER(hwwdg->Init.Counter));
assert_param(IS_WWDG_EWI_MODE(hwwdg->Init.EWIMode));
#if (USE_HAL_WWDG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
/* Reset Callback pointers */
if (hwwdg->EwiCallback == NULL)
{
hwwdg->EwiCallback = HAL_WWDG_EarlyWakeupCallback;
}
if (hwwdg->MspInitCallback == NULL)
{
hwwdg->MspInitCallback = HAL_WWDG_MspInit;
}
/* Init the low level hardware */
hwwdg->MspInitCallback(hwwdg);
#else
/* Init the low level hardware */
HAL_WWDG_MspInit(hwwdg);
#endif /* USE_HAL_WWDG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
/* Set WWDG Counter */
WRITE_REG(hwwdg->Instance->CR, (WWDG_CR_WDGA | hwwdg->Init.Counter));
/* Set WWDG Prescaler and Window */
WRITE_REG(hwwdg->Instance->CFR, (hwwdg->Init.EWIMode | hwwdg->Init.Prescaler | hwwdg->Init.Window));
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Initialize the WWDG MSP.
* @param hwwdg pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified WWDG module.
* @note When rewriting this function in user file, mechanism may be added
* to avoid multiple initialize when HAL_WWDG_Init function is called
* again to change parameters.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_WWDG_MspInit(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hwwdg);
/* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_WWDG_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
#if (USE_HAL_WWDG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
/**
* @brief Register a User WWDG Callback
* To be used instead of the weak (surcharged) predefined callback
* @param hwwdg WWDG handle
* @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be registered
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref HAL_WWDG_EWI_CB_ID Early WakeUp Interrupt Callback ID
* @arg @ref HAL_WWDG_MSPINIT_CB_ID MspInit callback ID
* @param pCallback pointer to the Callback function
* @retval status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_WWDG_RegisterCallback(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg, HAL_WWDG_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID,
pWWDG_CallbackTypeDef pCallback)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
if (pCallback == NULL)
{
status = HAL_ERROR;
}
else
{
switch (CallbackID)
{
case HAL_WWDG_EWI_CB_ID:
hwwdg->EwiCallback = pCallback;
break;
case HAL_WWDG_MSPINIT_CB_ID:
hwwdg->MspInitCallback = pCallback;
break;
default:
status = HAL_ERROR;
break;
}
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Unregister a WWDG Callback
* WWDG Callback is redirected to the weak (surcharged) predefined callback
* @param hwwdg WWDG handle
* @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be registered
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref HAL_WWDG_EWI_CB_ID Early WakeUp Interrupt Callback ID
* @arg @ref HAL_WWDG_MSPINIT_CB_ID MspInit callback ID
* @retval status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_WWDG_UnRegisterCallback(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg, HAL_WWDG_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID)
{
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
switch (CallbackID)
{
case HAL_WWDG_EWI_CB_ID:
hwwdg->EwiCallback = HAL_WWDG_EarlyWakeupCallback;
break;
case HAL_WWDG_MSPINIT_CB_ID:
hwwdg->MspInitCallback = HAL_WWDG_MspInit;
break;
default:
status = HAL_ERROR;
break;
}
return status;
}
#endif /* USE_HAL_WWDG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup WWDG_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
* @brief IO operation functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### IO operation functions #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Refresh the WWDG.
(+) Handle WWDG interrupt request and associated function callback.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Refresh the WWDG.
* @param hwwdg pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified WWDG module.
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_WWDG_Refresh(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg)
{
/* Write to WWDG CR the WWDG Counter value to refresh with */
WRITE_REG(hwwdg->Instance->CR, (hwwdg->Init.Counter));
/* Return function status */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Handle WWDG interrupt request.
* @note The Early Wakeup Interrupt (EWI) can be used if specific safety operations
* or data logging must be performed before the actual reset is generated.
* The EWI interrupt is enabled by calling HAL_WWDG_Init function with
* EWIMode set to WWDG_EWI_ENABLE.
* When the downcounter reaches the value 0x40, and EWI interrupt is
* generated and the corresponding Interrupt Service Routine (ISR) can
* be used to trigger specific actions (such as communications or data
* logging), before resetting the device.
* @param hwwdg pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified WWDG module.
* @retval None
*/
void HAL_WWDG_IRQHandler(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg)
{
/* Check if Early Wakeup Interrupt is enable */
if (__HAL_WWDG_GET_IT_SOURCE(hwwdg, WWDG_IT_EWI) != RESET)
{
/* Check if WWDG Early Wakeup Interrupt occurred */
if (__HAL_WWDG_GET_FLAG(hwwdg, WWDG_FLAG_EWIF) != RESET)
{
/* Clear the WWDG Early Wakeup flag */
__HAL_WWDG_CLEAR_FLAG(hwwdg, WWDG_FLAG_EWIF);
#if (USE_HAL_WWDG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1)
/* Early Wakeup registered callback */
hwwdg->EwiCallback(hwwdg);
#else
/* Early Wakeup callback */
HAL_WWDG_EarlyWakeupCallback(hwwdg);
#endif /* USE_HAL_WWDG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
}
}
}
/**
* @brief WWDG Early Wakeup callback.
* @param hwwdg pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified WWDG module.
* @retval None
*/
__weak void HAL_WWDG_EarlyWakeupCallback(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg)
{
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
UNUSED(hwwdg);
/* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
the HAL_WWDG_EarlyWakeupCallback could be implemented in the user file
*/
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_WWDG_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/

1062
resources/Camera_driver/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_ll_adc.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

338
resources/Camera_driver/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_ll_comp.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,338 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32l4xx_ll_comp.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief COMP LL module driver
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32l4xx_ll_comp.h"
#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
#include "stm32_assert.h"
#else
#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
#endif /* USE_FULL_ASSERT */
/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_LL_Driver
* @{
*/
#if defined (COMP1) || defined (COMP2)
/** @addtogroup COMP_LL COMP
* @{
*/
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup COMP_LL_Private_Macros
* @{
*/
/* Check of parameters for configuration of COMP hierarchical scope: */
/* COMP instance. */
#define IS_LL_COMP_POWER_MODE(__POWER_MODE__) \
( ((__POWER_MODE__) == LL_COMP_POWERMODE_HIGHSPEED) \
|| ((__POWER_MODE__) == LL_COMP_POWERMODE_MEDIUMSPEED) \
|| ((__POWER_MODE__) == LL_COMP_POWERMODE_ULTRALOWPOWER) \
)
/* Note: On this STM32 series, comparator input plus parameters are */
/* the same on all COMP instances. */
/* However, comparator instance kept as macro parameter for */
/* compatibility with other STM32 families. */
#if defined(COMP_CSR_INPSEL_1)
#define IS_LL_COMP_INPUT_PLUS(__COMP_INSTANCE__, __INPUT_PLUS__) \
( ((__INPUT_PLUS__) == LL_COMP_INPUT_PLUS_IO1) \
|| ((__INPUT_PLUS__) == LL_COMP_INPUT_PLUS_IO2) \
|| ((__INPUT_PLUS__) == LL_COMP_INPUT_PLUS_IO3) \
)
#else
#define IS_LL_COMP_INPUT_PLUS(__COMP_INSTANCE__, __INPUT_PLUS__) \
( ((__INPUT_PLUS__) == LL_COMP_INPUT_PLUS_IO1) \
|| ((__INPUT_PLUS__) == LL_COMP_INPUT_PLUS_IO2) \
)
#endif
/* Note: On this STM32 series, comparator input minus parameters are */
/* the same on all COMP instances. */
/* However, comparator instance kept as macro parameter for */
/* compatibility with other STM32 families. */
#if defined(COMP_CSR_INMESEL_1)
#define IS_LL_COMP_INPUT_MINUS(__COMP_INSTANCE__, __INPUT_MINUS__) \
( ((__INPUT_MINUS__) == LL_COMP_INPUT_MINUS_1_4VREFINT) \
|| ((__INPUT_MINUS__) == LL_COMP_INPUT_MINUS_1_2VREFINT) \
|| ((__INPUT_MINUS__) == LL_COMP_INPUT_MINUS_3_4VREFINT) \
|| ((__INPUT_MINUS__) == LL_COMP_INPUT_MINUS_VREFINT) \
|| ((__INPUT_MINUS__) == LL_COMP_INPUT_MINUS_DAC1_CH1) \
|| ((__INPUT_MINUS__) == LL_COMP_INPUT_MINUS_DAC1_CH2) \
|| ((__INPUT_MINUS__) == LL_COMP_INPUT_MINUS_IO1) \
|| ((__INPUT_MINUS__) == LL_COMP_INPUT_MINUS_IO2) \
|| ((__INPUT_MINUS__) == LL_COMP_INPUT_MINUS_IO3) \
|| ((__INPUT_MINUS__) == LL_COMP_INPUT_MINUS_IO4) \
|| ((__INPUT_MINUS__) == LL_COMP_INPUT_MINUS_IO5) \
)
#else
#define IS_LL_COMP_INPUT_MINUS(__COMP_INSTANCE__, __INPUT_MINUS__) \
( ((__INPUT_MINUS__) == LL_COMP_INPUT_MINUS_1_4VREFINT) \
|| ((__INPUT_MINUS__) == LL_COMP_INPUT_MINUS_1_2VREFINT) \
|| ((__INPUT_MINUS__) == LL_COMP_INPUT_MINUS_3_4VREFINT) \
|| ((__INPUT_MINUS__) == LL_COMP_INPUT_MINUS_VREFINT) \
|| ((__INPUT_MINUS__) == LL_COMP_INPUT_MINUS_DAC1_CH1) \
|| ((__INPUT_MINUS__) == LL_COMP_INPUT_MINUS_DAC1_CH2) \
|| ((__INPUT_MINUS__) == LL_COMP_INPUT_MINUS_IO1) \
|| ((__INPUT_MINUS__) == LL_COMP_INPUT_MINUS_IO2) \
)
#endif
#define IS_LL_COMP_INPUT_HYSTERESIS(__INPUT_HYSTERESIS__) \
( ((__INPUT_HYSTERESIS__) == LL_COMP_HYSTERESIS_NONE) \
|| ((__INPUT_HYSTERESIS__) == LL_COMP_HYSTERESIS_LOW) \
|| ((__INPUT_HYSTERESIS__) == LL_COMP_HYSTERESIS_MEDIUM) \
|| ((__INPUT_HYSTERESIS__) == LL_COMP_HYSTERESIS_HIGH) \
)
#define IS_LL_COMP_OUTPUT_POLARITY(__POLARITY__) \
( ((__POLARITY__) == LL_COMP_OUTPUTPOL_NONINVERTED) \
|| ((__POLARITY__) == LL_COMP_OUTPUTPOL_INVERTED) \
)
#if defined(COMP2)
#define IS_LL_COMP_OUTPUT_BLANKING_SOURCE(__COMP_INSTANCE__, __OUTPUT_BLANKING_SOURCE__) \
(((__OUTPUT_BLANKING_SOURCE__) == LL_COMP_BLANKINGSRC_NONE) \
? ( \
(1UL) \
) \
: \
(((__COMP_INSTANCE__) == COMP1) \
? ( \
((__OUTPUT_BLANKING_SOURCE__) == LL_COMP_BLANKINGSRC_TIM1_OC5_COMP1) \
|| ((__OUTPUT_BLANKING_SOURCE__) == LL_COMP_BLANKINGSRC_TIM2_OC3_COMP1) \
|| ((__OUTPUT_BLANKING_SOURCE__) == LL_COMP_BLANKINGSRC_TIM3_OC3_COMP1) \
) \
: \
( \
((__OUTPUT_BLANKING_SOURCE__) == LL_COMP_BLANKINGSRC_TIM3_OC4_COMP2) \
|| ((__OUTPUT_BLANKING_SOURCE__) == LL_COMP_BLANKINGSRC_TIM8_OC5_COMP2) \
|| ((__OUTPUT_BLANKING_SOURCE__) == LL_COMP_BLANKINGSRC_TIM15_OC1_COMP2) \
) \
) \
)
#else
#if defined(TIM3)
#define IS_LL_COMP_OUTPUT_BLANKING_SOURCE(__COMP_INSTANCE__, __OUTPUT_BLANKING_SOURCE__) \
(((__OUTPUT_BLANKING_SOURCE__) == LL_COMP_BLANKINGSRC_NONE) \
? ( \
(1UL) \
) \
: \
( \
((__OUTPUT_BLANKING_SOURCE__) == LL_COMP_BLANKINGSRC_TIM1_OC5_COMP1) \
|| ((__OUTPUT_BLANKING_SOURCE__) == LL_COMP_BLANKINGSRC_TIM2_OC3_COMP1) \
|| ((__OUTPUT_BLANKING_SOURCE__) == LL_COMP_BLANKINGSRC_TIM3_OC3_COMP1) \
) \
)
#else
#define IS_LL_COMP_OUTPUT_BLANKING_SOURCE(__COMP_INSTANCE__, __OUTPUT_BLANKING_SOURCE__) \
(((__OUTPUT_BLANKING_SOURCE__) == LL_COMP_BLANKINGSRC_NONE) \
? ( \
(1UL) \
) \
: \
( \
((__OUTPUT_BLANKING_SOURCE__) == LL_COMP_BLANKINGSRC_TIM1_OC5_COMP1) \
|| ((__OUTPUT_BLANKING_SOURCE__) == LL_COMP_BLANKINGSRC_TIM2_OC3_COMP1) \
) \
)
#endif /* TIM3 */
#endif /* COMP2 */
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup COMP_LL_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup COMP_LL_EF_Init
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief De-initialize registers of the selected COMP instance
* to their default reset values.
* @note If comparator is locked, de-initialization by software is
* not possible.
* The only way to unlock the comparator is a device hardware reset.
* @param COMPx COMP instance
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: COMP registers are de-initialized
* - ERROR: COMP registers are not de-initialized
*/
ErrorStatus LL_COMP_DeInit(COMP_TypeDef *COMPx)
{
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_COMP_ALL_INSTANCE(COMPx));
/* Note: Hardware constraint (refer to description of this function): */
/* COMP instance must not be locked. */
if (LL_COMP_IsLocked(COMPx) == 0UL)
{
LL_COMP_WriteReg(COMPx, CSR, 0x00000000UL);
}
else
{
/* Comparator instance is locked: de-initialization by software is */
/* not possible. */
/* The only way to unlock the comparator is a device hardware reset. */
status = ERROR;
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Initialize some features of COMP instance.
* @note This function configures features of the selected COMP instance.
* Some features are also available at scope COMP common instance
* (common to several COMP instances).
* Refer to functions having argument "COMPxy_COMMON" as parameter.
* @param COMPx COMP instance
* @param COMP_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_COMP_InitTypeDef structure
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: COMP registers are initialized
* - ERROR: COMP registers are not initialized
*/
ErrorStatus LL_COMP_Init(COMP_TypeDef *COMPx, LL_COMP_InitTypeDef *COMP_InitStruct)
{
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_COMP_ALL_INSTANCE(COMPx));
assert_param(IS_LL_COMP_POWER_MODE(COMP_InitStruct->PowerMode));
assert_param(IS_LL_COMP_INPUT_PLUS(COMPx, COMP_InitStruct->InputPlus));
assert_param(IS_LL_COMP_INPUT_MINUS(COMPx, COMP_InitStruct->InputMinus));
assert_param(IS_LL_COMP_INPUT_HYSTERESIS(COMP_InitStruct->InputHysteresis));
assert_param(IS_LL_COMP_OUTPUT_POLARITY(COMP_InitStruct->OutputPolarity));
assert_param(IS_LL_COMP_OUTPUT_BLANKING_SOURCE(COMPx, COMP_InitStruct->OutputBlankingSource));
/* Note: Hardware constraint (refer to description of this function) */
/* COMP instance must not be locked. */
if (LL_COMP_IsLocked(COMPx) == 0UL)
{
/* Configuration of comparator instance : */
/* - PowerMode */
/* - InputPlus */
/* - InputMinus */
/* - InputHysteresis */
/* - OutputPolarity */
/* - OutputBlankingSource */
#if defined(COMP_CSR_INMESEL_1)
MODIFY_REG(COMPx->CSR,
COMP_CSR_PWRMODE
| COMP_CSR_INPSEL
| COMP_CSR_SCALEN
| COMP_CSR_BRGEN
| COMP_CSR_INMESEL
| COMP_CSR_INMSEL
| COMP_CSR_HYST
| COMP_CSR_POLARITY
| COMP_CSR_BLANKING
,
COMP_InitStruct->PowerMode
| COMP_InitStruct->InputPlus
| COMP_InitStruct->InputMinus
| COMP_InitStruct->InputHysteresis
| COMP_InitStruct->OutputPolarity
| COMP_InitStruct->OutputBlankingSource
);
#else
MODIFY_REG(COMPx->CSR,
COMP_CSR_PWRMODE
| COMP_CSR_INPSEL
| COMP_CSR_SCALEN
| COMP_CSR_BRGEN
| COMP_CSR_INMSEL
| COMP_CSR_HYST
| COMP_CSR_POLARITY
| COMP_CSR_BLANKING
,
COMP_InitStruct->PowerMode
| COMP_InitStruct->InputPlus
| COMP_InitStruct->InputMinus
| COMP_InitStruct->InputHysteresis
| COMP_InitStruct->OutputPolarity
| COMP_InitStruct->OutputBlankingSource
);
#endif
}
else
{
/* Initialization error: COMP instance is locked. */
status = ERROR;
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Set each @ref LL_COMP_InitTypeDef field to default value.
* @param COMP_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_COMP_InitTypeDef structure
* whose fields will be set to default values.
* @retval None
*/
void LL_COMP_StructInit(LL_COMP_InitTypeDef *COMP_InitStruct)
{
/* Set COMP_InitStruct fields to default values */
COMP_InitStruct->PowerMode = LL_COMP_POWERMODE_ULTRALOWPOWER;
COMP_InitStruct->InputPlus = LL_COMP_INPUT_PLUS_IO1;
COMP_InitStruct->InputMinus = LL_COMP_INPUT_MINUS_VREFINT;
COMP_InitStruct->InputHysteresis = LL_COMP_HYSTERESIS_NONE;
COMP_InitStruct->OutputPolarity = LL_COMP_OUTPUTPOL_NONINVERTED;
COMP_InitStruct->OutputBlankingSource = LL_COMP_BLANKINGSRC_NONE;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* COMP1 || COMP2 */
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */

103
resources/Camera_driver/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_ll_crc.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32l4xx_ll_crc.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief CRC LL module driver.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32l4xx_ll_crc.h"
#include "stm32l4xx_ll_bus.h"
#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
#include "stm32_assert.h"
#else
#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
#endif /* USE_FULL_ASSERT */
/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_LL_Driver
* @{
*/
#if defined (CRC)
/** @addtogroup CRC_LL
* @{
*/
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup CRC_LL_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup CRC_LL_EF_Init
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief De-initialize CRC registers (Registers restored to their default values).
* @param CRCx CRC Instance
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: CRC registers are de-initialized
* - ERROR: CRC registers are not de-initialized
*/
ErrorStatus LL_CRC_DeInit(CRC_TypeDef *CRCx)
{
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_CRC_ALL_INSTANCE(CRCx));
if (CRCx == CRC)
{
/* Force CRC reset */
LL_AHB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_CRC);
/* Release CRC reset */
LL_AHB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_CRC);
}
else
{
status = ERROR;
}
return (status);
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* defined (CRC) */
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */

83
resources/Camera_driver/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_ll_crs.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32l4xx_ll_crs.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief CRS LL module driver.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32l4xx_ll_crs.h"
#include "stm32l4xx_ll_bus.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_LL_Driver
* @{
*/
#if defined(CRS)
/** @defgroup CRS_LL CRS
* @{
*/
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup CRS_LL_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup CRS_LL_EF_Init
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief De-Initializes CRS peripheral registers to their default reset values.
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: CRS registers are de-initialized
* - ERROR: not applicable
*/
ErrorStatus LL_CRS_DeInit(void)
{
LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_CRS);
LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_CRS);
return SUCCESS;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* defined(CRS) */
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */

320
resources/Camera_driver/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_ll_dac.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,320 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32l4xx_ll_dac.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief DAC LL module driver
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32l4xx_ll_dac.h"
#include "stm32l4xx_ll_bus.h"
#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
#include "stm32_assert.h"
#else
#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
#endif
/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_LL_Driver
* @{
*/
#if defined (DAC1)
/** @addtogroup DAC_LL DAC
* @{
*/
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup DAC_LL_Private_Macros
* @{
*/
#if defined(DAC_CHANNEL2_SUPPORT)
#define IS_LL_DAC_CHANNEL(__DAC_CHANNEL__) \
( \
((__DAC_CHANNEL__) == LL_DAC_CHANNEL_1) \
|| ((__DAC_CHANNEL__) == LL_DAC_CHANNEL_2) \
)
#else
#define IS_LL_DAC_CHANNEL(__DAC_CHANNEL__) \
( \
((__DAC_CHANNEL__) == LL_DAC_CHANNEL_1) \
)
#endif /* DAC_CHANNEL2_SUPPORT */
#if defined (DAC_CR_TSEL1_3)
#define IS_LL_DAC_TRIGGER_SOURCE(__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) \
( ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_TRGO) \
|| ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM2_TRGO) \
|| ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM4_TRGO) \
|| ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM5_TRGO) \
|| ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM6_TRGO) \
|| ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM7_TRGO) \
|| ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM8_TRGO) \
|| ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM15_TRGO) \
|| ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_LPTIM1_OUT) \
|| ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_LPTIM2_OUT) \
|| ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_EXTI_LINE9) \
|| ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_SOFTWARE) \
)
#else
#define IS_LL_DAC_TRIGGER_SOURCE(__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) \
( ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_SOFTWARE) \
|| ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM2_TRGO) \
|| ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM4_TRGO) \
|| ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM5_TRGO) \
|| ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM6_TRGO) \
|| ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM7_TRGO) \
|| ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM8_TRGO) \
|| ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_EXTI_LINE9) \
)
#endif /* DAC_CR_TSEL1_3 */
#define IS_LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENER_MODE(__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_MODE__) \
( ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_MODE__) == LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_NONE) \
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_MODE__) == LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_NOISE) \
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_MODE__) == LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_TRIANGLE) \
)
#define IS_LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENER_CONFIG(__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_MODE__, __WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) \
( (((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_MODE__) == LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_NOISE) \
&& ( ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BIT0) \
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS1_0) \
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS2_0) \
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS3_0) \
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS4_0) \
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS5_0) \
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS6_0) \
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS7_0) \
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS8_0) \
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS9_0) \
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS10_0) \
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS11_0)) \
) \
||(((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_MODE__) == LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_TRIANGLE) \
&& ( ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_1) \
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_3) \
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_7) \
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_15) \
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_31) \
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_63) \
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_127) \
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_255) \
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_511) \
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_1023) \
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_2047) \
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_4095)) \
) \
)
#define IS_LL_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER(__OUTPUT_BUFFER__) \
( ((__OUTPUT_BUFFER__) == LL_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER_ENABLE) \
|| ((__OUTPUT_BUFFER__) == LL_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER_DISABLE) \
)
#define IS_LL_DAC_OUTPUT_CONNECTION(__OUTPUT_CONNECTION__) \
( ((__OUTPUT_CONNECTION__) == LL_DAC_OUTPUT_CONNECT_GPIO) \
|| ((__OUTPUT_CONNECTION__) == LL_DAC_OUTPUT_CONNECT_INTERNAL) \
)
#define IS_LL_DAC_OUTPUT_MODE(__OUTPUT_MODE__) \
( ((__OUTPUT_MODE__) == LL_DAC_OUTPUT_MODE_NORMAL) \
|| ((__OUTPUT_MODE__) == LL_DAC_OUTPUT_MODE_SAMPLE_AND_HOLD) \
)
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup DAC_LL_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup DAC_LL_EF_Init
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief De-initialize registers of the selected DAC instance
* to their default reset values.
* @param DACx DAC instance
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: DAC registers are de-initialized
* - ERROR: not applicable
*/
ErrorStatus LL_DAC_DeInit(DAC_TypeDef *DACx)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DAC_ALL_INSTANCE(DACx));
/* Force reset of DAC clock */
LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_DAC1);
/* Release reset of DAC clock */
LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_DAC1);
return SUCCESS;
}
/**
* @brief Initialize some features of DAC channel.
* @note @ref LL_DAC_Init() aims to ease basic configuration of a DAC channel.
* Leaving it ready to be enabled and output:
* a level by calling one of
* @ref LL_DAC_ConvertData12RightAligned
* @ref LL_DAC_ConvertData12LeftAligned
* @ref LL_DAC_ConvertData8RightAligned
* or one of the supported autogenerated wave.
* @note This function allows configuration of:
* - Output mode
* - Trigger
* - Wave generation
* @note The setting of these parameters by function @ref LL_DAC_Init()
* is conditioned to DAC state:
* DAC channel must be disabled.
* @param DACx DAC instance
* @param DAC_Channel This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref LL_DAC_CHANNEL_1
* @arg @ref LL_DAC_CHANNEL_2 (1)
*
* (1) On this STM32 serie, parameter not available on all devices.
* Refer to device datasheet for channels availability.
* @param DAC_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_DAC_InitTypeDef structure
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: DAC registers are initialized
* - ERROR: DAC registers are not initialized
*/
ErrorStatus LL_DAC_Init(DAC_TypeDef *DACx, uint32_t DAC_Channel, LL_DAC_InitTypeDef *DAC_InitStruct)
{
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DAC_ALL_INSTANCE(DACx));
assert_param(IS_LL_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel));
assert_param(IS_LL_DAC_TRIGGER_SOURCE(DAC_InitStruct->TriggerSource));
assert_param(IS_LL_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER(DAC_InitStruct->OutputBuffer));
assert_param(IS_LL_DAC_OUTPUT_CONNECTION(DAC_InitStruct->OutputConnection));
assert_param(IS_LL_DAC_OUTPUT_MODE(DAC_InitStruct->OutputMode));
assert_param(IS_LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENER_MODE(DAC_InitStruct->WaveAutoGeneration));
if (DAC_InitStruct->WaveAutoGeneration != LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_NONE)
{
assert_param(IS_LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENER_CONFIG(DAC_InitStruct->WaveAutoGeneration,
DAC_InitStruct->WaveAutoGenerationConfig));
}
/* Note: Hardware constraint (refer to description of this function) */
/* DAC instance must be disabled. */
if (LL_DAC_IsEnabled(DACx, DAC_Channel) == 0U)
{
/* Configuration of DAC channel: */
/* - TriggerSource */
/* - WaveAutoGeneration */
/* - OutputBuffer */
/* - OutputConnection */
/* - OutputMode */
if (DAC_InitStruct->WaveAutoGeneration != LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_NONE)
{
MODIFY_REG(DACx->CR,
(DAC_CR_TSEL1
| DAC_CR_WAVE1
| DAC_CR_MAMP1
) << (DAC_Channel & DAC_CR_CHX_BITOFFSET_MASK)
,
(DAC_InitStruct->TriggerSource
| DAC_InitStruct->WaveAutoGeneration
| DAC_InitStruct->WaveAutoGenerationConfig
) << (DAC_Channel & DAC_CR_CHX_BITOFFSET_MASK)
);
}
else
{
MODIFY_REG(DACx->CR,
(DAC_CR_TSEL1
| DAC_CR_WAVE1
) << (DAC_Channel & DAC_CR_CHX_BITOFFSET_MASK)
,
(DAC_InitStruct->TriggerSource
| LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_NONE
) << (DAC_Channel & DAC_CR_CHX_BITOFFSET_MASK)
);
}
MODIFY_REG(DACx->MCR,
(DAC_MCR_MODE1_1
| DAC_MCR_MODE1_0
| DAC_MCR_MODE1_2
) << (DAC_Channel & DAC_CR_CHX_BITOFFSET_MASK)
,
(DAC_InitStruct->OutputBuffer
| DAC_InitStruct->OutputConnection
| DAC_InitStruct->OutputMode
) << (DAC_Channel & DAC_CR_CHX_BITOFFSET_MASK)
);
}
else
{
/* Initialization error: DAC instance is not disabled. */
status = ERROR;
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Set each @ref LL_DAC_InitTypeDef field to default value.
* @param DAC_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_DAC_InitTypeDef structure
* whose fields will be set to default values.
* @retval None
*/
void LL_DAC_StructInit(LL_DAC_InitTypeDef *DAC_InitStruct)
{
/* Set DAC_InitStruct fields to default values */
DAC_InitStruct->TriggerSource = LL_DAC_TRIG_SOFTWARE;
DAC_InitStruct->WaveAutoGeneration = LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_NONE;
/* Note: Parameter discarded if wave auto generation is disabled, */
/* set anyway to its default value. */
DAC_InitStruct->WaveAutoGenerationConfig = LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BIT0;
DAC_InitStruct->OutputBuffer = LL_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER_ENABLE;
DAC_InitStruct->OutputConnection = LL_DAC_OUTPUT_CONNECT_GPIO;
DAC_InitStruct->OutputMode = LL_DAC_OUTPUT_MODE_NORMAL;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* DAC1 */
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */

400
resources/Camera_driver/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_ll_dma.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,400 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32l4xx_ll_dma.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief DMA LL module driver.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32l4xx_ll_dma.h"
#include "stm32l4xx_ll_bus.h"
#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
#include "stm32_assert.h"
#else
#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
#endif
/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_LL_Driver
* @{
*/
#if defined (DMA1) || defined (DMA2)
/** @defgroup DMA_LL DMA
* @{
*/
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup DMA_LL_Private_Macros
* @{
*/
#define IS_LL_DMA_DIRECTION(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_DIRECTION_PERIPH_TO_MEMORY) || \
((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_DIRECTION_MEMORY_TO_PERIPH) || \
((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_DIRECTION_MEMORY_TO_MEMORY))
#define IS_LL_DMA_MODE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_MODE_NORMAL) || \
((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_MODE_CIRCULAR))
#define IS_LL_DMA_PERIPHINCMODE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PERIPH_INCREMENT) || \
((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PERIPH_NOINCREMENT))
#define IS_LL_DMA_MEMORYINCMODE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_MEMORY_INCREMENT) || \
((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_MEMORY_NOINCREMENT))
#define IS_LL_DMA_PERIPHDATASIZE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PDATAALIGN_BYTE) || \
((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PDATAALIGN_HALFWORD) || \
((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PDATAALIGN_WORD))
#define IS_LL_DMA_MEMORYDATASIZE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_MDATAALIGN_BYTE) || \
((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_MDATAALIGN_HALFWORD) || \
((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_MDATAALIGN_WORD))
#define IS_LL_DMA_NBDATA(__VALUE__) ((__VALUE__) <= 0x0000FFFFU)
#if defined(DMAMUX1)
#define IS_LL_DMA_PERIPHREQUEST(__VALUE__) ((__VALUE__) <= 93U)
#else
#define IS_LL_DMA_PERIPHREQUEST(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_REQUEST_0) || \
((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_REQUEST_1) || \
((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_REQUEST_2) || \
((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_REQUEST_3) || \
((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_REQUEST_4) || \
((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_REQUEST_5) || \
((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_REQUEST_6) || \
((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_REQUEST_7))
#endif /* DMAMUX1 */
#define IS_LL_DMA_PRIORITY(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PRIORITY_LOW) || \
((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PRIORITY_MEDIUM) || \
((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PRIORITY_HIGH) || \
((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PRIORITY_VERYHIGH))
#if defined (DMA2)
#if defined (DMA2_Channel6) && defined (DMA2_Channel7)
#define IS_LL_DMA_ALL_CHANNEL_INSTANCE(INSTANCE, CHANNEL) ((((INSTANCE) == DMA1) && \
(((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_1) || \
((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_2) || \
((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_3) || \
((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_4) || \
((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_5) || \
((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_6) || \
((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_7))) || \
(((INSTANCE) == DMA2) && \
(((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_1) || \
((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_2) || \
((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_3) || \
((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_4) || \
((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_5) || \
((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_6) || \
((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_7))))
#else
#define IS_LL_DMA_ALL_CHANNEL_INSTANCE(INSTANCE, CHANNEL) ((((INSTANCE) == DMA1) && \
(((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_1) || \
((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_2) || \
((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_3) || \
((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_4) || \
((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_5) || \
((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_6) || \
((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_7))) || \
(((INSTANCE) == DMA2) && \
(((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_1) || \
((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_2) || \
((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_3) || \
((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_4) || \
((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_5))))
#endif
#else
#define IS_LL_DMA_ALL_CHANNEL_INSTANCE(INSTANCE, CHANNEL) ((((INSTANCE) == DMA1) && \
(((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_1)|| \
((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_2) || \
((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_3) || \
((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_4) || \
((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_5) || \
((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_6) || \
((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_7))))
#endif
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup DMA_LL_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup DMA_LL_EF_Init
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief De-initialize the DMA registers to their default reset values.
* @param DMAx DMAx Instance
* @param Channel This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_1
* @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_2
* @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_3
* @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_4
* @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_5
* @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_6
* @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_7
* @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_ALL
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: DMA registers are de-initialized
* - ERROR: DMA registers are not de-initialized
*/
ErrorStatus LL_DMA_DeInit(DMA_TypeDef *DMAx, uint32_t Channel)
{
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
DMA_Channel_TypeDef *tmp;
/* Check the DMA Instance DMAx and Channel parameters*/
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_ALL_CHANNEL_INSTANCE(DMAx, Channel) || (Channel == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_ALL));
if (Channel == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_ALL)
{
if (DMAx == DMA1)
{
/* Force reset of DMA clock */
LL_AHB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_DMA1);
/* Release reset of DMA clock */
LL_AHB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_DMA1);
}
#if defined(DMA2)
else if (DMAx == DMA2)
{
/* Force reset of DMA clock */
LL_AHB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_DMA2);
/* Release reset of DMA clock */
LL_AHB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_DMA2);
}
#endif
else
{
status = ERROR;
}
}
else
{
tmp = (DMA_Channel_TypeDef *)(__LL_DMA_GET_CHANNEL_INSTANCE(DMAx, Channel));
/* Disable the selected DMAx_Channely */
CLEAR_BIT(tmp->CCR, DMA_CCR_EN);
/* Reset DMAx_Channely control register */
WRITE_REG(tmp->CCR, 0U);
/* Reset DMAx_Channely remaining bytes register */
WRITE_REG(tmp->CNDTR, 0U);
/* Reset DMAx_Channely peripheral address register */
WRITE_REG(tmp->CPAR, 0U);
/* Reset DMAx_Channely memory 0 address register */
WRITE_REG(tmp->CMAR, 0U);
#if defined(DMAMUX1)
/* Reset Request register field for DMAx Channel */
LL_DMA_SetPeriphRequest(DMAx, Channel, LL_DMAMUX_REQ_MEM2MEM);
#else
/* Reset Request register field for DMAx Channel */
LL_DMA_SetPeriphRequest(DMAx, Channel, LL_DMA_REQUEST_0);
#endif /* DMAMUX1 */
if (Channel == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_1)
{
/* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMAx Channel1 */
LL_DMA_ClearFlag_GI1(DMAx);
}
else if (Channel == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_2)
{
/* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMAx Channel2 */
LL_DMA_ClearFlag_GI2(DMAx);
}
else if (Channel == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_3)
{
/* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMAx Channel3 */
LL_DMA_ClearFlag_GI3(DMAx);
}
else if (Channel == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_4)
{
/* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMAx Channel4 */
LL_DMA_ClearFlag_GI4(DMAx);
}
else if (Channel == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_5)
{
/* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMAx Channel5 */
LL_DMA_ClearFlag_GI5(DMAx);
}
else if (Channel == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_6)
{
/* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMAx Channel6 */
LL_DMA_ClearFlag_GI6(DMAx);
}
else if (Channel == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_7)
{
/* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMAx Channel7 */
LL_DMA_ClearFlag_GI7(DMAx);
}
else
{
status = ERROR;
}
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Initialize the DMA registers according to the specified parameters in DMA_InitStruct.
* @note To convert DMAx_Channely Instance to DMAx Instance and Channely, use helper macros :
* @arg @ref __LL_DMA_GET_INSTANCE
* @arg @ref __LL_DMA_GET_CHANNEL
* @param DMAx DMAx Instance
* @param Channel This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_1
* @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_2
* @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_3
* @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_4
* @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_5
* @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_6
* @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_7
* @param DMA_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_DMA_InitTypeDef structure.
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: DMA registers are initialized
* - ERROR: Not applicable
*/
ErrorStatus LL_DMA_Init(DMA_TypeDef *DMAx, uint32_t Channel, LL_DMA_InitTypeDef *DMA_InitStruct)
{
/* Check the DMA Instance DMAx and Channel parameters*/
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_ALL_CHANNEL_INSTANCE(DMAx, Channel));
/* Check the DMA parameters from DMA_InitStruct */
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_DIRECTION(DMA_InitStruct->Direction));
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_MODE(DMA_InitStruct->Mode));
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_PERIPHINCMODE(DMA_InitStruct->PeriphOrM2MSrcIncMode));
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_MEMORYINCMODE(DMA_InitStruct->MemoryOrM2MDstIncMode));
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_PERIPHDATASIZE(DMA_InitStruct->PeriphOrM2MSrcDataSize));
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_MEMORYDATASIZE(DMA_InitStruct->MemoryOrM2MDstDataSize));
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_NBDATA(DMA_InitStruct->NbData));
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_PERIPHREQUEST(DMA_InitStruct->PeriphRequest));
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_PRIORITY(DMA_InitStruct->Priority));
/*---------------------------- DMAx CCR Configuration ------------------------
* Configure DMAx_Channely: data transfer direction, data transfer mode,
* peripheral and memory increment mode,
* data size alignment and priority level with parameters :
* - Direction: DMA_CCR_DIR and DMA_CCR_MEM2MEM bits
* - Mode: DMA_CCR_CIRC bit
* - PeriphOrM2MSrcIncMode: DMA_CCR_PINC bit
* - MemoryOrM2MDstIncMode: DMA_CCR_MINC bit
* - PeriphOrM2MSrcDataSize: DMA_CCR_PSIZE[1:0] bits
* - MemoryOrM2MDstDataSize: DMA_CCR_MSIZE[1:0] bits
* - Priority: DMA_CCR_PL[1:0] bits
*/
LL_DMA_ConfigTransfer(DMAx, Channel, DMA_InitStruct->Direction | \
DMA_InitStruct->Mode | \
DMA_InitStruct->PeriphOrM2MSrcIncMode | \
DMA_InitStruct->MemoryOrM2MDstIncMode | \
DMA_InitStruct->PeriphOrM2MSrcDataSize | \
DMA_InitStruct->MemoryOrM2MDstDataSize | \
DMA_InitStruct->Priority);
/*-------------------------- DMAx CMAR Configuration -------------------------
* Configure the memory or destination base address with parameter :
* - MemoryOrM2MDstAddress: DMA_CMAR_MA[31:0] bits
*/
LL_DMA_SetMemoryAddress(DMAx, Channel, DMA_InitStruct->MemoryOrM2MDstAddress);
/*-------------------------- DMAx CPAR Configuration -------------------------
* Configure the peripheral or source base address with parameter :
* - PeriphOrM2MSrcAddress: DMA_CPAR_PA[31:0] bits
*/
LL_DMA_SetPeriphAddress(DMAx, Channel, DMA_InitStruct->PeriphOrM2MSrcAddress);
/*--------------------------- DMAx CNDTR Configuration -----------------------
* Configure the peripheral base address with parameter :
* - NbData: DMA_CNDTR_NDT[15:0] bits
*/
LL_DMA_SetDataLength(DMAx, Channel, DMA_InitStruct->NbData);
#if defined(DMAMUX1)
/*--------------------------- DMAMUXx CCR Configuration ----------------------
* Configure the DMA request for DMA Channels on DMAMUX Channel x with parameter :
* - PeriphRequest: DMA_CxCR[7:0] bits
*/
LL_DMA_SetPeriphRequest(DMAx, Channel, DMA_InitStruct->PeriphRequest);
#else
/*--------------------------- DMAx CSELR Configuration -----------------------
* Configure the DMA request for DMA instance on Channel x with parameter :
* - PeriphRequest: DMA_CSELR[31:0] bits
*/
LL_DMA_SetPeriphRequest(DMAx, Channel, DMA_InitStruct->PeriphRequest);
#endif /* DMAMUX1 */
return SUCCESS;
}
/**
* @brief Set each @ref LL_DMA_InitTypeDef field to default value.
* @param DMA_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_DMA_InitTypeDef structure.
* @retval None
*/
void LL_DMA_StructInit(LL_DMA_InitTypeDef *DMA_InitStruct)
{
/* Set DMA_InitStruct fields to default values */
DMA_InitStruct->PeriphOrM2MSrcAddress = 0x00000000U;
DMA_InitStruct->MemoryOrM2MDstAddress = 0x00000000U;
DMA_InitStruct->Direction = LL_DMA_DIRECTION_PERIPH_TO_MEMORY;
DMA_InitStruct->Mode = LL_DMA_MODE_NORMAL;
DMA_InitStruct->PeriphOrM2MSrcIncMode = LL_DMA_PERIPH_NOINCREMENT;
DMA_InitStruct->MemoryOrM2MDstIncMode = LL_DMA_MEMORY_NOINCREMENT;
DMA_InitStruct->PeriphOrM2MSrcDataSize = LL_DMA_PDATAALIGN_BYTE;
DMA_InitStruct->MemoryOrM2MDstDataSize = LL_DMA_MDATAALIGN_BYTE;
DMA_InitStruct->NbData = 0x00000000U;
#if defined(DMAMUX1)
DMA_InitStruct->PeriphRequest = LL_DMAMUX_REQ_MEM2MEM;
#else
DMA_InitStruct->PeriphRequest = LL_DMA_REQUEST_0;
#endif /* DMAMUX1 */
DMA_InitStruct->Priority = LL_DMA_PRIORITY_LOW;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* DMA1 || DMA2 */
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */

653
resources/Camera_driver/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_ll_dma2d.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,653 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32l4xx_ll_dma2d.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief DMA2D LL module driver.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32l4xx_ll_dma2d.h"
#include "stm32l4xx_ll_bus.h"
#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
#include "stm32_assert.h"
#else
#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
#endif /* USE_FULL_ASSERT */
/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_LL_Driver
* @{
*/
#if defined (DMA2D)
/** @addtogroup DMA2D_LL
* @{
*/
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup DMA2D_LL_Private_Constants DMA2D Private Constants
* @{
*/
#define LL_DMA2D_COLOR 0xFFU /*!< Maximum output color setting */
#define LL_DMA2D_NUMBEROFLINES DMA2D_NLR_NL /*!< Maximum number of lines */
#define LL_DMA2D_NUMBEROFPIXELS (DMA2D_NLR_PL >> DMA2D_NLR_PL_Pos) /*!< Maximum number of pixels per lines */
#define LL_DMA2D_OFFSET_MAX 0x3FFFU /*!< Maximum output line offset expressed in pixels */
#define LL_DMA2D_CLUTSIZE_MAX 0xFFU /*!< Maximum CLUT size */
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup DMA2D_LL_Private_Macros
* @{
*/
#if defined(DMA2D_M2M_BLEND_FIXED_COLOR_FG_BG_SUPPORT)
#define IS_LL_DMA2D_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == LL_DMA2D_MODE_M2M) || \
((MODE) == LL_DMA2D_MODE_M2M_PFC) || \
((MODE) == LL_DMA2D_MODE_M2M_BLEND) || \
((MODE) == LL_DMA2D_MODE_M2M_BLEND_FIXED_COLOR_FG) || \
((MODE) == LL_DMA2D_MODE_M2M_BLEND_FIXED_COLOR_BG) || \
((MODE) == LL_DMA2D_MODE_R2M))
#else
#define IS_LL_DMA2D_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == LL_DMA2D_MODE_M2M) || \
((MODE) == LL_DMA2D_MODE_M2M_PFC) || \
((MODE) == LL_DMA2D_MODE_M2M_BLEND) || \
((MODE) == LL_DMA2D_MODE_R2M))
#endif /*DMA2D_M2M_BLEND_FIXED_COLOR_FG_BG_SUPPORT*/
#define IS_LL_DMA2D_OCMODE(MODE_ARGB) (((MODE_ARGB) == LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB8888) || \
((MODE_ARGB) == LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_RGB888) || \
((MODE_ARGB) == LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_RGB565) || \
((MODE_ARGB) == LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB1555) || \
((MODE_ARGB) == LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB4444))
#define IS_LL_DMA2D_GREEN(GREEN) ((GREEN) <= LL_DMA2D_COLOR)
#define IS_LL_DMA2D_RED(RED) ((RED) <= LL_DMA2D_COLOR)
#define IS_LL_DMA2D_BLUE(BLUE) ((BLUE) <= LL_DMA2D_COLOR)
#define IS_LL_DMA2D_ALPHA(ALPHA) ((ALPHA) <= LL_DMA2D_COLOR)
#if defined(DMA2D_LINE_OFFSET_MODE_SUPPORT)
#define IS_LL_DMA2D_OFFSET_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == LL_DMA2D_LINE_OFFSET_PIXELS) || \
((MODE) == LL_DMA2D_LINE_OFFSET_BYTES))
#endif /* DMA2D_LINE_OFFSET_MODE_SUPPORT */
#define IS_LL_DMA2D_OFFSET(OFFSET) ((OFFSET) <= LL_DMA2D_OFFSET_MAX)
#define IS_LL_DMA2D_LINE(LINES) ((LINES) <= LL_DMA2D_NUMBEROFLINES)
#define IS_LL_DMA2D_PIXEL(PIXELS) ((PIXELS) <= LL_DMA2D_NUMBEROFPIXELS)
#if defined(DMA2D_OUTPUT_TWO_BY_TWO_SWAP_SUPPORT)
#define IS_LL_DMA2D_SWAP_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == LL_DMA2D_SWAP_MODE_REGULAR) || \
((MODE) == LL_DMA2D_SWAP_MODE_TWO_BY_TWO))
#endif /* DMA2D_OUTPUT_TWO_BY_TWO_SWAP_SUPPORT */
#define IS_LL_DMA2D_ALPHAINV(ALPHA) (((ALPHA) == LL_DMA2D_ALPHA_REGULAR) || \
((ALPHA) == LL_DMA2D_ALPHA_INVERTED))
#define IS_LL_DMA2D_RBSWAP(RBSWAP) (((RBSWAP) == LL_DMA2D_RB_MODE_REGULAR) || \
((RBSWAP) == LL_DMA2D_RB_MODE_SWAP))
#define IS_LL_DMA2D_LCMODE(MODE_ARGB) (((MODE_ARGB) == LL_DMA2D_INPUT_MODE_ARGB8888) || \
((MODE_ARGB) == LL_DMA2D_INPUT_MODE_RGB888) || \
((MODE_ARGB) == LL_DMA2D_INPUT_MODE_RGB565) || \
((MODE_ARGB) == LL_DMA2D_INPUT_MODE_ARGB1555) || \
((MODE_ARGB) == LL_DMA2D_INPUT_MODE_ARGB4444) || \
((MODE_ARGB) == LL_DMA2D_INPUT_MODE_L8) || \
((MODE_ARGB) == LL_DMA2D_INPUT_MODE_AL44) || \
((MODE_ARGB) == LL_DMA2D_INPUT_MODE_AL88) || \
((MODE_ARGB) == LL_DMA2D_INPUT_MODE_L4) || \
((MODE_ARGB) == LL_DMA2D_INPUT_MODE_A8) || \
((MODE_ARGB) == LL_DMA2D_INPUT_MODE_A4))
#define IS_LL_DMA2D_CLUTCMODE(CLUTCMODE) (((CLUTCMODE) == LL_DMA2D_CLUT_COLOR_MODE_ARGB8888) || \
((CLUTCMODE) == LL_DMA2D_CLUT_COLOR_MODE_RGB888))
#define IS_LL_DMA2D_CLUTSIZE(SIZE) ((SIZE) <= LL_DMA2D_CLUTSIZE_MAX)
#define IS_LL_DMA2D_ALPHAMODE(MODE) (((MODE) == LL_DMA2D_ALPHA_MODE_NO_MODIF) || \
((MODE) == LL_DMA2D_ALPHA_MODE_REPLACE) || \
((MODE) == LL_DMA2D_ALPHA_MODE_COMBINE))
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup DMA2D_LL_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup DMA2D_LL_EF_Init_Functions Initialization and De-initialization Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief De-initialize DMA2D registers (registers restored to their default values).
* @param DMA2Dx DMA2D Instance
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: DMA2D registers are de-initialized
* - ERROR: DMA2D registers are not de-initialized
*/
ErrorStatus LL_DMA2D_DeInit(DMA2D_TypeDef *DMA2Dx)
{
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DMA2D_ALL_INSTANCE(DMA2Dx));
if (DMA2Dx == DMA2D)
{
/* Force reset of DMA2D clock */
LL_AHB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_DMA2D);
/* Release reset of DMA2D clock */
LL_AHB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_DMA2D);
}
else
{
status = ERROR;
}
return (status);
}
/**
* @brief Initialize DMA2D registers according to the specified parameters in DMA2D_InitStruct.
* @note DMA2D transfers must be disabled to set initialization bits in configuration registers,
* otherwise ERROR result is returned.
* @param DMA2Dx DMA2D Instance
* @param DMA2D_InitStruct pointer to a LL_DMA2D_InitTypeDef structure
* that contains the configuration information for the specified DMA2D peripheral.
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: DMA2D registers are initialized according to DMA2D_InitStruct content
* - ERROR: Issue occurred during DMA2D registers initialization
*/
ErrorStatus LL_DMA2D_Init(DMA2D_TypeDef *DMA2Dx, LL_DMA2D_InitTypeDef *DMA2D_InitStruct)
{
ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
LL_DMA2D_ColorTypeDef dma2d_colorstruct;
uint32_t tmp;
uint32_t tmp1;
uint32_t tmp2;
uint32_t regMask;
uint32_t regValue;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DMA2D_ALL_INSTANCE(DMA2Dx));
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_MODE(DMA2D_InitStruct->Mode));
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_OCMODE(DMA2D_InitStruct->ColorMode));
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_LINE(DMA2D_InitStruct->NbrOfLines));
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_PIXEL(DMA2D_InitStruct->NbrOfPixelsPerLines));
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_GREEN(DMA2D_InitStruct->OutputGreen));
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_RED(DMA2D_InitStruct->OutputRed));
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_BLUE(DMA2D_InitStruct->OutputBlue));
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_ALPHA(DMA2D_InitStruct->OutputAlpha));
#if defined(DMA2D_OUTPUT_TWO_BY_TWO_SWAP_SUPPORT)
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_SWAP_MODE(DMA2D_InitStruct->OutputSwapMode));
#endif /* DMA2D_OUTPUT_TWO_BY_TWO_SWAP_SUPPORT */
#if defined(DMA2D_LINE_OFFSET_MODE_SUPPORT)
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_OFFSET_MODE(DMA2D_InitStruct->LineOffsetMode));
#endif /* DMA2D_LINE_OFFSET_MODE_SUPPORT */
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_OFFSET(DMA2D_InitStruct->LineOffset));
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_ALPHAINV(DMA2D_InitStruct->AlphaInversionMode));
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_RBSWAP(DMA2D_InitStruct->RBSwapMode));
/* DMA2D transfers must be disabled to configure bits in initialization registers */
tmp = LL_DMA2D_IsTransferOngoing(DMA2Dx);
tmp1 = LL_DMA2D_FGND_IsEnabledCLUTLoad(DMA2Dx);
tmp2 = LL_DMA2D_BGND_IsEnabledCLUTLoad(DMA2Dx);
if ((tmp == 0U) && (tmp1 == 0U) && (tmp2 == 0U))
{
/* DMA2D CR register configuration -------------------------------------------*/
#if defined(DMA2D_LINE_OFFSET_MODE_SUPPORT)
MODIFY_REG(DMA2Dx->CR, (DMA2D_CR_MODE | DMA2D_CR_LOM), \
(DMA2D_InitStruct->Mode | DMA2D_InitStruct->LineOffsetMode));
#else
LL_DMA2D_SetMode(DMA2Dx, DMA2D_InitStruct->Mode);
#endif /* DMA2D_LINE_OFFSET_MODE_SUPPORT */
/* DMA2D OPFCCR register configuration ---------------------------------------*/
regMask = DMA2D_OPFCCR_CM;
regValue = DMA2D_InitStruct->ColorMode;
#if defined(DMA2D_OUTPUT_TWO_BY_TWO_SWAP_SUPPORT)
regMask |= DMA2D_OPFCCR_SB;
regValue |= DMA2D_InitStruct->OutputSwapMode;
#endif /* DMA2D_OUTPUT_TWO_BY_TWO_SWAP_SUPPORT */
regMask |= (DMA2D_OPFCCR_RBS | DMA2D_OPFCCR_AI);
regValue |= (DMA2D_InitStruct->AlphaInversionMode | DMA2D_InitStruct->RBSwapMode);
MODIFY_REG(DMA2Dx->OPFCCR, regMask, regValue);
/* DMA2D OOR register configuration ------------------------------------------*/
LL_DMA2D_SetLineOffset(DMA2Dx, DMA2D_InitStruct->LineOffset);
/* DMA2D NLR register configuration ------------------------------------------*/
LL_DMA2D_ConfigSize(DMA2Dx, DMA2D_InitStruct->NbrOfLines, DMA2D_InitStruct->NbrOfPixelsPerLines);
/* DMA2D OMAR register configuration ------------------------------------------*/
LL_DMA2D_SetOutputMemAddr(DMA2Dx, DMA2D_InitStruct->OutputMemoryAddress);
/* DMA2D OCOLR register configuration ------------------------------------------*/
dma2d_colorstruct.ColorMode = DMA2D_InitStruct->ColorMode;
dma2d_colorstruct.OutputBlue = DMA2D_InitStruct->OutputBlue;
dma2d_colorstruct.OutputGreen = DMA2D_InitStruct->OutputGreen;
dma2d_colorstruct.OutputRed = DMA2D_InitStruct->OutputRed;
dma2d_colorstruct.OutputAlpha = DMA2D_InitStruct->OutputAlpha;
LL_DMA2D_ConfigOutputColor(DMA2Dx, &dma2d_colorstruct);
status = SUCCESS;
}
/* If DMA2D transfers are not disabled, return ERROR */
return (status);
}
/**
* @brief Set each @ref LL_DMA2D_InitTypeDef field to default value.
* @param DMA2D_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_DMA2D_InitTypeDef structure
* whose fields will be set to default values.
* @retval None
*/
void LL_DMA2D_StructInit(LL_DMA2D_InitTypeDef *DMA2D_InitStruct)
{
/* Set DMA2D_InitStruct fields to default values */
DMA2D_InitStruct->Mode = LL_DMA2D_MODE_M2M;
DMA2D_InitStruct->ColorMode = LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB8888;
DMA2D_InitStruct->NbrOfLines = 0x0U;
DMA2D_InitStruct->NbrOfPixelsPerLines = 0x0U;
#if defined(DMA2D_LINE_OFFSET_MODE_SUPPORT)
DMA2D_InitStruct->LineOffsetMode = LL_DMA2D_LINE_OFFSET_PIXELS;
#endif /* DMA2D_LINE_OFFSET_MODE_SUPPORT */
DMA2D_InitStruct->LineOffset = 0x0U;
DMA2D_InitStruct->OutputBlue = 0x0U;
DMA2D_InitStruct->OutputGreen = 0x0U;
DMA2D_InitStruct->OutputRed = 0x0U;
DMA2D_InitStruct->OutputAlpha = 0x0U;
DMA2D_InitStruct->OutputMemoryAddress = 0x0U;
#if defined(DMA2D_OUTPUT_TWO_BY_TWO_SWAP_SUPPORT)
DMA2D_InitStruct->OutputSwapMode = LL_DMA2D_SWAP_MODE_REGULAR;
#endif /* DMA2D_OUTPUT_TWO_BY_TWO_SWAP_SUPPORT */
DMA2D_InitStruct->AlphaInversionMode = LL_DMA2D_ALPHA_REGULAR;
DMA2D_InitStruct->RBSwapMode = LL_DMA2D_RB_MODE_REGULAR;
}
/**
* @brief Configure the foreground or background according to the specified parameters
* in the LL_DMA2D_LayerCfgTypeDef structure.
* @param DMA2Dx DMA2D Instance
* @param DMA2D_LayerCfg pointer to a LL_DMA2D_LayerCfgTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified layer.
* @param LayerIdx DMA2D Layer index.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* 0(background) / 1(foreground)
* @retval None
*/
void LL_DMA2D_ConfigLayer(DMA2D_TypeDef *DMA2Dx, LL_DMA2D_LayerCfgTypeDef *DMA2D_LayerCfg, uint32_t LayerIdx)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_OFFSET(DMA2D_LayerCfg->LineOffset));
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_LCMODE(DMA2D_LayerCfg->ColorMode));
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_CLUTCMODE(DMA2D_LayerCfg->CLUTColorMode));
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_CLUTSIZE(DMA2D_LayerCfg->CLUTSize));
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_ALPHAMODE(DMA2D_LayerCfg->AlphaMode));
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_GREEN(DMA2D_LayerCfg->Green));
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_RED(DMA2D_LayerCfg->Red));
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_BLUE(DMA2D_LayerCfg->Blue));
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_ALPHA(DMA2D_LayerCfg->Alpha));
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_ALPHAINV(DMA2D_LayerCfg->AlphaInversionMode));
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_RBSWAP(DMA2D_LayerCfg->RBSwapMode));
if (LayerIdx == 0U)
{
/* Configure the background memory address */
LL_DMA2D_BGND_SetMemAddr(DMA2Dx, DMA2D_LayerCfg->MemoryAddress);
/* Configure the background line offset */
LL_DMA2D_BGND_SetLineOffset(DMA2Dx, DMA2D_LayerCfg->LineOffset);
/* Configure the background Alpha value, Alpha mode, RB swap, Alpha inversion
CLUT size, CLUT Color mode and Color mode */
MODIFY_REG(DMA2Dx->BGPFCCR, \
(DMA2D_BGPFCCR_ALPHA | DMA2D_BGPFCCR_RBS | DMA2D_BGPFCCR_AI | DMA2D_BGPFCCR_AM | \
DMA2D_BGPFCCR_CS | DMA2D_BGPFCCR_CCM | DMA2D_BGPFCCR_CM), \
((DMA2D_LayerCfg->Alpha << DMA2D_BGPFCCR_ALPHA_Pos) | DMA2D_LayerCfg->RBSwapMode | \
DMA2D_LayerCfg->AlphaInversionMode | DMA2D_LayerCfg->AlphaMode | \
(DMA2D_LayerCfg->CLUTSize << DMA2D_BGPFCCR_CS_Pos) | DMA2D_LayerCfg->CLUTColorMode | \
DMA2D_LayerCfg->ColorMode));
/* Configure the background color */
LL_DMA2D_BGND_SetColor(DMA2Dx, DMA2D_LayerCfg->Red, DMA2D_LayerCfg->Green, DMA2D_LayerCfg->Blue);
/* Configure the background CLUT memory address */
LL_DMA2D_BGND_SetCLUTMemAddr(DMA2Dx, DMA2D_LayerCfg->CLUTMemoryAddress);
}
else
{
/* Configure the foreground memory address */
LL_DMA2D_FGND_SetMemAddr(DMA2Dx, DMA2D_LayerCfg->MemoryAddress);
/* Configure the foreground line offset */
LL_DMA2D_FGND_SetLineOffset(DMA2Dx, DMA2D_LayerCfg->LineOffset);
/* Configure the foreground Alpha value, Alpha mode, RB swap, Alpha inversion
CLUT size, CLUT Color mode and Color mode */
MODIFY_REG(DMA2Dx->FGPFCCR, \
(DMA2D_FGPFCCR_ALPHA | DMA2D_FGPFCCR_RBS | DMA2D_FGPFCCR_AI | DMA2D_FGPFCCR_AM | \
DMA2D_FGPFCCR_CS | DMA2D_FGPFCCR_CCM | DMA2D_FGPFCCR_CM), \
((DMA2D_LayerCfg->Alpha << DMA2D_FGPFCCR_ALPHA_Pos) | DMA2D_LayerCfg->RBSwapMode | \
DMA2D_LayerCfg->AlphaInversionMode | DMA2D_LayerCfg->AlphaMode | \
(DMA2D_LayerCfg->CLUTSize << DMA2D_FGPFCCR_CS_Pos) | DMA2D_LayerCfg->CLUTColorMode | \
DMA2D_LayerCfg->ColorMode));
/* Configure the foreground color */
LL_DMA2D_FGND_SetColor(DMA2Dx, DMA2D_LayerCfg->Red, DMA2D_LayerCfg->Green, DMA2D_LayerCfg->Blue);
/* Configure the foreground CLUT memory address */
LL_DMA2D_FGND_SetCLUTMemAddr(DMA2Dx, DMA2D_LayerCfg->CLUTMemoryAddress);
}
}
/**
* @brief Set each @ref LL_DMA2D_LayerCfgTypeDef field to default value.
* @param DMA2D_LayerCfg pointer to a @ref LL_DMA2D_LayerCfgTypeDef structure
* whose fields will be set to default values.
* @retval None
*/
void LL_DMA2D_LayerCfgStructInit(LL_DMA2D_LayerCfgTypeDef *DMA2D_LayerCfg)
{
/* Set DMA2D_LayerCfg fields to default values */
DMA2D_LayerCfg->MemoryAddress = 0x0U;
DMA2D_LayerCfg->ColorMode = LL_DMA2D_INPUT_MODE_ARGB8888;
DMA2D_LayerCfg->LineOffset = 0x0U;
DMA2D_LayerCfg->CLUTColorMode = LL_DMA2D_CLUT_COLOR_MODE_ARGB8888;
DMA2D_LayerCfg->CLUTSize = 0x0U;
DMA2D_LayerCfg->AlphaMode = LL_DMA2D_ALPHA_MODE_NO_MODIF;
DMA2D_LayerCfg->Alpha = 0x0U;
DMA2D_LayerCfg->Blue = 0x0U;
DMA2D_LayerCfg->Green = 0x0U;
DMA2D_LayerCfg->Red = 0x0U;
DMA2D_LayerCfg->CLUTMemoryAddress = 0x0U;
DMA2D_LayerCfg->AlphaInversionMode = LL_DMA2D_ALPHA_REGULAR;
DMA2D_LayerCfg->RBSwapMode = LL_DMA2D_RB_MODE_REGULAR;
}
/**
* @brief Initialize DMA2D output color register according to the specified parameters
* in DMA2D_ColorStruct.
* @param DMA2Dx DMA2D Instance
* @param DMA2D_ColorStruct pointer to a LL_DMA2D_ColorTypeDef structure that contains
* the color configuration information for the specified DMA2D peripheral.
* @retval None
*/
void LL_DMA2D_ConfigOutputColor(DMA2D_TypeDef *DMA2Dx, LL_DMA2D_ColorTypeDef *DMA2D_ColorStruct)
{
uint32_t outgreen;
uint32_t outred;
uint32_t outalpha;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DMA2D_ALL_INSTANCE(DMA2Dx));
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_OCMODE(DMA2D_ColorStruct->ColorMode));
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_GREEN(DMA2D_ColorStruct->OutputGreen));
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_RED(DMA2D_ColorStruct->OutputRed));
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_BLUE(DMA2D_ColorStruct->OutputBlue));
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_ALPHA(DMA2D_ColorStruct->OutputAlpha));
/* DMA2D OCOLR register configuration ------------------------------------------*/
if (DMA2D_ColorStruct->ColorMode == LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB8888)
{
outgreen = DMA2D_ColorStruct->OutputGreen << 8U;
outred = DMA2D_ColorStruct->OutputRed << 16U;
outalpha = DMA2D_ColorStruct->OutputAlpha << 24U;
}
else if (DMA2D_ColorStruct->ColorMode == LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_RGB888)
{
outgreen = DMA2D_ColorStruct->OutputGreen << 8U;
outred = DMA2D_ColorStruct->OutputRed << 16U;
outalpha = 0x00000000U;
}
else if (DMA2D_ColorStruct->ColorMode == LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_RGB565)
{
outgreen = DMA2D_ColorStruct->OutputGreen << 5U;
outred = DMA2D_ColorStruct->OutputRed << 11U;
outalpha = 0x00000000U;
}
else if (DMA2D_ColorStruct->ColorMode == LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB1555)
{
outgreen = DMA2D_ColorStruct->OutputGreen << 5U;
outred = DMA2D_ColorStruct->OutputRed << 10U;
outalpha = DMA2D_ColorStruct->OutputAlpha << 15U;
}
else /* ColorMode = LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB4444 */
{
outgreen = DMA2D_ColorStruct->OutputGreen << 4U;
outred = DMA2D_ColorStruct->OutputRed << 8U;
outalpha = DMA2D_ColorStruct->OutputAlpha << 12U;
}
LL_DMA2D_SetOutputColor(DMA2Dx, (outgreen | outred | DMA2D_ColorStruct->OutputBlue | outalpha));
}
/**
* @brief Return DMA2D output Blue color.
* @param DMA2Dx DMA2D Instance.
* @param ColorMode This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB8888
* @arg @ref LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_RGB888
* @arg @ref LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_RGB565
* @arg @ref LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB1555
* @arg @ref LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB4444
* @retval Output Blue color value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0xFF
*/
uint32_t LL_DMA2D_GetOutputBlueColor(DMA2D_TypeDef *DMA2Dx, uint32_t ColorMode)
{
uint32_t color;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DMA2D_ALL_INSTANCE(DMA2Dx));
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_OCMODE(ColorMode));
/* DMA2D OCOLR register reading ------------------------------------------*/
if (ColorMode == LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB8888)
{
color = (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(DMA2Dx->OCOLR, 0xFFU));
}
else if (ColorMode == LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_RGB888)
{
color = (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(DMA2Dx->OCOLR, 0xFFU));
}
else if (ColorMode == LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_RGB565)
{
color = (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(DMA2Dx->OCOLR, 0x1FU));
}
else if (ColorMode == LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB1555)
{
color = (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(DMA2Dx->OCOLR, 0x1FU));
}
else /* ColorMode = LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB4444 */
{
color = (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(DMA2Dx->OCOLR, 0xFU));
}
return color;
}
/**
* @brief Return DMA2D output Green color.
* @param DMA2Dx DMA2D Instance.
* @param ColorMode This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB8888
* @arg @ref LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_RGB888
* @arg @ref LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_RGB565
* @arg @ref LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB1555
* @arg @ref LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB4444
* @retval Output Green color value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0xFF
*/
uint32_t LL_DMA2D_GetOutputGreenColor(DMA2D_TypeDef *DMA2Dx, uint32_t ColorMode)
{
uint32_t color;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DMA2D_ALL_INSTANCE(DMA2Dx));
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_OCMODE(ColorMode));
/* DMA2D OCOLR register reading ------------------------------------------*/
if (ColorMode == LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB8888)
{
color = (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(DMA2Dx->OCOLR, 0xFF00U) >> 8U);
}
else if (ColorMode == LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_RGB888)
{
color = (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(DMA2Dx->OCOLR, 0xFF00U) >> 8U);
}
else if (ColorMode == LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_RGB565)
{
color = (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(DMA2Dx->OCOLR, 0x7E0U) >> 5U);
}
else if (ColorMode == LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB1555)
{
color = (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(DMA2Dx->OCOLR, 0x3E0U) >> 5U);
}
else /* ColorMode = LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB4444 */
{
color = (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(DMA2Dx->OCOLR, 0xF0U) >> 4U);
}
return color;
}
/**
* @brief Return DMA2D output Red color.
* @param DMA2Dx DMA2D Instance.
* @param ColorMode This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB8888
* @arg @ref LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_RGB888
* @arg @ref LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_RGB565
* @arg @ref LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB1555
* @arg @ref LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB4444
* @retval Output Red color value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0xFF
*/
uint32_t LL_DMA2D_GetOutputRedColor(DMA2D_TypeDef *DMA2Dx, uint32_t ColorMode)
{
uint32_t color;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DMA2D_ALL_INSTANCE(DMA2Dx));
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_OCMODE(ColorMode));
/* DMA2D OCOLR register reading ------------------------------------------*/
if (ColorMode == LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB8888)
{
color = (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(DMA2Dx->OCOLR, 0xFF0000U) >> 16U);
}
else if (ColorMode == LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_RGB888)
{
color = (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(DMA2Dx->OCOLR, 0xFF0000U) >> 16U);
}
else if (ColorMode == LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_RGB565)
{
color = (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(DMA2Dx->OCOLR, 0xF800U) >> 11U);
}
else if (ColorMode == LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB1555)
{
color = (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(DMA2Dx->OCOLR, 0x7C00U) >> 10U);
}
else /* ColorMode = LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB4444 */
{
color = (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(DMA2Dx->OCOLR, 0xF00U) >> 8U);
}
return color;
}
/**
* @brief Return DMA2D output Alpha color.
* @param DMA2Dx DMA2D Instance.
* @param ColorMode This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB8888
* @arg @ref LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_RGB888
* @arg @ref LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_RGB565
* @arg @ref LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB1555
* @arg @ref LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB4444
* @retval Output Alpha color value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0xFF
*/
uint32_t LL_DMA2D_GetOutputAlphaColor(DMA2D_TypeDef *DMA2Dx, uint32_t ColorMode)
{
uint32_t color;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DMA2D_ALL_INSTANCE(DMA2Dx));
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_OCMODE(ColorMode));
/* DMA2D OCOLR register reading ------------------------------------------*/
if (ColorMode == LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB8888)
{
color = (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(DMA2Dx->OCOLR, 0xFF000000U) >> 24U);
}
else if ((ColorMode == LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_RGB888) || (ColorMode == LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_RGB565))
{
color = 0x0U;
}
else if (ColorMode == LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB1555)
{
color = (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(DMA2Dx->OCOLR, 0x8000U) >> 15U);
}
else /* ColorMode = LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB4444 */
{
color = (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(DMA2Dx->OCOLR, 0xF000U) >> 12U);
}
return color;
}
/**
* @brief Configure DMA2D transfer size.
* @param DMA2Dx DMA2D Instance
* @param NbrOfLines Value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0xFFFF
* @param NbrOfPixelsPerLines Value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0x3FFF
* @retval None
*/
void LL_DMA2D_ConfigSize(DMA2D_TypeDef *DMA2Dx, uint32_t NbrOfLines, uint32_t NbrOfPixelsPerLines)
{
MODIFY_REG(DMA2Dx->NLR, (DMA2D_NLR_PL | DMA2D_NLR_NL), \
((NbrOfPixelsPerLines << DMA2D_NLR_PL_Pos) | NbrOfLines));
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* defined (DMA2D) */
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */

288
resources/Camera_driver/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_ll_exti.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,288 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32l4xx_ll_exti.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief EXTI LL module driver.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32l4xx_ll_exti.h"
#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
#include "stm32_assert.h"
#else
#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
#endif
/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_LL_Driver
* @{
*/
#if defined (EXTI)
/** @defgroup EXTI_LL EXTI
* @{
*/
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup EXTI_LL_Private_Macros
* @{
*/
#define IS_LL_EXTI_LINE_0_31(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) & ~LL_EXTI_LINE_ALL_0_31) == 0x00000000U)
#define IS_LL_EXTI_LINE_32_63(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) & ~LL_EXTI_LINE_ALL_32_63) == 0x00000000U)
#define IS_LL_EXTI_MODE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_EXTI_MODE_IT) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_EXTI_MODE_EVENT) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_EXTI_MODE_IT_EVENT))
#define IS_LL_EXTI_TRIGGER(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_NONE) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_FALLING) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING_FALLING))
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup EXTI_LL_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup EXTI_LL_EF_Init
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief De-initialize the EXTI registers to their default reset values.
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - 0x00: EXTI registers are de-initialized
*/
uint32_t LL_EXTI_DeInit(void)
{
/* Interrupt mask register set to default reset values */
LL_EXTI_WriteReg(IMR1, 0xFF820000U);
/* Event mask register set to default reset values */
LL_EXTI_WriteReg(EMR1, 0x00000000U);
/* Rising Trigger selection register set to default reset values */
LL_EXTI_WriteReg(RTSR1, 0x00000000U);
/* Falling Trigger selection register set to default reset values */
LL_EXTI_WriteReg(FTSR1, 0x00000000U);
/* Software interrupt event register set to default reset values */
LL_EXTI_WriteReg(SWIER1, 0x00000000U);
/* Pending register clear */
LL_EXTI_WriteReg(PR1, 0x007DFFFFU);
/* Interrupt mask register 2 set to default reset values */
#if defined(LL_EXTI_LINE_40)
LL_EXTI_WriteReg(IMR2, 0x00000187U);
#else
LL_EXTI_WriteReg(IMR2, 0x00000087U);
#endif
/* Event mask register 2 set to default reset values */
LL_EXTI_WriteReg(EMR2, 0x00000000U);
/* Rising Trigger selection register 2 set to default reset values */
LL_EXTI_WriteReg(RTSR2, 0x00000000U);
/* Falling Trigger selection register 2 set to default reset values */
LL_EXTI_WriteReg(FTSR2, 0x00000000U);
/* Software interrupt event register 2 set to default reset values */
LL_EXTI_WriteReg(SWIER2, 0x00000000U);
/* Pending register 2 clear */
LL_EXTI_WriteReg(PR2, 0x00000078U);
return 0x00u;
}
/**
* @brief Initialize the EXTI registers according to the specified parameters in EXTI_InitStruct.
* @param EXTI_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_EXTI_InitTypeDef structure.
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - 0x00: EXTI registers are initialized
* - any other value : wrong configuration
*/
uint32_t LL_EXTI_Init(LL_EXTI_InitTypeDef *EXTI_InitStruct)
{
uint32_t status = 0x00u;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_LL_EXTI_LINE_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31));
assert_param(IS_LL_EXTI_LINE_32_63(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_32_63));
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(EXTI_InitStruct->LineCommand));
assert_param(IS_LL_EXTI_MODE(EXTI_InitStruct->Mode));
/* ENABLE LineCommand */
if (EXTI_InitStruct->LineCommand != DISABLE)
{
assert_param(IS_LL_EXTI_TRIGGER(EXTI_InitStruct->Trigger));
/* Configure EXTI Lines in range from 0 to 31 */
if (EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31 != LL_EXTI_LINE_NONE)
{
switch (EXTI_InitStruct->Mode)
{
case LL_EXTI_MODE_IT:
/* First Disable Event on provided Lines */
LL_EXTI_DisableEvent_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
/* Then Enable IT on provided Lines */
LL_EXTI_EnableIT_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
break;
case LL_EXTI_MODE_EVENT:
/* First Disable IT on provided Lines */
LL_EXTI_DisableIT_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
/* Then Enable Event on provided Lines */
LL_EXTI_EnableEvent_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
break;
case LL_EXTI_MODE_IT_EVENT:
/* Directly Enable IT & Event on provided Lines */
LL_EXTI_EnableIT_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
LL_EXTI_EnableEvent_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
break;
default:
status = 0x01u;
break;
}
if (EXTI_InitStruct->Trigger != LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_NONE)
{
switch (EXTI_InitStruct->Trigger)
{
case LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING:
/* First Disable Falling Trigger on provided Lines */
LL_EXTI_DisableFallingTrig_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
/* Then Enable Rising Trigger on provided Lines */
LL_EXTI_EnableRisingTrig_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
break;
case LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_FALLING:
/* First Disable Rising Trigger on provided Lines */
LL_EXTI_DisableRisingTrig_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
/* Then Enable Falling Trigger on provided Lines */
LL_EXTI_EnableFallingTrig_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
break;
case LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING_FALLING:
LL_EXTI_EnableRisingTrig_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
LL_EXTI_EnableFallingTrig_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
break;
default:
status |= 0x02u;
break;
}
}
}
/* Configure EXTI Lines in range from 32 to 63 */
if (EXTI_InitStruct->Line_32_63 != LL_EXTI_LINE_NONE)
{
switch (EXTI_InitStruct->Mode)
{
case LL_EXTI_MODE_IT:
/* First Disable Event on provided Lines */
LL_EXTI_DisableEvent_32_63(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_32_63);
/* Then Enable IT on provided Lines */
LL_EXTI_EnableIT_32_63(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_32_63);
break;
case LL_EXTI_MODE_EVENT:
/* First Disable IT on provided Lines */
LL_EXTI_DisableIT_32_63(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_32_63);
/* Then Enable Event on provided Lines */
LL_EXTI_EnableEvent_32_63(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_32_63);
break;
case LL_EXTI_MODE_IT_EVENT:
/* Directly Enable IT & Event on provided Lines */
LL_EXTI_EnableIT_32_63(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_32_63);
LL_EXTI_EnableEvent_32_63(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_32_63);
break;
default:
status |= 0x04u;
break;
}
if (EXTI_InitStruct->Trigger != LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_NONE)
{
switch (EXTI_InitStruct->Trigger)
{
case LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING:
/* First Disable Falling Trigger on provided Lines */
LL_EXTI_DisableFallingTrig_32_63(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_32_63);
/* Then Enable IT on provided Lines */
LL_EXTI_EnableRisingTrig_32_63(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_32_63);
break;
case LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_FALLING:
/* First Disable Rising Trigger on provided Lines */
LL_EXTI_DisableRisingTrig_32_63(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_32_63);
/* Then Enable Falling Trigger on provided Lines */
LL_EXTI_EnableFallingTrig_32_63(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_32_63);
break;
case LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING_FALLING:
LL_EXTI_EnableRisingTrig_32_63(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_32_63);
LL_EXTI_EnableFallingTrig_32_63(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_32_63);
break;
default:
status = ERROR;
break;
}
}
}
}
/* DISABLE LineCommand */
else
{
/* De-configure EXTI Lines in range from 0 to 31 */
LL_EXTI_DisableIT_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
LL_EXTI_DisableEvent_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
/* De-configure EXTI Lines in range from 32 to 63 */
LL_EXTI_DisableIT_32_63(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_32_63);
LL_EXTI_DisableEvent_32_63(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_32_63);
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Set each @ref LL_EXTI_InitTypeDef field to default value.
* @param EXTI_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_EXTI_InitTypeDef structure.
* @retval None
*/
void LL_EXTI_StructInit(LL_EXTI_InitTypeDef *EXTI_InitStruct)
{
EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31 = LL_EXTI_LINE_NONE;
EXTI_InitStruct->Line_32_63 = LL_EXTI_LINE_NONE;
EXTI_InitStruct->LineCommand = DISABLE;
EXTI_InitStruct->Mode = LL_EXTI_MODE_IT;
EXTI_InitStruct->Trigger = LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_FALLING;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* defined (EXTI) */
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */

860
resources/Camera_driver/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_ll_fmc.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,860 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32l4xx_ll_fmc.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief FMC Low Layer HAL module driver.
*
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
* functionalities of the Flexible Memory Controller (FMC) peripheral memories:
* + Initialization/de-initialization functions
* + Peripheral Control functions
* + Peripheral State functions
*
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### FMC peripheral features #####
==============================================================================
[..] The Flexible memory controller (FMC) includes following memory controllers:
(+) The NOR/PSRAM memory controller
(+) The NAND memory controller
[..] The FMC functional block makes the interface with synchronous and asynchronous static
memories. Its main purposes are:
(+) to translate AHB transactions into the appropriate external device protocol
(+) to meet the access time requirements of the external memory devices
[..] All external memories share the addresses, data and control signals with the controller.
Each external device is accessed by means of a unique Chip Select. The FMC performs
only one access at a time to an external device.
The main features of the FMC controller are the following:
(+) Interface with static-memory mapped devices including:
(++) Static random access memory (SRAM)
(++) Read-only memory (ROM)
(++) NOR Flash memory/OneNAND Flash memory
(++) PSRAM (4 memory banks)
(++) Two banks of NAND Flash memory with ECC hardware to check up to 8 Kbytes of
data
(+) Independent Chip Select control for each memory bank
(+) Independent configuration for each memory bank
@endverbatim
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32l4xx_hal.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver
* @{
*/
#if defined(HAL_NOR_MODULE_ENABLED) || defined(HAL_SRAM_MODULE_ENABLED) || defined(HAL_NAND_MODULE_ENABLED)
/** @defgroup FMC_LL FMC Low Layer
* @brief FMC driver modules
* @{
*/
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup FMC_LL_Private_Constants FMC Low Layer Private Constants
* @{
*/
/* ----------------------- FMC registers bit mask --------------------------- */
#if defined(FMC_BANK1)
/* --- BCR Register ---*/
/* BCR register clear mask */
/* --- BTR Register ---*/
/* BTR register clear mask */
#if defined(FMC_BTRx_DATAHLD)
#define BTR_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)(FMC_BTRx_ADDSET | FMC_BTRx_ADDHLD |\
FMC_BTRx_DATAST | FMC_BTRx_BUSTURN |\
FMC_BTRx_CLKDIV | FMC_BTRx_DATLAT |\
FMC_BTRx_ACCMOD | FMC_BTRx_DATAHLD))
#else
#define BTR_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)(FMC_BTRx_ADDSET | FMC_BTRx_ADDHLD |\
FMC_BTRx_DATAST | FMC_BTRx_BUSTURN |\
FMC_BTRx_CLKDIV | FMC_BTRx_DATLAT |\
FMC_BTRx_ACCMOD))
#endif /* FMC_BTRx_DATAHLD */
/* --- BWTR Register ---*/
/* BWTR register clear mask */
#if defined(FMC_BWTRx_DATAHLD)
#define BWTR_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)(FMC_BWTRx_ADDSET | FMC_BWTRx_ADDHLD |\
FMC_BWTRx_DATAST | FMC_BWTRx_BUSTURN |\
FMC_BWTRx_ACCMOD | FMC_BWTRx_DATAHLD))
#else
#define BWTR_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)(FMC_BWTRx_ADDSET | FMC_BWTRx_ADDHLD |\
FMC_BWTRx_DATAST | FMC_BWTRx_BUSTURN |\
FMC_BWTRx_ACCMOD))
#endif /* FMC_BWTRx_DATAHLD */
#endif /* FMC_BANK1 */
#if defined(FMC_BANK3)
/* --- PCR Register ---*/
/* PCR register clear mask */
#define PCR_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)(FMC_PCR_PWAITEN | FMC_PCR_PBKEN | \
FMC_PCR_PTYP | FMC_PCR_PWID | \
FMC_PCR_ECCEN | FMC_PCR_TCLR | \
FMC_PCR_TAR | FMC_PCR_ECCPS))
/* --- PMEM Register ---*/
/* PMEM register clear mask */
#define PMEM_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)(FMC_PMEM_MEMSET | FMC_PMEM_MEMWAIT |\
FMC_PMEM_MEMHOLD | FMC_PMEM_MEMHIZ))
/* --- PATT Register ---*/
/* PATT register clear mask */
#define PATT_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)(FMC_PATT_ATTSET | FMC_PATT_ATTWAIT |\
FMC_PATT_ATTHOLD | FMC_PATT_ATTHIZ))
#endif /* FMC_BANK3 */
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup FMC_LL_Exported_Functions FMC Low Layer Exported Functions
* @{
*/
#if defined(FMC_BANK1)
/** @defgroup FMC_LL_Exported_Functions_NORSRAM FMC Low Layer NOR SRAM Exported Functions
* @brief NORSRAM Controller functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### How to use NORSRAM device driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This driver contains a set of APIs to interface with the FMC NORSRAM banks in order
to run the NORSRAM external devices.
(+) FMC NORSRAM bank reset using the function FMC_NORSRAM_DeInit()
(+) FMC NORSRAM bank control configuration using the function FMC_NORSRAM_Init()
(+) FMC NORSRAM bank timing configuration using the function FMC_NORSRAM_Timing_Init()
(+) FMC NORSRAM bank extended timing configuration using the function
FMC_NORSRAM_Extended_Timing_Init()
(+) FMC NORSRAM bank enable/disable write operation using the functions
FMC_NORSRAM_WriteOperation_Enable()/FMC_NORSRAM_WriteOperation_Disable()
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup FMC_LL_NORSRAM_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
* @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### Initialization and de_initialization functions #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Initialize and configure the FMC NORSRAM interface
(+) De-initialize the FMC NORSRAM interface
(+) Configure the FMC clock and associated GPIOs
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Initialize the FMC_NORSRAM device according to the specified
* control parameters in the FMC_NORSRAM_InitTypeDef
* @param Device Pointer to NORSRAM device instance
* @param Init Pointer to NORSRAM Initialization structure
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_NORSRAM_Init(FMC_NORSRAM_TypeDef *Device,
FMC_NORSRAM_InitTypeDef *Init)
{
uint32_t flashaccess;
uint32_t btcr_reg;
uint32_t mask;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FMC_NORSRAM_DEVICE(Device));
assert_param(IS_FMC_NORSRAM_BANK(Init->NSBank));
assert_param(IS_FMC_MUX(Init->DataAddressMux));
assert_param(IS_FMC_MEMORY(Init->MemoryType));
assert_param(IS_FMC_NORSRAM_MEMORY_WIDTH(Init->MemoryDataWidth));
assert_param(IS_FMC_BURSTMODE(Init->BurstAccessMode));
assert_param(IS_FMC_WAIT_POLARITY(Init->WaitSignalPolarity));
assert_param(IS_FMC_WAIT_SIGNAL_ACTIVE(Init->WaitSignalActive));
assert_param(IS_FMC_WRITE_OPERATION(Init->WriteOperation));
assert_param(IS_FMC_WAITE_SIGNAL(Init->WaitSignal));
assert_param(IS_FMC_EXTENDED_MODE(Init->ExtendedMode));
assert_param(IS_FMC_ASYNWAIT(Init->AsynchronousWait));
assert_param(IS_FMC_WRITE_BURST(Init->WriteBurst));
assert_param(IS_FMC_CONTINOUS_CLOCK(Init->ContinuousClock));
#if defined(FMC_BCR1_WFDIS)
assert_param(IS_FMC_WRITE_FIFO(Init->WriteFifo));
#endif /* FMC_BCR1_WFDIS */
assert_param(IS_FMC_PAGESIZE(Init->PageSize));
#if defined(FMC_BCRx_NBLSET)
assert_param(IS_FMC_NBL_SETUPTIME(Init->NBLSetupTime));
#endif /* FMC_BCRx_NBLSET */
#if defined(FMC_PCSCNTR_CSCOUNT)
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(Init->MaxChipSelectPulse));
#endif /* FMC_PCSCNTR_CSCOUNT */
/* Disable NORSRAM Device */
__FMC_NORSRAM_DISABLE(Device, Init->NSBank);
/* Set NORSRAM device control parameters */
if (Init->MemoryType == FMC_MEMORY_TYPE_NOR)
{
flashaccess = FMC_NORSRAM_FLASH_ACCESS_ENABLE;
}
else
{
flashaccess = FMC_NORSRAM_FLASH_ACCESS_DISABLE;
}
btcr_reg = (flashaccess | \
Init->DataAddressMux | \
Init->MemoryType | \
Init->MemoryDataWidth | \
Init->BurstAccessMode | \
Init->WaitSignalPolarity | \
Init->WaitSignalActive | \
Init->WriteOperation | \
Init->WaitSignal | \
Init->ExtendedMode | \
Init->AsynchronousWait | \
Init->WriteBurst);
btcr_reg |= Init->ContinuousClock;
#if defined(FMC_BCR1_WFDIS)
btcr_reg |= Init->WriteFifo;
#endif /* FMC_BCR1_WFDIS */
#if defined(FMC_BCRx_NBLSET)
btcr_reg |= Init->NBLSetupTime;
#endif /* FMC_BCRx_NBLSET */
btcr_reg |= Init->PageSize;
mask = (FMC_BCRx_MBKEN |
FMC_BCRx_MUXEN |
FMC_BCRx_MTYP |
FMC_BCRx_MWID |
FMC_BCRx_FACCEN |
FMC_BCRx_BURSTEN |
FMC_BCRx_WAITPOL |
FMC_BCRx_WAITCFG |
FMC_BCRx_WREN |
FMC_BCRx_WAITEN |
FMC_BCRx_EXTMOD |
FMC_BCRx_ASYNCWAIT |
FMC_BCRx_CBURSTRW);
mask |= FMC_BCR1_CCLKEN;
#if defined(FMC_BCR1_WFDIS)
mask |= FMC_BCR1_WFDIS;
#endif /* FMC_BCR1_WFDIS */
#if defined(FMC_BCRx_NBLSET)
mask |= FMC_BCRx_NBLSET;
#endif /* FMC_BCRx_NBLSET */
mask |= FMC_BCRx_CPSIZE;
MODIFY_REG(Device->BTCR[Init->NSBank], mask, btcr_reg);
/* Configure synchronous mode when Continuous clock is enabled for bank2..4 */
if ((Init->ContinuousClock == FMC_CONTINUOUS_CLOCK_SYNC_ASYNC) && (Init->NSBank != FMC_NORSRAM_BANK1))
{
MODIFY_REG(Device->BTCR[FMC_NORSRAM_BANK1], FMC_BCR1_CCLKEN, Init->ContinuousClock);
}
#if defined(FMC_BCR1_WFDIS)
if (Init->NSBank != FMC_NORSRAM_BANK1)
{
/* Configure Write FIFO mode when Write Fifo is enabled for bank2..4 */
SET_BIT(Device->BTCR[FMC_NORSRAM_BANK1], (uint32_t)(Init->WriteFifo));
}
#endif /* FMC_BCR1_WFDIS */
#if defined(FMC_PCSCNTR_CSCOUNT)
/* Check PSRAM chip select counter state */
if (Init->MaxChipSelectPulse == ENABLE)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FMC_MAX_CHIP_SELECT_PULSE_TIME(Init->MaxChipSelectPulseTime));
/* Configure PSRAM chip select counter value */
MODIFY_REG(Device->PCSCNTR, FMC_PCSCNTR_CSCOUNT, (uint32_t)(Init->MaxChipSelectPulseTime));
/* Enable PSRAM chip select counter for the bank */
switch (Init->NSBank)
{
case FMC_NORSRAM_BANK1 :
SET_BIT(Device->PCSCNTR, FMC_PCSCNTR_CNTB1EN);
break;
case FMC_NORSRAM_BANK2 :
SET_BIT(Device->PCSCNTR, FMC_PCSCNTR_CNTB2EN);
break;
case FMC_NORSRAM_BANK3 :
SET_BIT(Device->PCSCNTR, FMC_PCSCNTR_CNTB3EN);
break;
default :
SET_BIT(Device->PCSCNTR, FMC_PCSCNTR_CNTB4EN);
break;
}
}
#endif /* FMC_PCSCNTR_CSCOUNT */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief DeInitialize the FMC_NORSRAM peripheral
* @param Device Pointer to NORSRAM device instance
* @param ExDevice Pointer to NORSRAM extended mode device instance
* @param Bank NORSRAM bank number
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_NORSRAM_DeInit(FMC_NORSRAM_TypeDef *Device,
FMC_NORSRAM_EXTENDED_TypeDef *ExDevice, uint32_t Bank)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FMC_NORSRAM_DEVICE(Device));
assert_param(IS_FMC_NORSRAM_EXTENDED_DEVICE(ExDevice));
assert_param(IS_FMC_NORSRAM_BANK(Bank));
/* Disable the FMC_NORSRAM device */
__FMC_NORSRAM_DISABLE(Device, Bank);
/* De-initialize the FMC_NORSRAM device */
/* FMC_NORSRAM_BANK1 */
if (Bank == FMC_NORSRAM_BANK1)
{
Device->BTCR[Bank] = 0x000030DBU;
}
/* FMC_NORSRAM_BANK2, FMC_NORSRAM_BANK3 or FMC_NORSRAM_BANK4 */
else
{
Device->BTCR[Bank] = 0x000030D2U;
}
Device->BTCR[Bank + 1U] = 0x0FFFFFFFU;
ExDevice->BWTR[Bank] = 0x0FFFFFFFU;
#if defined(FMC_PCSCNTR_CSCOUNT)
/* De-initialize PSRAM chip select counter */
switch (Bank)
{
case FMC_NORSRAM_BANK1 :
CLEAR_BIT(Device->PCSCNTR, FMC_PCSCNTR_CNTB1EN);
break;
case FMC_NORSRAM_BANK2 :
CLEAR_BIT(Device->PCSCNTR, FMC_PCSCNTR_CNTB2EN);
break;
case FMC_NORSRAM_BANK3 :
CLEAR_BIT(Device->PCSCNTR, FMC_PCSCNTR_CNTB3EN);
break;
default :
CLEAR_BIT(Device->PCSCNTR, FMC_PCSCNTR_CNTB4EN);
break;
}
#endif /* FMC_PCSCNTR_CSCOUNT */
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Initialize the FMC_NORSRAM Timing according to the specified
* parameters in the FMC_NORSRAM_TimingTypeDef
* @param Device Pointer to NORSRAM device instance
* @param Timing Pointer to NORSRAM Timing structure
* @param Bank NORSRAM bank number
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_NORSRAM_Timing_Init(FMC_NORSRAM_TypeDef *Device,
FMC_NORSRAM_TimingTypeDef *Timing, uint32_t Bank)
{
uint32_t tmpr;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FMC_NORSRAM_DEVICE(Device));
assert_param(IS_FMC_ADDRESS_SETUP_TIME(Timing->AddressSetupTime));
assert_param(IS_FMC_ADDRESS_HOLD_TIME(Timing->AddressHoldTime));
#if defined(FMC_BTRx_DATAHLD)
assert_param(IS_FMC_DATAHOLD_DURATION(Timing->DataHoldTime));
#endif /* FMC_BTRx_DATAHLD */
assert_param(IS_FMC_DATASETUP_TIME(Timing->DataSetupTime));
assert_param(IS_FMC_TURNAROUND_TIME(Timing->BusTurnAroundDuration));
assert_param(IS_FMC_CLK_DIV(Timing->CLKDivision));
assert_param(IS_FMC_DATA_LATENCY(Timing->DataLatency));
assert_param(IS_FMC_ACCESS_MODE(Timing->AccessMode));
assert_param(IS_FMC_NORSRAM_BANK(Bank));
/* Set FMC_NORSRAM device timing parameters */
#if defined(FMC_BTRx_DATAHLD)
MODIFY_REG(Device->BTCR[Bank + 1U], BTR_CLEAR_MASK, (Timing->AddressSetupTime |
((Timing->AddressHoldTime) << FMC_BTRx_ADDHLD_Pos) |
((Timing->DataSetupTime) << FMC_BTRx_DATAST_Pos) |
((Timing->DataHoldTime) << FMC_BTRx_DATAHLD_Pos) |
((Timing->BusTurnAroundDuration) << FMC_BTRx_BUSTURN_Pos) |
(((Timing->CLKDivision) - 1U) << FMC_BTRx_CLKDIV_Pos) |
(((Timing->DataLatency) - 2U) << FMC_BTRx_DATLAT_Pos) |
(Timing->AccessMode)));
#else /* FMC_BTRx_DATAHLD */
MODIFY_REG(Device->BTCR[Bank + 1U], BTR_CLEAR_MASK, (Timing->AddressSetupTime |
((Timing->AddressHoldTime) << FMC_BTRx_ADDHLD_Pos) |
((Timing->DataSetupTime) << FMC_BTRx_DATAST_Pos) |
((Timing->BusTurnAroundDuration) << FMC_BTRx_BUSTURN_Pos) |
(((Timing->CLKDivision) - 1U) << FMC_BTRx_CLKDIV_Pos) |
(((Timing->DataLatency) - 2U) << FMC_BTRx_DATLAT_Pos) |
(Timing->AccessMode)));
#endif /* FMC_BTRx_DATAHLD */
/* Configure Clock division value (in NORSRAM bank 1) when continuous clock is enabled */
if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(Device->BTCR[FMC_NORSRAM_BANK1], FMC_BCR1_CCLKEN))
{
tmpr = (uint32_t)(Device->BTCR[FMC_NORSRAM_BANK1 + 1U] & ~((0x0FU) << FMC_BTRx_CLKDIV_Pos));
tmpr |= (uint32_t)(((Timing->CLKDivision) - 1U) << FMC_BTRx_CLKDIV_Pos);
MODIFY_REG(Device->BTCR[FMC_NORSRAM_BANK1 + 1U], FMC_BTRx_CLKDIV, tmpr);
}
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Initialize the FMC_NORSRAM Extended mode Timing according to the specified
* parameters in the FMC_NORSRAM_TimingTypeDef
* @param Device Pointer to NORSRAM device instance
* @param Timing Pointer to NORSRAM Timing structure
* @param Bank NORSRAM bank number
* @param ExtendedMode FMC Extended Mode
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg FMC_EXTENDED_MODE_DISABLE
* @arg FMC_EXTENDED_MODE_ENABLE
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_NORSRAM_Extended_Timing_Init(FMC_NORSRAM_EXTENDED_TypeDef *Device,
FMC_NORSRAM_TimingTypeDef *Timing, uint32_t Bank,
uint32_t ExtendedMode)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FMC_EXTENDED_MODE(ExtendedMode));
/* Set NORSRAM device timing register for write configuration, if extended mode is used */
if (ExtendedMode == FMC_EXTENDED_MODE_ENABLE)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FMC_NORSRAM_EXTENDED_DEVICE(Device));
assert_param(IS_FMC_ADDRESS_SETUP_TIME(Timing->AddressSetupTime));
assert_param(IS_FMC_ADDRESS_HOLD_TIME(Timing->AddressHoldTime));
assert_param(IS_FMC_DATASETUP_TIME(Timing->DataSetupTime));
#if defined(FMC_BTRx_DATAHLD)
assert_param(IS_FMC_DATAHOLD_DURATION(Timing->DataHoldTime));
#endif /* FMC_BTRx_DATAHLD */
assert_param(IS_FMC_TURNAROUND_TIME(Timing->BusTurnAroundDuration));
assert_param(IS_FMC_ACCESS_MODE(Timing->AccessMode));
assert_param(IS_FMC_NORSRAM_BANK(Bank));
/* Set NORSRAM device timing register for write configuration, if extended mode is used */
#if defined(FMC_BTRx_DATAHLD)
MODIFY_REG(Device->BWTR[Bank], BWTR_CLEAR_MASK, (Timing->AddressSetupTime |
((Timing->AddressHoldTime) << FMC_BWTRx_ADDHLD_Pos) |
((Timing->DataSetupTime) << FMC_BWTRx_DATAST_Pos) |
((Timing->DataHoldTime) << FMC_BWTRx_DATAHLD_Pos) |
Timing->AccessMode |
((Timing->BusTurnAroundDuration) << FMC_BWTRx_BUSTURN_Pos)));
#else /* FMC_BTRx_DATAHLD */
MODIFY_REG(Device->BWTR[Bank], BWTR_CLEAR_MASK, (Timing->AddressSetupTime |
((Timing->AddressHoldTime) << FMC_BWTRx_ADDHLD_Pos) |
((Timing->DataSetupTime) << FMC_BWTRx_DATAST_Pos) |
Timing->AccessMode |
((Timing->BusTurnAroundDuration) << FMC_BWTRx_BUSTURN_Pos)));
#endif /* FMC_BTRx_DATAHLD */
}
else
{
Device->BWTR[Bank] = 0x0FFFFFFFU;
}
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup FMC_LL_NORSRAM_Private_Functions_Group2
* @brief management functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### FMC_NORSRAM Control functions #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control dynamically
the FMC NORSRAM interface.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Enables dynamically FMC_NORSRAM write operation.
* @param Device Pointer to NORSRAM device instance
* @param Bank NORSRAM bank number
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_NORSRAM_WriteOperation_Enable(FMC_NORSRAM_TypeDef *Device, uint32_t Bank)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FMC_NORSRAM_DEVICE(Device));
assert_param(IS_FMC_NORSRAM_BANK(Bank));
/* Enable write operation */
SET_BIT(Device->BTCR[Bank], FMC_WRITE_OPERATION_ENABLE);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Disables dynamically FMC_NORSRAM write operation.
* @param Device Pointer to NORSRAM device instance
* @param Bank NORSRAM bank number
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_NORSRAM_WriteOperation_Disable(FMC_NORSRAM_TypeDef *Device, uint32_t Bank)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FMC_NORSRAM_DEVICE(Device));
assert_param(IS_FMC_NORSRAM_BANK(Bank));
/* Disable write operation */
CLEAR_BIT(Device->BTCR[Bank], FMC_WRITE_OPERATION_ENABLE);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* FMC_BANK1 */
#if defined(FMC_BANK3)
/** @defgroup FMC_LL_Exported_Functions_NAND FMC Low Layer NAND Exported Functions
* @brief NAND Controller functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### How to use NAND device driver #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This driver contains a set of APIs to interface with the FMC NAND banks in order
to run the NAND external devices.
(+) FMC NAND bank reset using the function FMC_NAND_DeInit()
(+) FMC NAND bank control configuration using the function FMC_NAND_Init()
(+) FMC NAND bank common space timing configuration using the function
FMC_NAND_CommonSpace_Timing_Init()
(+) FMC NAND bank attribute space timing configuration using the function
FMC_NAND_AttributeSpace_Timing_Init()
(+) FMC NAND bank enable/disable ECC correction feature using the functions
FMC_NAND_ECC_Enable()/FMC_NAND_ECC_Disable()
(+) FMC NAND bank get ECC correction code using the function FMC_NAND_GetECC()
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup FMC_LL_NAND_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
* @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### Initialization and de_initialization functions #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This section provides functions allowing to:
(+) Initialize and configure the FMC NAND interface
(+) De-initialize the FMC NAND interface
(+) Configure the FMC clock and associated GPIOs
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Initializes the FMC_NAND device according to the specified
* control parameters in the FMC_NAND_HandleTypeDef
* @param Device Pointer to NAND device instance
* @param Init Pointer to NAND Initialization structure
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_NAND_Init(FMC_NAND_TypeDef *Device, FMC_NAND_InitTypeDef *Init)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_DEVICE(Device));
assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_BANK(Init->NandBank));
assert_param(IS_FMC_WAIT_FEATURE(Init->Waitfeature));
assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_MEMORY_WIDTH(Init->MemoryDataWidth));
assert_param(IS_FMC_ECC_STATE(Init->EccComputation));
assert_param(IS_FMC_ECCPAGE_SIZE(Init->ECCPageSize));
assert_param(IS_FMC_TCLR_TIME(Init->TCLRSetupTime));
assert_param(IS_FMC_TAR_TIME(Init->TARSetupTime));
/* NAND bank 3 registers configuration */
MODIFY_REG(Device->PCR, PCR_CLEAR_MASK, (Init->Waitfeature |
FMC_PCR_MEMORY_TYPE_NAND |
Init->MemoryDataWidth |
Init->EccComputation |
Init->ECCPageSize |
((Init->TCLRSetupTime) << FMC_PCR_TCLR_Pos) |
((Init->TARSetupTime) << FMC_PCR_TAR_Pos)));
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Initializes the FMC_NAND Common space Timing according to the specified
* parameters in the FMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef
* @param Device Pointer to NAND device instance
* @param Timing Pointer to NAND timing structure
* @param Bank NAND bank number
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_NAND_CommonSpace_Timing_Init(FMC_NAND_TypeDef *Device,
FMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef *Timing, uint32_t Bank)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_DEVICE(Device));
assert_param(IS_FMC_SETUP_TIME(Timing->SetupTime));
assert_param(IS_FMC_WAIT_TIME(Timing->WaitSetupTime));
assert_param(IS_FMC_HOLD_TIME(Timing->HoldSetupTime));
assert_param(IS_FMC_HIZ_TIME(Timing->HiZSetupTime));
assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_BANK(Bank));
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning if no assert_param check */
UNUSED(Bank);
/* NAND bank 3 registers configuration */
MODIFY_REG(Device->PMEM, PMEM_CLEAR_MASK, (Timing->SetupTime |
((Timing->WaitSetupTime) << FMC_PMEM_MEMWAIT_Pos) |
((Timing->HoldSetupTime) << FMC_PMEM_MEMHOLD_Pos) |
((Timing->HiZSetupTime) << FMC_PMEM_MEMHIZ_Pos)));
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Initializes the FMC_NAND Attribute space Timing according to the specified
* parameters in the FMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef
* @param Device Pointer to NAND device instance
* @param Timing Pointer to NAND timing structure
* @param Bank NAND bank number
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_NAND_AttributeSpace_Timing_Init(FMC_NAND_TypeDef *Device,
FMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef *Timing, uint32_t Bank)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_DEVICE(Device));
assert_param(IS_FMC_SETUP_TIME(Timing->SetupTime));
assert_param(IS_FMC_WAIT_TIME(Timing->WaitSetupTime));
assert_param(IS_FMC_HOLD_TIME(Timing->HoldSetupTime));
assert_param(IS_FMC_HIZ_TIME(Timing->HiZSetupTime));
assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_BANK(Bank));
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning if no assert_param check */
UNUSED(Bank);
/* NAND bank 3 registers configuration */
MODIFY_REG(Device->PATT, PATT_CLEAR_MASK, (Timing->SetupTime |
((Timing->WaitSetupTime) << FMC_PATT_ATTWAIT_Pos) |
((Timing->HoldSetupTime) << FMC_PATT_ATTHOLD_Pos) |
((Timing->HiZSetupTime) << FMC_PATT_ATTHIZ_Pos)));
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief DeInitializes the FMC_NAND device
* @param Device Pointer to NAND device instance
* @param Bank NAND bank number
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_NAND_DeInit(FMC_NAND_TypeDef *Device, uint32_t Bank)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_DEVICE(Device));
assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_BANK(Bank));
/* Disable the NAND Bank */
__FMC_NAND_DISABLE(Device, Bank);
/* De-initialize the NAND Bank */
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning if no assert_param check */
UNUSED(Bank);
/* Set the FMC_NAND_BANK3 registers to their reset values */
WRITE_REG(Device->PCR, 0x00000018U);
WRITE_REG(Device->SR, 0x00000040U);
WRITE_REG(Device->PMEM, 0xFCFCFCFCU);
WRITE_REG(Device->PATT, 0xFCFCFCFCU);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup HAL_FMC_NAND_Group2 Peripheral Control functions
* @brief management functions
*
@verbatim
==============================================================================
##### FMC_NAND Control functions #####
==============================================================================
[..]
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control dynamically
the FMC NAND interface.
@endverbatim
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Enables dynamically FMC_NAND ECC feature.
* @param Device Pointer to NAND device instance
* @param Bank NAND bank number
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_NAND_ECC_Enable(FMC_NAND_TypeDef *Device, uint32_t Bank)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_DEVICE(Device));
assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_BANK(Bank));
/* Enable ECC feature */
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning if no assert_param check */
UNUSED(Bank);
SET_BIT(Device->PCR, FMC_PCR_ECCEN);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Disables dynamically FMC_NAND ECC feature.
* @param Device Pointer to NAND device instance
* @param Bank NAND bank number
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_NAND_ECC_Disable(FMC_NAND_TypeDef *Device, uint32_t Bank)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_DEVICE(Device));
assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_BANK(Bank));
/* Disable ECC feature */
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning if no assert_param check */
UNUSED(Bank);
CLEAR_BIT(Device->PCR, FMC_PCR_ECCEN);
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @brief Disables dynamically FMC_NAND ECC feature.
* @param Device Pointer to NAND device instance
* @param ECCval Pointer to ECC value
* @param Bank NAND bank number
* @param Timeout Timeout wait value
* @retval HAL status
*/
HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_NAND_GetECC(FMC_NAND_TypeDef *Device, uint32_t *ECCval, uint32_t Bank,
uint32_t Timeout)
{
uint32_t tickstart;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_DEVICE(Device));
assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_BANK(Bank));
/* Get tick */
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
/* Wait until FIFO is empty */
while (__FMC_NAND_GET_FLAG(Device, Bank, FMC_FLAG_FEMPT) == RESET)
{
/* Check for the Timeout */
if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
{
if (((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > Timeout) || (Timeout == 0U))
{
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
}
}
}
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning if no assert_param check */
UNUSED(Bank);
/* Get the ECCR register value */
*ECCval = (uint32_t)Device->ECCR;
return HAL_OK;
}
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* FMC_BANK3 */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* HAL_NOR_MODULE_ENABLED */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/

293
resources/Camera_driver/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_ll_gpio.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,293 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32l4xx_ll_gpio.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief GPIO LL module driver.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32l4xx_ll_gpio.h"
#include "stm32l4xx_ll_bus.h"
#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
#include "stm32_assert.h"
#else
#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
#endif
/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_LL_Driver
* @{
*/
#if defined (GPIOA) || defined (GPIOB) || defined (GPIOC) || defined (GPIOD) || defined (GPIOE) || defined (GPIOF) || defined (GPIOG) || defined (GPIOH) || defined (GPIOI)
/** @addtogroup GPIO_LL
* @{
*/
/** MISRA C:2012 deviation rule has been granted for following rules:
* Rule-12.2 - Medium: RHS argument is in interval [0,INF] which is out of
* range of the shift operator in following API :
* LL_GPIO_Init
*/
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup GPIO_LL_Private_Macros
* @{
*/
#define IS_LL_GPIO_PIN(__VALUE__) (((0x00u) < (__VALUE__)) && ((__VALUE__) <= (LL_GPIO_PIN_ALL)))
#define IS_LL_GPIO_MODE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_MODE_INPUT) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_MODE_ALTERNATE) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_MODE_ANALOG))
#define IS_LL_GPIO_OUTPUT_TYPE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_OUTPUT_PUSHPULL) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_OUTPUT_OPENDRAIN))
#define IS_LL_GPIO_SPEED(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_LOW) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_MEDIUM) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_HIGH) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_VERY_HIGH))
#define IS_LL_GPIO_PULL(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_PULL_NO) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_PULL_UP) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_PULL_DOWN))
#define IS_LL_GPIO_ALTERNATE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_0 ) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_1 ) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_2 ) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_3 ) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_4 ) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_5 ) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_6 ) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_7 ) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_8 ) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_9 ) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_10 ) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_11 ) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_12 ) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_13 ) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_14 ) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_15 ))
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup GPIO_LL_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup GPIO_LL_EF_Init
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief De-initialize GPIO registers (Registers restored to their default values).
* @param GPIOx GPIO Port
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: GPIO registers are de-initialized
* - ERROR: Wrong GPIO Port
*/
ErrorStatus LL_GPIO_DeInit(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx)
{
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_INSTANCE(GPIOx));
/* Force and Release reset on clock of GPIOx Port */
if (GPIOx == GPIOA)
{
LL_AHB2_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_AHB2_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOA);
LL_AHB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_AHB2_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOA);
}
else if (GPIOx == GPIOB)
{
LL_AHB2_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_AHB2_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOB);
LL_AHB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_AHB2_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOB);
}
else if (GPIOx == GPIOC)
{
LL_AHB2_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_AHB2_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOC);
LL_AHB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_AHB2_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOC);
}
#if defined(GPIOD)
else if (GPIOx == GPIOD)
{
LL_AHB2_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_AHB2_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOD);
LL_AHB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_AHB2_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOD);
}
#endif /* GPIOD */
#if defined(GPIOE)
else if (GPIOx == GPIOE)
{
LL_AHB2_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_AHB2_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOE);
LL_AHB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_AHB2_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOE);
}
#endif /* GPIOE */
#if defined(GPIOF)
else if (GPIOx == GPIOF)
{
LL_AHB2_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_AHB2_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOF);
LL_AHB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_AHB2_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOF);
}
#endif /* GPIOF */
#if defined(GPIOG)
else if (GPIOx == GPIOG)
{
LL_AHB2_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_AHB2_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOG);
LL_AHB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_AHB2_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOG);
}
#endif /* GPIOG */
#if defined(GPIOH)
else if (GPIOx == GPIOH)
{
LL_AHB2_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_AHB2_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOH);
LL_AHB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_AHB2_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOH);
}
#endif /* GPIOH */
#if defined(GPIOI)
else if (GPIOx == GPIOI)
{
LL_AHB2_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_AHB2_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOI);
LL_AHB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_AHB2_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOI);
}
#endif /* GPIOI */
else
{
status = ERROR;
}
return (status);
}
/**
* @brief Initialize GPIO registers according to the specified parameters in GPIO_InitStruct.
* @param GPIOx GPIO Port
* @param GPIO_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_GPIO_InitTypeDef structure
* that contains the configuration information for the specified GPIO peripheral.
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: GPIO registers are initialized according to GPIO_InitStruct content
* - ERROR: Not applicable
*/
ErrorStatus LL_GPIO_Init(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, LL_GPIO_InitTypeDef *GPIO_InitStruct)
{
uint32_t pinpos;
uint32_t currentpin;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_INSTANCE(GPIOx));
assert_param(IS_LL_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_InitStruct->Pin));
assert_param(IS_LL_GPIO_MODE(GPIO_InitStruct->Mode));
assert_param(IS_LL_GPIO_PULL(GPIO_InitStruct->Pull));
/* ------------------------- Configure the port pins ---------------- */
/* Initialize pinpos on first pin set */
pinpos = POSITION_VAL(GPIO_InitStruct->Pin);
/* Configure the port pins */
while (((GPIO_InitStruct->Pin) >> pinpos) != 0x00u)
{
/* Get current io position */
currentpin = (GPIO_InitStruct->Pin) & (0x00000001uL << pinpos);
if (currentpin != 0x00u)
{
if ((GPIO_InitStruct->Mode == LL_GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT) || (GPIO_InitStruct->Mode == LL_GPIO_MODE_ALTERNATE))
{
/* Check Speed mode parameters */
assert_param(IS_LL_GPIO_SPEED(GPIO_InitStruct->Speed));
/* Speed mode configuration */
LL_GPIO_SetPinSpeed(GPIOx, currentpin, GPIO_InitStruct->Speed);
/* Check Output mode parameters */
assert_param(IS_LL_GPIO_OUTPUT_TYPE(GPIO_InitStruct->OutputType));
/* Output mode configuration*/
LL_GPIO_SetPinOutputType(GPIOx, GPIO_InitStruct->Pin, GPIO_InitStruct->OutputType);
}
/* Pull-up Pull down resistor configuration*/
LL_GPIO_SetPinPull(GPIOx, currentpin, GPIO_InitStruct->Pull);
if (GPIO_InitStruct->Mode == LL_GPIO_MODE_ALTERNATE)
{
/* Check Alternate parameter */
assert_param(IS_LL_GPIO_ALTERNATE(GPIO_InitStruct->Alternate));
/* Speed mode configuration */
if (currentpin < LL_GPIO_PIN_8)
{
LL_GPIO_SetAFPin_0_7(GPIOx, currentpin, GPIO_InitStruct->Alternate);
}
else
{
LL_GPIO_SetAFPin_8_15(GPIOx, currentpin, GPIO_InitStruct->Alternate);
}
}
/* Pin Mode configuration */
LL_GPIO_SetPinMode(GPIOx, currentpin, GPIO_InitStruct->Mode);
}
pinpos++;
}
return (SUCCESS);
}
/**
* @brief Set each @ref LL_GPIO_InitTypeDef field to default value.
* @param GPIO_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_GPIO_InitTypeDef structure
* whose fields will be set to default values.
* @retval None
*/
void LL_GPIO_StructInit(LL_GPIO_InitTypeDef *GPIO_InitStruct)
{
/* Reset GPIO init structure parameters values */
GPIO_InitStruct->Pin = LL_GPIO_PIN_ALL;
GPIO_InitStruct->Mode = LL_GPIO_MODE_ANALOG;
GPIO_InitStruct->Speed = LL_GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_LOW;
GPIO_InitStruct->OutputType = LL_GPIO_OUTPUT_PUSHPULL;
GPIO_InitStruct->Pull = LL_GPIO_PULL_NO;
GPIO_InitStruct->Alternate = LL_GPIO_AF_0;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* defined (GPIOA) || defined (GPIOB) || defined (GPIOC) || defined (GPIOD) || defined (GPIOE) || defined (GPIOF) || defined (GPIOG) || defined (GPIOH) || defined (GPIOI) */
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */

244
resources/Camera_driver/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_ll_i2c.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,244 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32l4xx_ll_i2c.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief I2C LL module driver.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32l4xx_ll_i2c.h"
#include "stm32l4xx_ll_bus.h"
#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
#include "stm32_assert.h"
#else
#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
#endif /* USE_FULL_ASSERT */
/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_LL_Driver
* @{
*/
#if defined (I2C1) || defined (I2C2) || defined (I2C3) || defined (I2C4)
/** @defgroup I2C_LL I2C
* @{
*/
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup I2C_LL_Private_Macros
* @{
*/
#define IS_LL_I2C_PERIPHERAL_MODE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_MODE_I2C) || \
((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_MODE_SMBUS_HOST) || \
((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_MODE_SMBUS_DEVICE) || \
((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_MODE_SMBUS_DEVICE_ARP))
#define IS_LL_I2C_ANALOG_FILTER(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_ANALOGFILTER_ENABLE) || \
((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_ANALOGFILTER_DISABLE))
#define IS_LL_I2C_DIGITAL_FILTER(__VALUE__) ((__VALUE__) <= 0x0000000FU)
#define IS_LL_I2C_OWN_ADDRESS1(__VALUE__) ((__VALUE__) <= 0x000003FFU)
#define IS_LL_I2C_TYPE_ACKNOWLEDGE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_ACK) || \
((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_NACK))
#define IS_LL_I2C_OWN_ADDRSIZE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_OWNADDRESS1_7BIT) || \
((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_OWNADDRESS1_10BIT))
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup I2C_LL_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup I2C_LL_EF_Init
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief De-initialize the I2C registers to their default reset values.
* @param I2Cx I2C Instance.
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: I2C registers are de-initialized
* - ERROR: I2C registers are not de-initialized
*/
ErrorStatus LL_I2C_DeInit(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx)
{
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
/* Check the I2C Instance I2Cx */
assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_INSTANCE(I2Cx));
if (I2Cx == I2C1)
{
/* Force reset of I2C clock */
LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_I2C1);
/* Release reset of I2C clock */
LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_I2C1);
}
#if defined(I2C2)
else if (I2Cx == I2C2)
{
/* Force reset of I2C clock */
LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_I2C2);
/* Release reset of I2C clock */
LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_I2C2);
}
#endif /* I2C2 */
else if (I2Cx == I2C3)
{
/* Force reset of I2C clock */
LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_I2C3);
/* Release reset of I2C clock */
LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_I2C3);
}
#if defined(I2C4)
else if (I2Cx == I2C4)
{
/* Force reset of I2C clock */
LL_APB1_GRP2_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP2_PERIPH_I2C4);
/* Release reset of I2C clock */
LL_APB1_GRP2_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP2_PERIPH_I2C4);
}
#endif /* I2C4 */
else
{
status = ERROR;
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Initialize the I2C registers according to the specified parameters in I2C_InitStruct.
* @param I2Cx I2C Instance.
* @param I2C_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_I2C_InitTypeDef structure.
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: I2C registers are initialized
* - ERROR: Not applicable
*/
ErrorStatus LL_I2C_Init(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx, LL_I2C_InitTypeDef *I2C_InitStruct)
{
/* Check the I2C Instance I2Cx */
assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_INSTANCE(I2Cx));
/* Check the I2C parameters from I2C_InitStruct */
assert_param(IS_LL_I2C_PERIPHERAL_MODE(I2C_InitStruct->PeripheralMode));
assert_param(IS_LL_I2C_ANALOG_FILTER(I2C_InitStruct->AnalogFilter));
assert_param(IS_LL_I2C_DIGITAL_FILTER(I2C_InitStruct->DigitalFilter));
assert_param(IS_LL_I2C_OWN_ADDRESS1(I2C_InitStruct->OwnAddress1));
assert_param(IS_LL_I2C_TYPE_ACKNOWLEDGE(I2C_InitStruct->TypeAcknowledge));
assert_param(IS_LL_I2C_OWN_ADDRSIZE(I2C_InitStruct->OwnAddrSize));
/* Disable the selected I2Cx Peripheral */
LL_I2C_Disable(I2Cx);
/*---------------------------- I2Cx CR1 Configuration ------------------------
* Configure the analog and digital noise filters with parameters :
* - AnalogFilter: I2C_CR1_ANFOFF bit
* - DigitalFilter: I2C_CR1_DNF[3:0] bits
*/
LL_I2C_ConfigFilters(I2Cx, I2C_InitStruct->AnalogFilter, I2C_InitStruct->DigitalFilter);
/*---------------------------- I2Cx TIMINGR Configuration --------------------
* Configure the SDA setup, hold time and the SCL high, low period with parameter :
* - Timing: I2C_TIMINGR_PRESC[3:0], I2C_TIMINGR_SCLDEL[3:0], I2C_TIMINGR_SDADEL[3:0],
* I2C_TIMINGR_SCLH[7:0] and I2C_TIMINGR_SCLL[7:0] bits
*/
LL_I2C_SetTiming(I2Cx, I2C_InitStruct->Timing);
/* Enable the selected I2Cx Peripheral */
LL_I2C_Enable(I2Cx);
/*---------------------------- I2Cx OAR1 Configuration -----------------------
* Disable, Configure and Enable I2Cx device own address 1 with parameters :
* - OwnAddress1: I2C_OAR1_OA1[9:0] bits
* - OwnAddrSize: I2C_OAR1_OA1MODE bit
*/
LL_I2C_DisableOwnAddress1(I2Cx);
LL_I2C_SetOwnAddress1(I2Cx, I2C_InitStruct->OwnAddress1, I2C_InitStruct->OwnAddrSize);
/* OwnAdress1 == 0 is reserved for General Call address */
if (I2C_InitStruct->OwnAddress1 != 0U)
{
LL_I2C_EnableOwnAddress1(I2Cx);
}
/*---------------------------- I2Cx MODE Configuration -----------------------
* Configure I2Cx peripheral mode with parameter :
* - PeripheralMode: I2C_CR1_SMBDEN and I2C_CR1_SMBHEN bits
*/
LL_I2C_SetMode(I2Cx, I2C_InitStruct->PeripheralMode);
/*---------------------------- I2Cx CR2 Configuration ------------------------
* Configure the ACKnowledge or Non ACKnowledge condition
* after the address receive match code or next received byte with parameter :
* - TypeAcknowledge: I2C_CR2_NACK bit
*/
LL_I2C_AcknowledgeNextData(I2Cx, I2C_InitStruct->TypeAcknowledge);
return SUCCESS;
}
/**
* @brief Set each @ref LL_I2C_InitTypeDef field to default value.
* @param I2C_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_I2C_InitTypeDef structure.
* @retval None
*/
void LL_I2C_StructInit(LL_I2C_InitTypeDef *I2C_InitStruct)
{
/* Set I2C_InitStruct fields to default values */
I2C_InitStruct->PeripheralMode = LL_I2C_MODE_I2C;
I2C_InitStruct->Timing = 0U;
I2C_InitStruct->AnalogFilter = LL_I2C_ANALOGFILTER_ENABLE;
I2C_InitStruct->DigitalFilter = 0U;
I2C_InitStruct->OwnAddress1 = 0U;
I2C_InitStruct->TypeAcknowledge = LL_I2C_NACK;
I2C_InitStruct->OwnAddrSize = LL_I2C_OWNADDRESS1_7BIT;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* I2C1 || I2C2 || I2C3 || I2C4 */
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */

344
resources/Camera_driver/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_ll_lptim.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,344 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32l4xx_ll_lptim.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief LPTIM LL module driver.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32l4xx_ll_lptim.h"
#include "stm32l4xx_ll_bus.h"
#include "stm32l4xx_ll_rcc.h"
#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
#include "stm32_assert.h"
#else
#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
#endif /* USE_FULL_ASSERT */
/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_LL_Driver
* @{
*/
#if defined (LPTIM1) || defined (LPTIM2)
/** @addtogroup LPTIM_LL
* @{
*/
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup LPTIM_LL_Private_Macros
* @{
*/
#define IS_LL_LPTIM_CLOCK_SOURCE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_LPTIM_CLK_SOURCE_INTERNAL) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPTIM_CLK_SOURCE_EXTERNAL))
#define IS_LL_LPTIM_CLOCK_PRESCALER(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_LPTIM_PRESCALER_DIV1) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPTIM_PRESCALER_DIV2) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPTIM_PRESCALER_DIV4) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPTIM_PRESCALER_DIV8) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPTIM_PRESCALER_DIV16) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPTIM_PRESCALER_DIV32) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPTIM_PRESCALER_DIV64) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPTIM_PRESCALER_DIV128))
#define IS_LL_LPTIM_WAVEFORM(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_LPTIM_OUTPUT_WAVEFORM_PWM) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPTIM_OUTPUT_WAVEFORM_SETONCE))
#define IS_LL_LPTIM_OUTPUT_POLARITY(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_LPTIM_OUTPUT_POLARITY_REGULAR) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPTIM_OUTPUT_POLARITY_INVERSE))
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup LPTIM_Private_Functions LPTIM Private Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup LPTIM_LL_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup LPTIM_LL_EF_Init
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Set LPTIMx registers to their reset values.
* @param LPTIMx LP Timer instance
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: LPTIMx registers are de-initialized
* - ERROR: invalid LPTIMx instance
*/
ErrorStatus LL_LPTIM_DeInit(LPTIM_TypeDef *LPTIMx)
{
ErrorStatus result = SUCCESS;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_LPTIM_INSTANCE(LPTIMx));
if (LPTIMx == LPTIM1)
{
LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_LPTIM1);
LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_LPTIM1);
}
#if defined(LPTIM2)
else if (LPTIMx == LPTIM2)
{
LL_APB1_GRP2_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP2_PERIPH_LPTIM2);
LL_APB1_GRP2_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP2_PERIPH_LPTIM2);
}
#endif /* LPTIM2 */
else
{
result = ERROR;
}
return result;
}
/**
* @brief Set each fields of the LPTIM_InitStruct structure to its default
* value.
* @param LPTIM_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_LPTIM_InitTypeDef structure
* @retval None
*/
void LL_LPTIM_StructInit(LL_LPTIM_InitTypeDef *LPTIM_InitStruct)
{
/* Set the default configuration */
LPTIM_InitStruct->ClockSource = LL_LPTIM_CLK_SOURCE_INTERNAL;
LPTIM_InitStruct->Prescaler = LL_LPTIM_PRESCALER_DIV1;
LPTIM_InitStruct->Waveform = LL_LPTIM_OUTPUT_WAVEFORM_PWM;
LPTIM_InitStruct->Polarity = LL_LPTIM_OUTPUT_POLARITY_REGULAR;
}
/**
* @brief Configure the LPTIMx peripheral according to the specified parameters.
* @note LL_LPTIM_Init can only be called when the LPTIM instance is disabled.
* @note LPTIMx can be disabled using unitary function @ref LL_LPTIM_Disable().
* @param LPTIMx LP Timer Instance
* @param LPTIM_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_LPTIM_InitTypeDef structure
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: LPTIMx instance has been initialized
* - ERROR: LPTIMx instance hasn't been initialized
*/
ErrorStatus LL_LPTIM_Init(LPTIM_TypeDef *LPTIMx, const LL_LPTIM_InitTypeDef *LPTIM_InitStruct)
{
ErrorStatus result = SUCCESS;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_LPTIM_INSTANCE(LPTIMx));
assert_param(IS_LL_LPTIM_CLOCK_SOURCE(LPTIM_InitStruct->ClockSource));
assert_param(IS_LL_LPTIM_CLOCK_PRESCALER(LPTIM_InitStruct->Prescaler));
assert_param(IS_LL_LPTIM_WAVEFORM(LPTIM_InitStruct->Waveform));
assert_param(IS_LL_LPTIM_OUTPUT_POLARITY(LPTIM_InitStruct->Polarity));
/* The LPTIMx_CFGR register must only be modified when the LPTIM is disabled
(ENABLE bit is reset to 0).
*/
if (LL_LPTIM_IsEnabled(LPTIMx) == 1UL)
{
result = ERROR;
}
else
{
/* Set CKSEL bitfield according to ClockSource value */
/* Set PRESC bitfield according to Prescaler value */
/* Set WAVE bitfield according to Waveform value */
/* Set WAVEPOL bitfield according to Polarity value */
MODIFY_REG(LPTIMx->CFGR,
(LPTIM_CFGR_CKSEL | LPTIM_CFGR_PRESC | LPTIM_CFGR_WAVE | LPTIM_CFGR_WAVPOL),
LPTIM_InitStruct->ClockSource | \
LPTIM_InitStruct->Prescaler | \
LPTIM_InitStruct->Waveform | \
LPTIM_InitStruct->Polarity);
}
return result;
}
/**
* @brief Disable the LPTIM instance
* @rmtoll CR ENABLE LL_LPTIM_Disable
* @param LPTIMx Low-Power Timer instance
* @note The following sequence is required to solve LPTIM disable HW limitation.
* Please check Errata Sheet ES0335 for more details under "MCU may remain
* stuck in LPTIM interrupt when entering Stop mode" section.
* @retval None
*/
void LL_LPTIM_Disable(LPTIM_TypeDef *LPTIMx)
{
LL_RCC_ClocksTypeDef rcc_clock;
uint32_t tmpclksource = 0;
uint32_t tmpIER;
uint32_t tmpCFGR;
uint32_t tmpCMP;
uint32_t tmpARR;
uint32_t primask_bit;
uint32_t tmpOR;
#if defined(LPTIM_RCR_REP)
uint32_t tmpRCR;
#endif
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_LPTIM_INSTANCE(LPTIMx));
/* Enter critical section */
primask_bit = __get_PRIMASK();
__set_PRIMASK(1) ;
/********** Save LPTIM Config *********/
/* Save LPTIM source clock */
switch ((uint32_t)LPTIMx)
{
case LPTIM1_BASE:
tmpclksource = LL_RCC_GetLPTIMClockSource(LL_RCC_LPTIM1_CLKSOURCE);
break;
#if defined(LPTIM2)
case LPTIM2_BASE:
tmpclksource = LL_RCC_GetLPTIMClockSource(LL_RCC_LPTIM2_CLKSOURCE);
break;
#endif /* LPTIM2 */
default:
break;
}
/* Save LPTIM configuration registers */
tmpIER = LPTIMx->IER;
tmpCFGR = LPTIMx->CFGR;
tmpCMP = LPTIMx->CMP;
tmpARR = LPTIMx->ARR;
tmpOR = LPTIMx->OR;
#if defined(LPTIM_RCR_REP)
tmpRCR = LPTIMx->RCR;
#endif
/************* Reset LPTIM ************/
(void)LL_LPTIM_DeInit(LPTIMx);
/********* Restore LPTIM Config *******/
LL_RCC_GetSystemClocksFreq(&rcc_clock);
#if defined(LPTIM_RCR_REP)
if ((tmpCMP != 0UL) || (tmpARR != 0UL) || (tmpRCR != 0UL))
#else
if ((tmpCMP != 0UL) || (tmpARR != 0UL))
#endif
{
/* Force LPTIM source kernel clock from APB */
switch ((uint32_t)LPTIMx)
{
case LPTIM1_BASE:
LL_RCC_SetLPTIMClockSource(LL_RCC_LPTIM1_CLKSOURCE_PCLK1);
break;
#if defined(LPTIM2)
case LPTIM2_BASE:
LL_RCC_SetLPTIMClockSource(LL_RCC_LPTIM2_CLKSOURCE_PCLK1);
break;
#endif /* LPTIM2 */
default:
break;
}
if (tmpCMP != 0UL)
{
/* Restore CMP and ARR registers (LPTIM should be enabled first) */
LPTIMx->CR |= LPTIM_CR_ENABLE;
LPTIMx->CMP = tmpCMP;
/* Polling on CMP write ok status after above restore operation */
do
{
rcc_clock.SYSCLK_Frequency--; /* Used for timeout */
} while (((LL_LPTIM_IsActiveFlag_CMPOK(LPTIMx) != 1UL)) && ((rcc_clock.SYSCLK_Frequency) > 0UL));
LL_LPTIM_ClearFlag_CMPOK(LPTIMx);
}
if (tmpARR != 0UL)
{
LPTIMx->CR |= LPTIM_CR_ENABLE;
LPTIMx->ARR = tmpARR;
LL_RCC_GetSystemClocksFreq(&rcc_clock);
/* Polling on ARR write ok status after above restore operation */
do
{
rcc_clock.SYSCLK_Frequency--; /* Used for timeout */
}
while (((LL_LPTIM_IsActiveFlag_ARROK(LPTIMx) != 1UL)) && ((rcc_clock.SYSCLK_Frequency) > 0UL));
LL_LPTIM_ClearFlag_ARROK(LPTIMx);
}
#if defined(LPTIM_RCR_REP)
if (tmpRCR != 0UL)
{
LPTIMx->CR |= LPTIM_CR_ENABLE;
LPTIMx->RCR = tmpRCR;
LL_RCC_GetSystemClocksFreq(&rcc_clock);
/* Polling on RCR write ok status after above restore operation */
do
{
rcc_clock.SYSCLK_Frequency--; /* Used for timeout */
} while (((LL_LPTIM_IsActiveFlag_REPOK(LPTIMx) != 1UL)) && ((rcc_clock.SYSCLK_Frequency) > 0UL));
LL_LPTIM_ClearFlag_REPOK(LPTIMx);
}
#endif
/* Restore LPTIM source kernel clock */
LL_RCC_SetLPTIMClockSource(tmpclksource);
}
/* Restore configuration registers (LPTIM should be disabled first) */
LPTIMx->CR &= ~(LPTIM_CR_ENABLE);
LPTIMx->IER = tmpIER;
LPTIMx->CFGR = tmpCFGR;
LPTIMx->OR = tmpOR;
/* Exit critical section: restore previous priority mask */
__set_PRIMASK(primask_bit);
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* LPTIM1 || LPTIM2 */
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */

294
resources/Camera_driver/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_ll_lpuart.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,294 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32l4xx_ll_lpuart.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief LPUART LL module driver.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32l4xx_ll_lpuart.h"
#include "stm32l4xx_ll_rcc.h"
#include "stm32l4xx_ll_bus.h"
#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
#include "stm32_assert.h"
#else
#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
#endif /* USE_FULL_ASSERT */
/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_LL_Driver
* @{
*/
#if defined (LPUART1)
/** @addtogroup LPUART_LL
* @{
*/
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup LPUART_LL_Private_Constants
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup LPUART_LL_Private_Macros
* @{
*/
/* Check of parameters for configuration of LPUART registers */
#if defined(USART_PRESC_PRESCALER)
#define IS_LL_LPUART_PRESCALER(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_PRESCALER_DIV1) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_PRESCALER_DIV2) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_PRESCALER_DIV4) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_PRESCALER_DIV6) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_PRESCALER_DIV8) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_PRESCALER_DIV10) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_PRESCALER_DIV12) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_PRESCALER_DIV16) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_PRESCALER_DIV32) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_PRESCALER_DIV64) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_PRESCALER_DIV128) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_PRESCALER_DIV256))
#endif /* USART_PRESC_PRESCALER */
/* __BAUDRATE__ Depending on constraints applicable for LPUART BRR register */
/* value : */
/* - fck must be in the range [3 x baudrate, 4096 x baudrate] */
/* - LPUART_BRR register value should be >= 0x300 */
/* - LPUART_BRR register value should be <= 0xFFFFF (20 bits) */
/* Baudrate specified by the user should belong to [8, 40000000].*/
#define IS_LL_LPUART_BAUDRATE(__BAUDRATE__) (((__BAUDRATE__) <= 40000000U) && ((__BAUDRATE__) >= 8U))
/* __VALUE__ BRR content must be greater than or equal to 0x300. */
#define IS_LL_LPUART_BRR_MIN(__VALUE__) ((__VALUE__) >= 0x300U)
/* __VALUE__ BRR content must be lower than or equal to 0xFFFFF. */
#define IS_LL_LPUART_BRR_MAX(__VALUE__) ((__VALUE__) <= 0x000FFFFFU)
#define IS_LL_LPUART_DIRECTION(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_DIRECTION_NONE) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_DIRECTION_RX) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_DIRECTION_TX) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_DIRECTION_TX_RX))
#define IS_LL_LPUART_PARITY(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_PARITY_NONE) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_PARITY_EVEN) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_PARITY_ODD))
#define IS_LL_LPUART_DATAWIDTH(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_DATAWIDTH_7B) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_DATAWIDTH_8B) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_DATAWIDTH_9B))
#define IS_LL_LPUART_STOPBITS(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_STOPBITS_1) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_STOPBITS_2))
#define IS_LL_LPUART_HWCONTROL(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_HWCONTROL_NONE) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_HWCONTROL_RTS) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_HWCONTROL_CTS) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPUART_HWCONTROL_RTS_CTS))
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup LPUART_LL_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup LPUART_LL_EF_Init
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief De-initialize LPUART registers (Registers restored to their default values).
* @param LPUARTx LPUART Instance
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: LPUART registers are de-initialized
* - ERROR: not applicable
*/
ErrorStatus LL_LPUART_DeInit(const USART_TypeDef *LPUARTx)
{
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_LPUART_INSTANCE(LPUARTx));
if (LPUARTx == LPUART1)
{
/* Force reset of LPUART peripheral */
LL_APB1_GRP2_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP2_PERIPH_LPUART1);
/* Release reset of LPUART peripheral */
LL_APB1_GRP2_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP2_PERIPH_LPUART1);
}
else
{
status = ERROR;
}
return (status);
}
/**
* @brief Initialize LPUART registers according to the specified
* parameters in LPUART_InitStruct.
* @note As some bits in LPUART configuration registers can only be written when
* the LPUART is disabled (USART_CR1_UE bit =0),
* LPUART Peripheral should be in disabled state prior calling this function.
* Otherwise, ERROR result will be returned.
* @note Baud rate value stored in LPUART_InitStruct BaudRate field, should be valid (different from 0).
* @param LPUARTx LPUART Instance
* @param LPUART_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_LPUART_InitTypeDef structure
* that contains the configuration information for the specified LPUART peripheral.
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: LPUART registers are initialized according to LPUART_InitStruct content
* - ERROR: Problem occurred during LPUART Registers initialization
*/
ErrorStatus LL_LPUART_Init(USART_TypeDef *LPUARTx, const LL_LPUART_InitTypeDef *LPUART_InitStruct)
{
ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
uint32_t periphclk;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_LPUART_INSTANCE(LPUARTx));
#if defined(USART_PRESC_PRESCALER)
assert_param(IS_LL_LPUART_PRESCALER(LPUART_InitStruct->PrescalerValue));
#endif /* USART_PRESC_PRESCALER */
assert_param(IS_LL_LPUART_BAUDRATE(LPUART_InitStruct->BaudRate));
assert_param(IS_LL_LPUART_DATAWIDTH(LPUART_InitStruct->DataWidth));
assert_param(IS_LL_LPUART_STOPBITS(LPUART_InitStruct->StopBits));
assert_param(IS_LL_LPUART_PARITY(LPUART_InitStruct->Parity));
assert_param(IS_LL_LPUART_DIRECTION(LPUART_InitStruct->TransferDirection));
assert_param(IS_LL_LPUART_HWCONTROL(LPUART_InitStruct->HardwareFlowControl));
/* LPUART needs to be in disabled state, in order to be able to configure some bits in
CRx registers. Otherwise (LPUART not in Disabled state) => return ERROR */
if (LL_LPUART_IsEnabled(LPUARTx) == 0U)
{
/*---------------------------- LPUART CR1 Configuration -----------------------
* Configure LPUARTx CR1 (LPUART Word Length, Parity and Transfer Direction bits) with parameters:
* - DataWidth: USART_CR1_M bits according to LPUART_InitStruct->DataWidth value
* - Parity: USART_CR1_PCE, USART_CR1_PS bits according to LPUART_InitStruct->Parity value
* - TransferDirection: USART_CR1_TE, USART_CR1_RE bits according to LPUART_InitStruct->TransferDirection value
*/
MODIFY_REG(LPUARTx->CR1,
(USART_CR1_M | USART_CR1_PCE | USART_CR1_PS | USART_CR1_TE | USART_CR1_RE),
(LPUART_InitStruct->DataWidth | LPUART_InitStruct->Parity | LPUART_InitStruct->TransferDirection));
/*---------------------------- LPUART CR2 Configuration -----------------------
* Configure LPUARTx CR2 (Stop bits) with parameters:
* - Stop Bits: USART_CR2_STOP bits according to LPUART_InitStruct->StopBits value.
*/
LL_LPUART_SetStopBitsLength(LPUARTx, LPUART_InitStruct->StopBits);
/*---------------------------- LPUART CR3 Configuration -----------------------
* Configure LPUARTx CR3 (Hardware Flow Control) with parameters:
* - HardwareFlowControl: USART_CR3_RTSE, USART_CR3_CTSE bits according
* to LPUART_InitStruct->HardwareFlowControl value.
*/
LL_LPUART_SetHWFlowCtrl(LPUARTx, LPUART_InitStruct->HardwareFlowControl);
/*---------------------------- LPUART BRR Configuration -----------------------
* Retrieve Clock frequency used for LPUART Peripheral
*/
periphclk = LL_RCC_GetLPUARTClockFreq(LL_RCC_LPUART1_CLKSOURCE);
/* Configure the LPUART Baud Rate :
#if defined(USART_PRESC_PRESCALER)
- prescaler value is required
#endif
- valid baud rate value (different from 0) is required
- Peripheral clock as returned by RCC service, should be valid (different from 0).
*/
if ((periphclk != LL_RCC_PERIPH_FREQUENCY_NO)
&& (LPUART_InitStruct->BaudRate != 0U))
{
status = SUCCESS;
LL_LPUART_SetBaudRate(LPUARTx,
periphclk,
#if defined(USART_PRESC_PRESCALER)
LPUART_InitStruct->PrescalerValue,
#endif /* USART_PRESC_PRESCALER */
LPUART_InitStruct->BaudRate);
/* Check BRR is greater than or equal to 0x300 */
assert_param(IS_LL_LPUART_BRR_MIN(LPUARTx->BRR));
/* Check BRR is lower than or equal to 0xFFFFF */
assert_param(IS_LL_LPUART_BRR_MAX(LPUARTx->BRR));
}
#if defined(USART_PRESC_PRESCALER)
/*---------------------------- LPUART PRESC Configuration -----------------------
* Configure LPUARTx PRESC (Prescaler) with parameters:
* - PrescalerValue: LPUART_PRESC_PRESCALER bits according to LPUART_InitStruct->PrescalerValue value.
*/
LL_LPUART_SetPrescaler(LPUARTx, LPUART_InitStruct->PrescalerValue);
#endif /* USART_PRESC_PRESCALER */
}
return (status);
}
/**
* @brief Set each @ref LL_LPUART_InitTypeDef field to default value.
* @param LPUART_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_LPUART_InitTypeDef structure
* whose fields will be set to default values.
* @retval None
*/
void LL_LPUART_StructInit(LL_LPUART_InitTypeDef *LPUART_InitStruct)
{
/* Set LPUART_InitStruct fields to default values */
#if defined(USART_PRESC_PRESCALER)
LPUART_InitStruct->PrescalerValue = LL_LPUART_PRESCALER_DIV1;
#endif /* USART_PRESC_PRESCALER */
LPUART_InitStruct->BaudRate = 9600U;
LPUART_InitStruct->DataWidth = LL_LPUART_DATAWIDTH_8B;
LPUART_InitStruct->StopBits = LL_LPUART_STOPBITS_1;
LPUART_InitStruct->Parity = LL_LPUART_PARITY_NONE ;
LPUART_InitStruct->TransferDirection = LL_LPUART_DIRECTION_TX_RX;
LPUART_InitStruct->HardwareFlowControl = LL_LPUART_HWCONTROL_NONE;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* LPUART1 */
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */

224
resources/Camera_driver/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_ll_opamp.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,224 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32l4xx_ll_opamp.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief OPAMP LL module driver
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32l4xx_ll_opamp.h"
#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
#include "stm32_assert.h"
#else
#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
#endif
/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_LL_Driver
* @{
*/
#if defined (OPAMP1) || defined (OPAMP2)
/** @addtogroup OPAMP_LL OPAMP
* @{
*/
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup OPAMP_LL_Private_Macros
* @{
*/
/* Check of parameters for configuration of OPAMP hierarchical scope: */
/* OPAMP instance. */
#define IS_LL_OPAMP_POWER_MODE(__POWER_MODE__) \
( ((__POWER_MODE__) == LL_OPAMP_POWERMODE_NORMALPOWER) \
|| ((__POWER_MODE__) == LL_OPAMP_POWERMODE_LOWPOWER))
#define IS_LL_OPAMP_FUNCTIONAL_MODE(__FUNCTIONAL_MODE__) \
( ((__FUNCTIONAL_MODE__) == LL_OPAMP_MODE_STANDALONE) \
|| ((__FUNCTIONAL_MODE__) == LL_OPAMP_MODE_FOLLOWER) \
|| ((__FUNCTIONAL_MODE__) == LL_OPAMP_MODE_PGA) \
)
/* Note: Comparator non-inverting inputs parameters are the same on all */
/* OPAMP instances. */
/* However, comparator instance kept as macro parameter for */
/* compatibility with other STM32 families. */
#define IS_LL_OPAMP_INPUT_NONINVERTING(__OPAMPX__, __INPUT_NONINVERTING__) \
( ((__INPUT_NONINVERTING__) == LL_OPAMP_INPUT_NONINVERT_IO0) \
|| ((__INPUT_NONINVERTING__) == LL_OPAMP_INPUT_NONINV_DAC1_CH1) \
)
/* Note: Comparator non-inverting inputs parameters are the same on all */
/* OPAMP instances. */
/* However, comparator instance kept as macro parameter for */
/* compatibility with other STM32 families. */
#define IS_LL_OPAMP_INPUT_INVERTING(__OPAMPX__, __INPUT_INVERTING__) \
( ((__INPUT_INVERTING__) == LL_OPAMP_INPUT_INVERT_IO0) \
|| ((__INPUT_INVERTING__) == LL_OPAMP_INPUT_INVERT_IO1) \
|| ((__INPUT_INVERTING__) == LL_OPAMP_INPUT_INVERT_CONNECT_NO) \
)
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup OPAMP_LL_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup OPAMP_LL_EF_Init
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief De-initialize registers of the selected OPAMP instance
* to their default reset values.
* @param OPAMPx OPAMP instance
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: OPAMP registers are de-initialized
* - ERROR: OPAMP registers are not de-initialized
*/
ErrorStatus LL_OPAMP_DeInit(OPAMP_TypeDef* OPAMPx)
{
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_OPAMP_ALL_INSTANCE(OPAMPx));
LL_OPAMP_WriteReg(OPAMPx, CSR, 0x00000000U);
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Initialize some features of OPAMP instance.
* @note This function reset bit of calibration mode to ensure
* to be in functional mode, in order to have OPAMP parameters
* (inputs selection, ...) set with the corresponding OPAMP mode
* to be effective.
* @note This function configures features of the selected OPAMP instance.
* Some features are also available at scope OPAMP common instance
* (common to several OPAMP instances).
* Refer to functions having argument "OPAMPxy_COMMON" as parameter.
* @param OPAMPx OPAMP instance
* @param OPAMP_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_OPAMP_InitTypeDef structure
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: OPAMP registers are initialized
* - ERROR: OPAMP registers are not initialized
*/
ErrorStatus LL_OPAMP_Init(OPAMP_TypeDef *OPAMPx, LL_OPAMP_InitTypeDef *OPAMP_InitStruct)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_OPAMP_ALL_INSTANCE(OPAMPx));
assert_param(IS_LL_OPAMP_POWER_MODE(OPAMP_InitStruct->PowerMode));
assert_param(IS_LL_OPAMP_FUNCTIONAL_MODE(OPAMP_InitStruct->FunctionalMode));
assert_param(IS_LL_OPAMP_INPUT_NONINVERTING(OPAMPx, OPAMP_InitStruct->InputNonInverting));
/* Note: OPAMP inverting input can be used with OPAMP in mode standalone */
/* or PGA with external capacitors for filtering circuit. */
/* Otherwise (OPAMP in mode follower), OPAMP inverting input is */
/* not used (not connected to GPIO pin). */
if(OPAMP_InitStruct->FunctionalMode != LL_OPAMP_MODE_FOLLOWER)
{
assert_param(IS_LL_OPAMP_INPUT_INVERTING(OPAMPx, OPAMP_InitStruct->InputInverting));
}
/* Configuration of OPAMP instance : */
/* - PowerMode */
/* - Functional mode */
/* - Input non-inverting */
/* - Input inverting */
/* Note: Bit OPAMP_CSR_CALON reset to ensure to be in functional mode. */
if(OPAMP_InitStruct->FunctionalMode != LL_OPAMP_MODE_FOLLOWER)
{
MODIFY_REG(OPAMPx->CSR,
OPAMP_CSR_OPALPM
| OPAMP_CSR_OPAMODE
| OPAMP_CSR_CALON
| OPAMP_CSR_VMSEL
| OPAMP_CSR_VPSEL
,
(OPAMP_InitStruct->PowerMode & OPAMP_POWERMODE_CSR_BIT_MASK)
| OPAMP_InitStruct->FunctionalMode
| OPAMP_InitStruct->InputNonInverting
| OPAMP_InitStruct->InputInverting
);
}
else
{
MODIFY_REG(OPAMPx->CSR,
OPAMP_CSR_OPALPM
| OPAMP_CSR_OPAMODE
| OPAMP_CSR_CALON
| OPAMP_CSR_VMSEL
| OPAMP_CSR_VPSEL
,
(OPAMP_InitStruct->PowerMode & OPAMP_POWERMODE_CSR_BIT_MASK)
| LL_OPAMP_MODE_FOLLOWER
| OPAMP_InitStruct->InputNonInverting
| LL_OPAMP_INPUT_INVERT_CONNECT_NO
);
}
return SUCCESS;
}
/**
* @brief Set each @ref LL_OPAMP_InitTypeDef field to default value.
* @param OPAMP_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_OPAMP_InitTypeDef structure
* whose fields will be set to default values.
* @retval None
*/
void LL_OPAMP_StructInit(LL_OPAMP_InitTypeDef *OPAMP_InitStruct)
{
/* Set OPAMP_InitStruct fields to default values */
OPAMP_InitStruct->PowerMode = LL_OPAMP_POWERMODE_NORMALPOWER;
OPAMP_InitStruct->FunctionalMode = LL_OPAMP_MODE_FOLLOWER;
OPAMP_InitStruct->InputNonInverting = LL_OPAMP_INPUT_NONINVERT_IO0;
/* Note: Parameter discarded if OPAMP in functional mode follower, */
/* set anyway to its default value. */
OPAMP_InitStruct->InputInverting = LL_OPAMP_INPUT_INVERT_CONNECT_NO;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* OPAMP1 || OPAMP2 */
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */

160
resources/Camera_driver/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_ll_pka.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,160 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32l4xx_ll_pka.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief PKA LL module driver.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32l4xx_ll_pka.h"
#include "stm32l4xx_ll_bus.h"
#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
#include "stm32_assert.h"
#else
#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
#endif /* USE_FULL_ASSERT */
/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_LL_Driver
* @{
*/
#if defined(PKA)
/** @addtogroup PKA_LL
* @{
*/
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup PKA_LL_Private_Macros PKA Private Constants
* @{
*/
#define IS_LL_PKA_MODE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_PKA_MODE_MONTGOMERY_PARAM_MOD_EXP) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_PKA_MODE_MONTGOMERY_PARAM) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_PKA_MODE_MODULAR_EXP) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_PKA_MODE_MONTGOMERY_PARAM_ECC) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_PKA_MODE_ECC_KP_PRIMITIVE) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_PKA_MODE_ECDSA_SIGNATURE) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_PKA_MODE_ECDSA_VERIFICATION) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_PKA_MODE_POINT_CHECK) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_PKA_MODE_RSA_CRT_EXP) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_PKA_MODE_MODULAR_INV) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_PKA_MODE_ARITHMETIC_ADD) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_PKA_MODE_ARITHMETIC_SUB) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_PKA_MODE_ARITHMETIC_MUL) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_PKA_MODE_COMPARISON) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_PKA_MODE_MODULAR_REDUC) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_PKA_MODE_MODULAR_ADD) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_PKA_MODE_MODULAR_SUB) ||\
((__VALUE__) == LL_PKA_MODE_MONTGOMERY_MUL))
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup PKA_LL_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup PKA_LL_EF_Init
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief De-initialize PKA registers (Registers restored to their default values).
* @param PKAx PKA Instance.
* @retval ErrorStatus
* - SUCCESS: PKA registers are de-initialized
* - ERROR: PKA registers are not de-initialized
*/
ErrorStatus LL_PKA_DeInit(PKA_TypeDef *PKAx)
{
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_PKA_ALL_INSTANCE(PKAx));
if (PKAx == PKA)
{
/* Force PKA reset */
LL_AHB2_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_AHB2_GRP1_PERIPH_PKA);
/* Release PKA reset */
LL_AHB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_AHB2_GRP1_PERIPH_PKA);
}
else
{
status = ERROR;
}
return (status);
}
/**
* @brief Initialize PKA registers according to the specified parameters in PKA_InitStruct.
* @param PKAx PKA Instance.
* @param PKA_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_PKA_InitTypeDef structure
* that contains the configuration information for the specified PKA peripheral.
* @retval ErrorStatus
* - SUCCESS: PKA registers are initialized according to PKA_InitStruct content
* - ERROR: Not applicable
*/
ErrorStatus LL_PKA_Init(PKA_TypeDef *PKAx, LL_PKA_InitTypeDef *PKA_InitStruct)
{
assert_param(IS_PKA_ALL_INSTANCE(PKAx));
assert_param(IS_LL_PKA_MODE(PKA_InitStruct->Mode));
LL_PKA_Config(PKAx, PKA_InitStruct->Mode);
return (SUCCESS);
}
/**
* @brief Set each @ref LL_PKA_InitTypeDef field to default value.
* @param PKA_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_PKA_InitTypeDef structure
* whose fields will be set to default values.
* @retval None
*/
void LL_PKA_StructInit(LL_PKA_InitTypeDef *PKA_InitStruct)
{
/* Reset PKA init structure parameters values */
PKA_InitStruct->Mode = LL_PKA_MODE_MONTGOMERY_PARAM_MOD_EXP;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* defined (PKA) */
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */

82
resources/Camera_driver/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_ll_pwr.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32l4xx_ll_pwr.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief PWR LL module driver.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32l4xx_ll_pwr.h"
#include "stm32l4xx_ll_bus.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_LL_Driver
* @{
*/
#if defined(PWR)
/** @defgroup PWR_LL PWR
* @{
*/
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup PWR_LL_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup PWR_LL_EF_Init
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief De-initialize the PWR registers to their default reset values.
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: PWR registers are de-initialized
* - ERROR: not applicable
*/
ErrorStatus LL_PWR_DeInit(void)
{
/* Force reset of PWR clock */
LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_PWR);
/* Release reset of PWR clock */
LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_PWR);
return SUCCESS;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* defined(PWR) */
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */

2039
resources/Camera_driver/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_ll_rcc.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

158
resources/Camera_driver/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_ll_rng.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,158 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32l4xx_ll_rng.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief RNG LL module driver.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32l4xx_ll_rng.h"
#include "stm32l4xx_ll_bus.h"
#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
#include "stm32_assert.h"
#else
#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
#endif
/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_LL_Driver
* @{
*/
#if defined (RNG)
/** @addtogroup RNG_LL
* @{
*/
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
#if defined(RNG_CR_CED)
/** @addtogroup RNG_LL_Private_Macros
* @{
*/
#define IS_LL_RNG_CED(__MODE__) (((__MODE__) == LL_RNG_CED_ENABLE) || \
((__MODE__) == LL_RNG_CED_DISABLE))
#if defined(RNG_CR_CONDRST)
#define IS_LL_RNG_CLOCK_DIVIDER(__CLOCK_DIV__) ((__CLOCK_DIV__) <=0x0Fu)
#define IS_LL_RNG_NIST_COMPLIANCE(__NIST_COMPLIANCE__) (((__NIST_COMPLIANCE__) == LL_RNG_NIST_COMPLIANT) || \
((__NIST_COMPLIANCE__) == LL_RNG_NOTNIST_COMPLIANT))
#define IS_LL_RNG_CONFIG1 (__CONFIG1__) ((__CONFIG1__) <= 0x3FUL)
#define IS_LL_RNG_CONFIG2 (__CONFIG2__) ((__CONFIG2__) <= 0x07UL)
#define IS_LL_RNG_CONFIG3 (__CONFIG3__) ((__CONFIG3__) <= 0xFUL)
#endif /* end of RNG_CR_CONDRST*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup RNG_LL_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup RNG_LL_EF_Init
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief De-initialize RNG registers (Registers restored to their default values).
* @param RNGx RNG Instance
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: RNG registers are de-initialized
* - ERROR: not applicable
*/
ErrorStatus LL_RNG_DeInit(RNG_TypeDef *RNGx)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_RNG_ALL_INSTANCE(RNGx));
/* Enable RNG reset state */
LL_AHB2_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_AHB2_GRP1_PERIPH_RNG);
/* Release RNG from reset state */
LL_AHB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_AHB2_GRP1_PERIPH_RNG);
return (SUCCESS);
}
#if defined(RNG_CR_CED)
/**
* @brief Initialize RNG registers according to the specified parameters in RNG_InitStruct.
* @param RNGx RNG Instance
* @param RNG_InitStruct pointer to a LL_RNG_InitTypeDef structure
* that contains the configuration information for the specified RNG peripheral.
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: RNG registers are initialized according to RNG_InitStruct content
* - ERROR: not applicable
*/
ErrorStatus LL_RNG_Init(RNG_TypeDef *RNGx, LL_RNG_InitTypeDef *RNG_InitStruct)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_RNG_ALL_INSTANCE(RNGx));
assert_param(IS_LL_RNG_CED(RNG_InitStruct->ClockErrorDetection));
#if defined(RNG_CR_CONDRST)
/* Clock Error Detection Configuration when CONDRT bit is set to 1 */
MODIFY_REG(RNGx->CR, RNG_CR_CED | RNG_CR_CONDRST, RNG_InitStruct->ClockErrorDetection | RNG_CR_CONDRST);
/* Writing bits CONDRST=0*/
CLEAR_BIT(RNGx->CR, RNG_CR_CONDRST);
#else
/* Clock Error Detection configuration */
MODIFY_REG(RNGx->CR, RNG_CR_CED, RNG_InitStruct->ClockErrorDetection);
#endif
return (SUCCESS);
}
/**
* @brief Set each @ref LL_RNG_InitTypeDef field to default value.
* @param RNG_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_RNG_InitTypeDef structure
* whose fields will be set to default values.
* @retval None
*/
void LL_RNG_StructInit(LL_RNG_InitTypeDef *RNG_InitStruct)
{
/* Set RNG_InitStruct fields to default values */
RNG_InitStruct->ClockErrorDetection = LL_RNG_CED_ENABLE;
}
#endif
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* RNG */
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */

863
resources/Camera_driver/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_ll_rtc.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,863 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32l4xx_ll_rtc.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief RTC LL module driver.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32l4xx_ll_rtc.h"
#include "stm32l4xx_ll_cortex.h"
#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
#include "stm32_assert.h"
#else
#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
#endif
/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_LL_Driver
* @{
*/
#if defined(RTC)
/** @addtogroup RTC_LL
* @{
*/
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup RTC_LL_Private_Constants
* @{
*/
/* Default values used for prescaler */
#define RTC_ASYNCH_PRESC_DEFAULT 0x0000007FU
#define RTC_SYNCH_PRESC_DEFAULT 0x000000FFU
/* Values used for timeout */
#define RTC_INITMODE_TIMEOUT 1000U /* 1s when tick set to 1ms */
#define RTC_SYNCHRO_TIMEOUT 1000U /* 1s when tick set to 1ms */
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup RTC_LL_Private_Macros
* @{
*/
#define IS_LL_RTC_HOURFORMAT(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_HOURFORMAT_24HOUR) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_HOURFORMAT_AMPM))
#define IS_LL_RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV(__VALUE__) ((__VALUE__) <= 0x7FU)
#define IS_LL_RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV(__VALUE__) ((__VALUE__) <= 0x7FFFU)
#define IS_LL_RTC_FORMAT(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_FORMAT_BCD))
#define IS_LL_RTC_TIME_FORMAT(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_TIME_FORMAT_AM_OR_24) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_TIME_FORMAT_PM))
#define IS_LL_RTC_HOUR12(__HOUR__) (((__HOUR__) > 0U) && ((__HOUR__) <= 12U))
#define IS_LL_RTC_HOUR24(__HOUR__) ((__HOUR__) <= 23U)
#define IS_LL_RTC_MINUTES(__MINUTES__) ((__MINUTES__) <= 59U)
#define IS_LL_RTC_SECONDS(__SECONDS__) ((__SECONDS__) <= 59U)
#define IS_LL_RTC_WEEKDAY(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_WEEKDAY_MONDAY) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_WEEKDAY_TUESDAY) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_WEEKDAY_WEDNESDAY) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_WEEKDAY_THURSDAY) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_WEEKDAY_FRIDAY) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_WEEKDAY_SATURDAY) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_WEEKDAY_SUNDAY))
#define IS_LL_RTC_DAY(__DAY__) (((__DAY__) >= 1U) && ((__DAY__) <= 31U))
#define IS_LL_RTC_MONTH(__MONTH__) (((__MONTH__) >= 1U) && ((__MONTH__) <= 12U))
#define IS_LL_RTC_YEAR(__YEAR__) ((__YEAR__) <= 99U)
#define IS_LL_RTC_ALMA_MASK(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_ALMA_MASK_NONE) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_ALMA_MASK_DATEWEEKDAY) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_ALMA_MASK_HOURS) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_ALMA_MASK_MINUTES) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_ALMA_MASK_SECONDS) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_ALMA_MASK_ALL))
#define IS_LL_RTC_ALMB_MASK(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_ALMB_MASK_NONE) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_ALMB_MASK_DATEWEEKDAY) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_ALMB_MASK_HOURS) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_ALMB_MASK_MINUTES) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_ALMB_MASK_SECONDS) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_ALMB_MASK_ALL))
#define IS_LL_RTC_ALMA_DATE_WEEKDAY_SEL(__SEL__) (((__SEL__) == LL_RTC_ALMA_DATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE) || \
((__SEL__) == LL_RTC_ALMA_DATEWEEKDAYSEL_WEEKDAY))
#define IS_LL_RTC_ALMB_DATE_WEEKDAY_SEL(__SEL__) (((__SEL__) == LL_RTC_ALMB_DATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE) || \
((__SEL__) == LL_RTC_ALMB_DATEWEEKDAYSEL_WEEKDAY))
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup RTC_LL_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup RTC_LL_EF_Init
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief De-Initializes the RTC registers to their default reset values.
* @note This function does not reset the RTC Clock source and RTC Backup Data
* registers.
* @param RTCx RTC Instance
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: RTC registers are de-initialized
* - ERROR: RTC registers are not de-initialized
*/
ErrorStatus LL_RTC_DeInit(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx)
{
ErrorStatus status;
/* Check the parameter */
assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx));
/* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
LL_RTC_DisableWriteProtection(RTCx);
/* Set Initialization mode */
status = LL_RTC_EnterInitMode(RTCx);
if (status != ERROR)
{
/* Reset TR, DR and CR registers */
LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, TR, 0x00000000U);
LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, WUTR, RTC_WUTR_WUT);
LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, DR, (RTC_DR_WDU_0 | RTC_DR_MU_0 | RTC_DR_DU_0));
/* Reset All CR bits except CR[2:0] */
LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, CR, (LL_RTC_ReadReg(RTCx, CR) & RTC_CR_WUCKSEL));
LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, PRER, (RTC_PRER_PREDIV_A | RTC_SYNCH_PRESC_DEFAULT));
LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, ALRMAR, 0x00000000U);
LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, ALRMBR, 0x00000000U);
LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, SHIFTR, 0x00000000U);
LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, CALR, 0x00000000U);
LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, ALRMASSR, 0x00000000U);
LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, ALRMBSSR, 0x00000000U);
#if defined(STM32L412xx) || defined(STM32L422xx) || defined (STM32L4P5xx) || defined (STM32L4Q5xx)
#else /* #if defined(STM32L412xx) || defined(STM32L422xx) || defined (STM32L4P5xx) || defined (STM32L4Q5xx) */
/* Reset Tamper and alternate functions configuration register */
LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, TAMPCR, 0x00000000U);
/* Reset Option register */
LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, OR, 0x00000000U);
#endif /* #if defined(STM32L412xx) || defined(STM32L422xx) || defined (STM32L4P5xx) || defined (STM32L4Q5xx) */
/* Exit Initialization mode */
LL_RTC_DisableInitMode(RTCx);
}
/* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
LL_RTC_EnableWriteProtection(RTCx);
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Initializes the RTC registers according to the specified parameters
* in RTC_InitStruct.
* @param RTCx RTC Instance
* @param RTC_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_RTC_InitTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the RTC peripheral.
* @note The RTC Prescaler register is write protected and can be written in
* initialization mode only.
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: RTC registers are initialized
* - ERROR: RTC registers are not initialized
*/
ErrorStatus LL_RTC_Init(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, LL_RTC_InitTypeDef *RTC_InitStruct)
{
ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx));
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOURFORMAT(RTC_InitStruct->HourFormat));
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV(RTC_InitStruct->AsynchPrescaler));
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV(RTC_InitStruct->SynchPrescaler));
/* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
LL_RTC_DisableWriteProtection(RTCx);
/* Set Initialization mode */
if (LL_RTC_EnterInitMode(RTCx) != ERROR)
{
/* Set Hour Format */
LL_RTC_SetHourFormat(RTCx, RTC_InitStruct->HourFormat);
/* Configure Synchronous and Asynchronous prescaler factor */
LL_RTC_SetSynchPrescaler(RTCx, RTC_InitStruct->SynchPrescaler);
LL_RTC_SetAsynchPrescaler(RTCx, RTC_InitStruct->AsynchPrescaler);
/* Exit Initialization mode */
LL_RTC_DisableInitMode(RTCx);
status = SUCCESS;
}
/* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
LL_RTC_EnableWriteProtection(RTCx);
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Set each @ref LL_RTC_InitTypeDef field to default value.
* @param RTC_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_RTC_InitTypeDef structure which will be initialized.
* @retval None
*/
void LL_RTC_StructInit(LL_RTC_InitTypeDef *RTC_InitStruct)
{
/* Set RTC_InitStruct fields to default values */
RTC_InitStruct->HourFormat = LL_RTC_HOURFORMAT_24HOUR;
RTC_InitStruct->AsynchPrescaler = RTC_ASYNCH_PRESC_DEFAULT;
RTC_InitStruct->SynchPrescaler = RTC_SYNCH_PRESC_DEFAULT;
}
/**
* @brief Set the RTC current time.
* @param RTCx RTC Instance
* @param RTC_Format This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN
* @arg @ref LL_RTC_FORMAT_BCD
* @param RTC_TimeStruct pointer to a RTC_TimeTypeDef structure that contains
* the time configuration information for the RTC.
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: RTC Time register is configured
* - ERROR: RTC Time register is not configured
*/
ErrorStatus LL_RTC_TIME_Init(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, uint32_t RTC_Format, LL_RTC_TimeTypeDef *RTC_TimeStruct)
{
ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx));
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_FORMAT(RTC_Format));
if (RTC_Format == LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
{
if (LL_RTC_GetHourFormat(RTCx) != LL_RTC_HOURFORMAT_24HOUR)
{
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR12(RTC_TimeStruct->Hours));
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_TIME_FORMAT(RTC_TimeStruct->TimeFormat));
}
else
{
RTC_TimeStruct->TimeFormat = 0x00U;
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR24(RTC_TimeStruct->Hours));
}
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_MINUTES(RTC_TimeStruct->Minutes));
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_SECONDS(RTC_TimeStruct->Seconds));
}
else
{
if (LL_RTC_GetHourFormat(RTCx) != LL_RTC_HOURFORMAT_24HOUR)
{
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR12(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_TimeStruct->Hours)));
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_TIME_FORMAT(RTC_TimeStruct->TimeFormat));
}
else
{
RTC_TimeStruct->TimeFormat = 0x00U;
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR24(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_TimeStruct->Hours)));
}
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_MINUTES(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_TimeStruct->Minutes)));
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_SECONDS(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_TimeStruct->Seconds)));
}
/* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
LL_RTC_DisableWriteProtection(RTCx);
/* Set Initialization mode */
if (LL_RTC_EnterInitMode(RTCx) != ERROR)
{
/* Check the input parameters format */
if (RTC_Format != LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
{
LL_RTC_TIME_Config(RTCx, RTC_TimeStruct->TimeFormat, RTC_TimeStruct->Hours,
RTC_TimeStruct->Minutes, RTC_TimeStruct->Seconds);
}
else
{
LL_RTC_TIME_Config(RTCx, RTC_TimeStruct->TimeFormat, __LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_TimeStruct->Hours),
__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_TimeStruct->Minutes),
__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_TimeStruct->Seconds));
}
/* Exit Initialization mode */
LL_RTC_DisableInitMode(RTCx);
/* If RTC_CR_BYPSHAD bit = 0, wait for synchro else this check is not needed */
if (LL_RTC_IsShadowRegBypassEnabled(RTCx) == 0U)
{
status = LL_RTC_WaitForSynchro(RTCx);
}
else
{
status = SUCCESS;
}
}
/* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
LL_RTC_EnableWriteProtection(RTCx);
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Set each @ref LL_RTC_TimeTypeDef field to default value (Time = 00h:00min:00sec).
* @param RTC_TimeStruct pointer to a @ref LL_RTC_TimeTypeDef structure which will be initialized.
* @retval None
*/
void LL_RTC_TIME_StructInit(LL_RTC_TimeTypeDef *RTC_TimeStruct)
{
/* Time = 00h:00min:00sec */
RTC_TimeStruct->TimeFormat = LL_RTC_TIME_FORMAT_AM_OR_24;
RTC_TimeStruct->Hours = 0U;
RTC_TimeStruct->Minutes = 0U;
RTC_TimeStruct->Seconds = 0U;
}
/**
* @brief Set the RTC current date.
* @param RTCx RTC Instance
* @param RTC_Format This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN
* @arg @ref LL_RTC_FORMAT_BCD
* @param RTC_DateStruct pointer to a RTC_DateTypeDef structure that contains
* the date configuration information for the RTC.
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: RTC Day register is configured
* - ERROR: RTC Day register is not configured
*/
ErrorStatus LL_RTC_DATE_Init(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, uint32_t RTC_Format, LL_RTC_DateTypeDef *RTC_DateStruct)
{
ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx));
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_FORMAT(RTC_Format));
if ((RTC_Format == LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN) && ((RTC_DateStruct->Month & 0x10U) == 0x10U))
{
RTC_DateStruct->Month = (uint8_t)(((uint32_t) RTC_DateStruct->Month & (uint32_t)~(0x10U)) + 0x0AU);
}
if (RTC_Format == LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
{
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_YEAR(RTC_DateStruct->Year));
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_MONTH(RTC_DateStruct->Month));
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_DAY(RTC_DateStruct->Day));
}
else
{
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_YEAR(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_DateStruct->Year)));
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_MONTH(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_DateStruct->Month)));
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_DAY(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_DateStruct->Day)));
}
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_WEEKDAY(RTC_DateStruct->WeekDay));
/* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
LL_RTC_DisableWriteProtection(RTCx);
/* Set Initialization mode */
if (LL_RTC_EnterInitMode(RTCx) != ERROR)
{
/* Check the input parameters format */
if (RTC_Format != LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
{
LL_RTC_DATE_Config(RTCx, RTC_DateStruct->WeekDay, RTC_DateStruct->Day, RTC_DateStruct->Month, RTC_DateStruct->Year);
}
else
{
LL_RTC_DATE_Config(RTCx, RTC_DateStruct->WeekDay, __LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_DateStruct->Day),
__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_DateStruct->Month), __LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_DateStruct->Year));
}
/* Exit Initialization mode */
LL_RTC_DisableInitMode(RTCx);
/* If RTC_CR_BYPSHAD bit = 0, wait for synchro else this check is not needed */
if (LL_RTC_IsShadowRegBypassEnabled(RTCx) == 0U)
{
status = LL_RTC_WaitForSynchro(RTCx);
}
else
{
status = SUCCESS;
}
}
/* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
LL_RTC_EnableWriteProtection(RTCx);
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Set each @ref LL_RTC_DateTypeDef field to default value (date = Monday, January 01 xx00)
* @param RTC_DateStruct pointer to a @ref LL_RTC_DateTypeDef structure which will be initialized.
* @retval None
*/
void LL_RTC_DATE_StructInit(LL_RTC_DateTypeDef *RTC_DateStruct)
{
/* Monday, January 01 xx00 */
RTC_DateStruct->WeekDay = LL_RTC_WEEKDAY_MONDAY;
RTC_DateStruct->Day = 1U;
RTC_DateStruct->Month = LL_RTC_MONTH_JANUARY;
RTC_DateStruct->Year = 0U;
}
/**
* @brief Set the RTC Alarm A.
* @note The Alarm register can only be written when the corresponding Alarm
* is disabled (Use @ref LL_RTC_ALMA_Disable function).
* @param RTCx RTC Instance
* @param RTC_Format This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN
* @arg @ref LL_RTC_FORMAT_BCD
* @param RTC_AlarmStruct pointer to a @ref LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef structure that
* contains the alarm configuration parameters.
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: ALARMA registers are configured
* - ERROR: ALARMA registers are not configured
*/
ErrorStatus LL_RTC_ALMA_Init(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, uint32_t RTC_Format, LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef *RTC_AlarmStruct)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx));
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_FORMAT(RTC_Format));
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_ALMA_MASK(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmMask));
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_ALMA_DATE_WEEKDAY_SEL(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDaySel));
if (RTC_Format == LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
{
if (LL_RTC_GetHourFormat(RTCx) != LL_RTC_HOURFORMAT_24HOUR)
{
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR12(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours));
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_TIME_FORMAT(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat));
}
else
{
RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat = 0x00U;
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR24(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours));
}
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_MINUTES(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Minutes));
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_SECONDS(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Seconds));
if (RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDaySel == LL_RTC_ALMA_DATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE)
{
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_DAY(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay));
}
else
{
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_WEEKDAY(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay));
}
}
else
{
if (LL_RTC_GetHourFormat(RTCx) != LL_RTC_HOURFORMAT_24HOUR)
{
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR12(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours)));
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_TIME_FORMAT(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat));
}
else
{
RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat = 0x00U;
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR24(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours)));
}
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_MINUTES(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Minutes)));
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_SECONDS(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Seconds)));
if (RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDaySel == LL_RTC_ALMA_DATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE)
{
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_DAY(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay)));
}
else
{
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_WEEKDAY(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay)));
}
}
/* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
LL_RTC_DisableWriteProtection(RTCx);
/* Select weekday selection */
if (RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDaySel == LL_RTC_ALMA_DATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE)
{
/* Set the date for ALARM */
LL_RTC_ALMA_DisableWeekday(RTCx);
if (RTC_Format != LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
{
LL_RTC_ALMA_SetDay(RTCx, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay);
}
else
{
LL_RTC_ALMA_SetDay(RTCx, __LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay));
}
}
else
{
/* Set the week day for ALARM */
LL_RTC_ALMA_EnableWeekday(RTCx);
LL_RTC_ALMA_SetWeekDay(RTCx, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay);
}
/* Configure the Alarm register */
if (RTC_Format != LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
{
LL_RTC_ALMA_ConfigTime(RTCx, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours,
RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Minutes, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Seconds);
}
else
{
LL_RTC_ALMA_ConfigTime(RTCx, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat,
__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours),
__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Minutes),
__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Seconds));
}
/* Set ALARM mask */
LL_RTC_ALMA_SetMask(RTCx, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmMask);
/* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
LL_RTC_EnableWriteProtection(RTCx);
return SUCCESS;
}
/**
* @brief Set the RTC Alarm B.
* @note The Alarm register can only be written when the corresponding Alarm
* is disabled (@ref LL_RTC_ALMB_Disable function).
* @param RTCx RTC Instance
* @param RTC_Format This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg @ref LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN
* @arg @ref LL_RTC_FORMAT_BCD
* @param RTC_AlarmStruct pointer to a @ref LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef structure that
* contains the alarm configuration parameters.
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: ALARMB registers are configured
* - ERROR: ALARMB registers are not configured
*/
ErrorStatus LL_RTC_ALMB_Init(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, uint32_t RTC_Format, LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef *RTC_AlarmStruct)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx));
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_FORMAT(RTC_Format));
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_ALMB_MASK(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmMask));
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_ALMB_DATE_WEEKDAY_SEL(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDaySel));
if (RTC_Format == LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
{
if (LL_RTC_GetHourFormat(RTCx) != LL_RTC_HOURFORMAT_24HOUR)
{
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR12(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours));
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_TIME_FORMAT(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat));
}
else
{
RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat = 0x00U;
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR24(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours));
}
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_MINUTES(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Minutes));
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_SECONDS(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Seconds));
if (RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDaySel == LL_RTC_ALMB_DATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE)
{
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_DAY(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay));
}
else
{
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_WEEKDAY(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay));
}
}
else
{
if (LL_RTC_GetHourFormat(RTCx) != LL_RTC_HOURFORMAT_24HOUR)
{
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR12(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours)));
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_TIME_FORMAT(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat));
}
else
{
RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat = 0x00U;
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR24(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours)));
}
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_MINUTES(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Minutes)));
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_SECONDS(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Seconds)));
if (RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDaySel == LL_RTC_ALMB_DATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE)
{
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_DAY(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay)));
}
else
{
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_WEEKDAY(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay)));
}
}
/* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
LL_RTC_DisableWriteProtection(RTCx);
/* Select weekday selection */
if (RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDaySel == LL_RTC_ALMB_DATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE)
{
/* Set the date for ALARM */
LL_RTC_ALMB_DisableWeekday(RTCx);
if (RTC_Format != LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
{
LL_RTC_ALMB_SetDay(RTCx, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay);
}
else
{
LL_RTC_ALMB_SetDay(RTCx, __LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay));
}
}
else
{
/* Set the week day for ALARM */
LL_RTC_ALMB_EnableWeekday(RTCx);
LL_RTC_ALMB_SetWeekDay(RTCx, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay);
}
/* Configure the Alarm register */
if (RTC_Format != LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
{
LL_RTC_ALMB_ConfigTime(RTCx, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours,
RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Minutes, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Seconds);
}
else
{
LL_RTC_ALMB_ConfigTime(RTCx, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat,
__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours),
__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Minutes),
__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Seconds));
}
/* Set ALARM mask */
LL_RTC_ALMB_SetMask(RTCx, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmMask);
/* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
LL_RTC_EnableWriteProtection(RTCx);
return SUCCESS;
}
/**
* @brief Set each @ref LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef of ALARMA field to default value (Time = 00h:00mn:00sec /
* Day = 1st day of the month/Mask = all fields are masked).
* @param RTC_AlarmStruct pointer to a @ref LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef structure which will be initialized.
* @retval None
*/
void LL_RTC_ALMA_StructInit(LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef *RTC_AlarmStruct)
{
/* Alarm Time Settings : Time = 00h:00mn:00sec */
RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat = LL_RTC_ALMA_TIME_FORMAT_AM;
RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours = 0U;
RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Minutes = 0U;
RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Seconds = 0U;
/* Alarm Day Settings : Day = 1st day of the month */
RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDaySel = LL_RTC_ALMA_DATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE;
RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay = 1U;
/* Alarm Masks Settings : Mask = all fields are not masked */
RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmMask = LL_RTC_ALMA_MASK_NONE;
}
/**
* @brief Set each @ref LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef of ALARMA field to default value (Time = 00h:00mn:00sec /
* Day = 1st day of the month/Mask = all fields are masked).
* @param RTC_AlarmStruct pointer to a @ref LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef structure which will be initialized.
* @retval None
*/
void LL_RTC_ALMB_StructInit(LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef *RTC_AlarmStruct)
{
/* Alarm Time Settings : Time = 00h:00mn:00sec */
RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat = LL_RTC_ALMB_TIME_FORMAT_AM;
RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours = 0U;
RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Minutes = 0U;
RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Seconds = 0U;
/* Alarm Day Settings : Day = 1st day of the month */
RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDaySel = LL_RTC_ALMB_DATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE;
RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay = 1U;
/* Alarm Masks Settings : Mask = all fields are not masked */
RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmMask = LL_RTC_ALMB_MASK_NONE;
}
/**
* @brief Enters the RTC Initialization mode.
* @note The RTC Initialization mode is write protected, use the
* @ref LL_RTC_DisableWriteProtection before calling this function.
* @param RTCx RTC Instance
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: RTC is in Init mode
* - ERROR: RTC is not in Init mode
*/
ErrorStatus LL_RTC_EnterInitMode(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx)
{
__IO uint32_t timeout = RTC_INITMODE_TIMEOUT;
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
uint32_t tmp;
/* Check the parameter */
assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx));
/* Check if the Initialization mode is set */
if (LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_INIT(RTCx) == 0U)
{
/* Set the Initialization mode */
LL_RTC_EnableInitMode(RTCx);
/* Wait till RTC is in INIT state and if Time out is reached exit */
tmp = LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_INIT(RTCx);
while ((timeout != 0U) && (tmp != 1U))
{
if (LL_SYSTICK_IsActiveCounterFlag() == 1U)
{
timeout --;
}
tmp = LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_INIT(RTCx);
if (timeout == 0U)
{
status = ERROR;
}
}
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Exit the RTC Initialization mode.
* @note When the initialization sequence is complete, the calendar restarts
* counting after 4 RTCCLK cycles.
* @note The RTC Initialization mode is write protected, use the
* @ref LL_RTC_DisableWriteProtection before calling this function.
* @param RTCx RTC Instance
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: RTC exited from in Init mode
* - ERROR: Not applicable
*/
ErrorStatus LL_RTC_ExitInitMode(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx)
{
/* Check the parameter */
assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx));
/* Disable initialization mode */
LL_RTC_DisableInitMode(RTCx);
return SUCCESS;
}
/**
* @brief Waits until the RTC Time and Day registers (RTC_TR and RTC_DR) are
* synchronized with RTC APB clock.
* @note The RTC Resynchronization mode is write protected, use the
* @ref LL_RTC_DisableWriteProtection before calling this function.
* @note To read the calendar through the shadow registers after Calendar
* initialization, calendar update or after wakeup from low power modes
* the software must first clear the RSF flag.
* The software must then wait until it is set again before reading
* the calendar, which means that the calendar registers have been
* correctly copied into the RTC_TR and RTC_DR shadow registers.
* @param RTCx RTC Instance
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: RTC registers are synchronised
* - ERROR: RTC registers are not synchronised
*/
ErrorStatus LL_RTC_WaitForSynchro(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx)
{
__IO uint32_t timeout = RTC_SYNCHRO_TIMEOUT;
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
uint32_t tmp;
/* Check the parameter */
assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx));
/* Clear RSF flag */
LL_RTC_ClearFlag_RS(RTCx);
/* Wait the registers to be synchronised */
tmp = LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_RS(RTCx);
while ((timeout != 0U) && (tmp != 0U))
{
if (LL_SYSTICK_IsActiveCounterFlag() == 1U)
{
timeout--;
}
tmp = LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_RS(RTCx);
if (timeout == 0U)
{
status = ERROR;
}
}
if (status != ERROR)
{
timeout = RTC_SYNCHRO_TIMEOUT;
tmp = LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_RS(RTCx);
while ((timeout != 0U) && (tmp != 1U))
{
if (LL_SYSTICK_IsActiveCounterFlag() == 1U)
{
timeout--;
}
tmp = LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_RS(RTCx);
if (timeout == 0U)
{
status = ERROR;
}
}
}
return (status);
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* defined(RTC) */
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */

1688
resources/Camera_driver/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_ll_sdmmc.c Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

295
resources/Camera_driver/Drivers/STM32L4xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l4xx_ll_spi.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,295 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32l4xx_ll_spi.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @brief SPI LL module driver.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
* All rights reserved.
*
* This software is licensed under terms that can be found in the LICENSE file
* in the root directory of this software component.
* If no LICENSE file comes with this software, it is provided AS-IS.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32l4xx_ll_spi.h"
#include "stm32l4xx_ll_bus.h"
#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
#include "stm32_assert.h"
#else
#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
#endif /* USE_FULL_ASSERT */
/** @addtogroup STM32L4xx_LL_Driver
* @{
*/
#if defined (SPI1) || defined (SPI2) || defined (SPI3)
/** @addtogroup SPI_LL
* @{
*/
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup SPI_LL_Private_Constants SPI Private Constants
* @{
*/
/* SPI registers Masks */
#define SPI_CR1_CLEAR_MASK (SPI_CR1_CPHA | SPI_CR1_CPOL | SPI_CR1_MSTR | \
SPI_CR1_BR | SPI_CR1_LSBFIRST | SPI_CR1_SSI | \
SPI_CR1_SSM | SPI_CR1_RXONLY | SPI_CR1_CRCL | \
SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT | SPI_CR1_CRCEN | SPI_CR1_BIDIOE | \
SPI_CR1_BIDIMODE)
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup SPI_LL_Private_Macros SPI Private Macros
* @{
*/
#define IS_LL_SPI_TRANSFER_DIRECTION(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_FULL_DUPLEX) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_SIMPLEX_RX) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_HALF_DUPLEX_RX) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_HALF_DUPLEX_TX))
#define IS_LL_SPI_MODE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_MODE_MASTER) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_MODE_SLAVE))
#define IS_LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_4BIT) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_5BIT) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_6BIT) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_7BIT) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_8BIT) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_9BIT) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_10BIT) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_11BIT) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_12BIT) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_13BIT) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_14BIT) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_15BIT) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_16BIT))
#define IS_LL_SPI_POLARITY(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_POLARITY_LOW) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_POLARITY_HIGH))
#define IS_LL_SPI_PHASE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_PHASE_1EDGE) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_PHASE_2EDGE))
#define IS_LL_SPI_NSS(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_NSS_SOFT) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_NSS_HARD_INPUT) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_NSS_HARD_OUTPUT))
#define IS_LL_SPI_BAUDRATE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_DIV2) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_DIV4) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_DIV8) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_DIV16) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_DIV32) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_DIV64) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_DIV128) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_DIV256))
#define IS_LL_SPI_BITORDER(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_LSB_FIRST) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_MSB_FIRST))
#define IS_LL_SPI_CRCCALCULATION(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) \
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_CRCCALCULATION_DISABLE))
#define IS_LL_SPI_CRC_POLYNOMIAL(__VALUE__) ((__VALUE__) >= 0x1U)
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup SPI_LL_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup SPI_LL_EF_Init
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief De-initialize the SPI registers to their default reset values.
* @param SPIx SPI Instance
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: SPI registers are de-initialized
* - ERROR: SPI registers are not de-initialized
*/
ErrorStatus LL_SPI_DeInit(SPI_TypeDef *SPIx)
{
ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_INSTANCE(SPIx));
#if defined(SPI1)
if (SPIx == SPI1)
{
/* Force reset of SPI clock */
LL_APB2_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_SPI1);
/* Release reset of SPI clock */
LL_APB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_SPI1);
status = SUCCESS;
}
#endif /* SPI1 */
#if defined(SPI2)
if (SPIx == SPI2)
{
/* Force reset of SPI clock */
LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_SPI2);
/* Release reset of SPI clock */
LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_SPI2);
status = SUCCESS;
}
#endif /* SPI2 */
#if defined(SPI3)
if (SPIx == SPI3)
{
/* Force reset of SPI clock */
LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_SPI3);
/* Release reset of SPI clock */
LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_SPI3);
status = SUCCESS;
}
#endif /* SPI3 */
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Initialize the SPI registers according to the specified parameters in SPI_InitStruct.
* @note As some bits in SPI configuration registers can only be written when the SPI is disabled (SPI_CR1_SPE bit =0),
* SPI peripheral should be in disabled state prior calling this function. Otherwise, ERROR result will be returned.
* @param SPIx SPI Instance
* @param SPI_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_SPI_InitTypeDef structure
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value. (Return always SUCCESS)
*/
ErrorStatus LL_SPI_Init(SPI_TypeDef *SPIx, LL_SPI_InitTypeDef *SPI_InitStruct)
{
ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
/* Check the SPI Instance SPIx*/
assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_INSTANCE(SPIx));
/* Check the SPI parameters from SPI_InitStruct*/
assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_TRANSFER_DIRECTION(SPI_InitStruct->TransferDirection));
assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_MODE(SPI_InitStruct->Mode));
assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH(SPI_InitStruct->DataWidth));
assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_POLARITY(SPI_InitStruct->ClockPolarity));
assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_PHASE(SPI_InitStruct->ClockPhase));
assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_NSS(SPI_InitStruct->NSS));
assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_BAUDRATE(SPI_InitStruct->BaudRate));
assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_BITORDER(SPI_InitStruct->BitOrder));
assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_CRCCALCULATION(SPI_InitStruct->CRCCalculation));
if (LL_SPI_IsEnabled(SPIx) == 0x00000000U)
{
/*---------------------------- SPIx CR1 Configuration ------------------------
* Configure SPIx CR1 with parameters:
* - TransferDirection: SPI_CR1_BIDIMODE, SPI_CR1_BIDIOE and SPI_CR1_RXONLY bits
* - Master/Slave Mode: SPI_CR1_MSTR bit
* - ClockPolarity: SPI_CR1_CPOL bit
* - ClockPhase: SPI_CR1_CPHA bit
* - NSS management: SPI_CR1_SSM bit
* - BaudRate prescaler: SPI_CR1_BR[2:0] bits
* - BitOrder: SPI_CR1_LSBFIRST bit
* - CRCCalculation: SPI_CR1_CRCEN bit
*/
MODIFY_REG(SPIx->CR1,
SPI_CR1_CLEAR_MASK,
SPI_InitStruct->TransferDirection | SPI_InitStruct->Mode |
SPI_InitStruct->ClockPolarity | SPI_InitStruct->ClockPhase |
SPI_InitStruct->NSS | SPI_InitStruct->BaudRate |
SPI_InitStruct->BitOrder | SPI_InitStruct->CRCCalculation);
/*---------------------------- SPIx CR2 Configuration ------------------------
* Configure SPIx CR2 with parameters:
* - DataWidth: DS[3:0] bits
* - NSS management: SSOE bit
*/
MODIFY_REG(SPIx->CR2,
SPI_CR2_DS | SPI_CR2_SSOE,
SPI_InitStruct->DataWidth | (SPI_InitStruct->NSS >> 16U));
/* Set Rx FIFO to Quarter (1 Byte) in case of 8 Bits mode. No DataPacking by default */
if (SPI_InitStruct->DataWidth < LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_9BIT)
{
LL_SPI_SetRxFIFOThreshold(SPIx, LL_SPI_RX_FIFO_TH_QUARTER);
}
/*---------------------------- SPIx CRCPR Configuration ----------------------
* Configure SPIx CRCPR with parameters:
* - CRCPoly: CRCPOLY[15:0] bits
*/
if (SPI_InitStruct->CRCCalculation == LL_SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
{
assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_CRC_POLYNOMIAL(SPI_InitStruct->CRCPoly));
LL_SPI_SetCRCPolynomial(SPIx, SPI_InitStruct->CRCPoly);
}
status = SUCCESS;
}
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Set each @ref LL_SPI_InitTypeDef field to default value.
* @param SPI_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_SPI_InitTypeDef structure
* whose fields will be set to default values.
* @retval None
*/
void LL_SPI_StructInit(LL_SPI_InitTypeDef *SPI_InitStruct)
{
/* Set SPI_InitStruct fields to default values */
SPI_InitStruct->TransferDirection = LL_SPI_FULL_DUPLEX;
SPI_InitStruct->Mode = LL_SPI_MODE_SLAVE;
SPI_InitStruct->DataWidth = LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_8BIT;
SPI_InitStruct->ClockPolarity = LL_SPI_POLARITY_LOW;
SPI_InitStruct->ClockPhase = LL_SPI_PHASE_1EDGE;
SPI_InitStruct->NSS = LL_SPI_NSS_HARD_INPUT;
SPI_InitStruct->BaudRate = LL_SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_DIV2;
SPI_InitStruct->BitOrder = LL_SPI_MSB_FIRST;
SPI_InitStruct->CRCCalculation = LL_SPI_CRCCALCULATION_DISABLE;
SPI_InitStruct->CRCPoly = 7U;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* defined (SPI1) || defined (SPI2) || defined (SPI3) */
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More